iad banaunnea ts
PEARY 4 5
ee A ayia beset
rot Kh teal PA age
ri A yguaett Ash BEF i
ht,
tN ‘ cs
erty ih
MA eee Ate ar
Hate SN ride nit
Trent eyaih 4 pe
ena an
PAU gnen ae
Sibeti nae
Ar eeMitle
Pisten |
i ea
; ‘ aes
ARE
+P ¥, rey |
ees vii ve ny ean Hue
AVN NE
oh cee ney ay ety
at tna) aie a
ARIAT
eee tas
High,
Hiatt
Na
at the Gheologicns Sens
y
gs
fo PRINCETON, N. J.
Ble? 554326015 Glee
Adams, Nehemiah, 1806-1878.
Evenings with the doctrines
$. es
A
Fs
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2021 with funding from
Princeton Theological Seminary Library
https://archive.org/details/eveningswithdoctO0adam_1
EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
EVENINGS
WITH
THE DOCTRINES.
BY 4
NEHEMIAH “ADAMS, D.D.
AUTHOR OF “FRIENDS OF CHRIST,’ “CHRIST A FRIEND,’’ “‘ COMMUNION
SABBATH,” ETC., ETC.
BOSTON:
CeO Waly Wy PAIN Do sly TNO O TaN,
59 WASHINGTON STREET.
NEW YORK: SHELDON AND COMPANY. -
CINCINNATI : GEORGE S. BLANCHARD.
1861.
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1860, by
GOULD AND LINCOLN,
in the Clerk’s Office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts.
RIVERSIDE, CAMBRIDGE:
STEREOTYPED AND PRINTED BY H. 0. HOUGHTON.
INTRODUCTORY NOTE.
HESE pages contain the substance of familiar lec-
tures delivered in the Lecture Room of the Essex
Street Church, Boston, on successive Tuesday evenings
in the winter of 1858-9.
The title, “« EvEnrines wirn THE Docrrinss,”’ agrees,
therefore, with the origin of this work, and is intended,
also, to express the familiar mode of treating these subjects
which was aimed at in their delivery, and is sought to be
preserved in their present form.
-CONTENTS.
PAGE
eM ey ts ie Ca a ROR ME ein Ty
pT
DIVINE REVELATION, . : ° pl ai ho . ° : ek
REL:
EE TCENT ED Ve Vea cg tee Aus eer Ee) ae a
eV?
DER EVEOR CHRIST St tim crttat aie tee mr: OP ol eae
Vi
DEITY OF CHRIST—Conrinury, . . « «© « « ~~ 108
VE.
Pegevtou THE HOLY- SPIRIT ce |) «820! 2k 198
Wer
MAN, e . ° e e e ° e e e e es s ° 141
Vel EE
MAN —ConrinuED, . : ; : : ; : ‘ : 3 . 163
Vill CONTENTS.
Lh.
ATONEMENT, .
ase
ATONEMENT —Continv_Ep, .
XI.
ATONEMENT — Continvep, .
ALIS
ELECTION, . .
5.6) GB Ie
REGENERATION,
AL Ve
PERSEVERANCE,
dO
CHRISTIAN PERFECTION, .
ay als
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE,
AV Lis
RETRIBUTION,
181
197
221
243
265
291
321
339
389
12 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
-
relies upon it as the chief source of evidence. The argu-
ment from design in creation is regarded as so conclusive
with respect to the existence of God, that the reason
assigned for “the wrath of God against all ungodliness of
men,” is, “ Because that which may be known of God is
manifest in them; for God hath showed tt unto them.”
Then follows an explicit declaration that the “ eternal
power and Godhead,” or “the invisible things of” God,
‘care clearly seen, being understood by the things that are
made,” and therefore that idolatry, atheism, irreligion
are ‘* without excuse.”
We sometimes read, in books of moral philosophy,
that there is something independent of God which is
called the nature of things; and that is represented as
the foundation of virtue. For example, it is said that
things are right and wrong in themselves, not merely
because God has so ordained, and that these things would
be right and wrong if there were no God. Hence, the
impression is made that there is a constitution of nature
to which God was obliged to conform himself, some
eternal laws which were in existence and in operation
contemporaneously with God, not created by Him, but
having an existence of necessity ; so that they would have
existed even if there were no God. Here we have the
foundation of Atheism, Pantheism, and of all those theo-
ries and dreamy notions whose object is to remove the
idea of a personal God, or, by exciting a belief in some-
thing which is eternal besides God, to abate the power
which the thought of God naturally has upon the mind.
GOD. 138
But what ‘is the nature of things, when things them-
selves do not exist? If God existed before all things,
of course there were no laws antecedent to Him. Laws
are the rules and orders by which things act. It is delu-
sive, therefore, to think of any thing as existing inde-
pendently of the Great First Cause. He existing from
eternity, these laws and this nature of things exist contem-
poraneously with Him, but not independently of Him.
Now we can make impossible hypotheses, but they are
absurd, and then ask questions in view of them which ~
are useless; as, for example: Suppose that God should
cease to be; would not right and wrong be the same as
now? Right and wrong have gained an existence be-
cause there is a God; they are eternal with Him; but
they were not before Him ; He necessitated them, not they
Him, nor any of his attributes nor ways.
That there is an Eternal First Cause of all things may
be argued from this,—that something must always have
existed, else nothing could ever have been brought into
being. Every reader will feel that the word something,
in such connection, is not so reverent an expression as
the case requires, but a more appropriate and less general
term could not be used without seeming to beg the ques-
tion.
We should deem it trifling, or else an amusing fiction,
if some one should relate that wood, iron, nails, screws,
lime, bricks, and paints of different colors, came together
and arranged themselves in due order, and made a house.
If one should cast a font of types into the air, or shake
2
14 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
them together and throw them down, and a proper num-
ber of them should be found to have arranged themselves
so as to compose the Declaration of American Independ-
ence, another set the Ten Commandments, another the
Lord’s Prayer, it would be far less than we must sup-
pose to have happened if there were no Great First Cause
of all things.
We are familiar with the story of the globe suspended
from a wall, and with the answer of the friend, when an
Atheist asked him how or why it was there? ‘That it
should always have been there, or that it should have
come there of itself, is no more than the Atheist required
his friend to believe respecting our globe.
Matter is not eternal, for it is changeable. Change
implies that a thing is not of necessity just as it is,
and therefore it is not eternal.
It only removes the difficulty further back, but does
not solve it, to account for the existence of all things‘
on the supposition of an eternal series, one thing
being derived from the preceding,- and so on. Let a
chain be immeasurably long, there must, nevertheless,
somewhere be a staple from which it depends. An
endless perpendicular chain is an impossibility ; for if
there be of necessity a support to one link, all the links
require it, and so the first.
Some have insisted on the eternity of men, and of
each animal and insect tribe. But the records of the
human race in the earth in the form of fossil remains
extend back only about six thousand years. Animals
a GOD. ~ 15
are found deeper in the geological formations than men.
Hieroglyphical writings have been discovered which were
believed to be of greater antiquity ; but Champollion and
Belzoni have translated them in consistency with the other
records of the race.
In this and in other ways we arrive at the conclusion,
independently of revelation, that there was one Eternal
First Cause of all things.
That this First Cause of all things is an Intelligent
Being, is proved by our own existence. The fountain
cannot be lower than the stream. One line in the
celebrated ‘“* Hymn to Deity,” by Derzhavin, contains
the whole of the argument on this point:
“JI am, O God! and surely Thou must be!”
Conscience in man is proof of an Intelligent First
Cause. Conscience implies a power higher than we ; for
it is always handing us over to a higher judicature.
If there be tribes of men who have no idea of Supreme
Deity, they are confessedly exceptions to the general
rule. Indeed, such is the conviction of the race at large
that there is Supreme Deity, that the effort is to multiply
objects of worship; and men worship ‘“ an unknown
God” under the craving need which the mind feels of
Deity as an object of worship. Even when men make
gods after their own evil desires, they show that their
nature requires them to believe in a Supreme Power.
This belief in Supreme Deity is consistent with an utter
practical disbelief of the true God —as the Bible says —
16 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES. 4
— ‘when they knew God, they glorified him not as
God,”
Though, with the Bible in our hands, we are not left to
the light of reason and of nature, merely, on this subject,
still, as we have already seen, even the Bible refers us to
these sources. ‘This is a reproof to that transcendental
pride which seems to disdain this kind of evidence and
becomes exceedingly philosophical in its proofs. An
argument is intended when it is said, ** Every house is
builded by some man,’”—meaning, evidently, ‘“* We
infer a designing mind when we see a house; therefore a
designing mind must have built all things; that Mind is
Gop.” We know, therefore, that God is an Intelligent
Mind, because He has made minds.
It is an illustration of the truth that there are limits
to human reason, that the argument by which we prove
that there is a God, the First Cause of all things, logically
proves that He himself had a First Cause. For we say
that marks of design prove a designer, that our own
minds make it necessary to believe that there is a
Supreme, Creating Mind. Why, then, does not the
existence of God-prove the same with regard to him ?
Reason must here confess that she is baffled, and is obliged
to turn and seek proofs, in another direction, that there
is but One First Cause of all beings and things.
But if there be an Eternal First Cause, how does it
appear that there is only one? If one necessarily
existed from all eternity, why may there not be two or
more Eternal Beings ? “
GOD. 17
Unity of design im creation makes it probable before-
hand that there is but one God. Creation bears no
marks of two Creators.
Gop (who to be God must be a God of truth, as might
easily be shown) declares, ‘“* [am God, and there is none
else.”” ‘* Before me there was no God formed, neither
shall there be any after me.” ‘Is there any God besides
me? I know not any.”
There is a species of Pantheism at the present day,
though it is not new. We find it in some of our popular
literature. Pantheism is from two Greek words, all,
and God—i. e., all things are God. He is, some say,
universally diffused —every thing is a part of Him.
There is no such thing as sin ; but men, who are atoms of
Deity, are in some way jostled out of due harmony in
their souls, and this makes what we call sin ;— but it is
merely perturbation, as in a planet; variation, as in a
magnetic needle. All things will come right at last, for
we are each like a drop of quicksilver, and there is one
greater concentrated globule, which we call Deity, into
which at last we shall all return. Thus we and all things
are God—emanations, effluxes, of some Infinite Necessity,
to be absorbed into the great Mind of the Universe. Such
is the theory of men distinguished for literary attainments,
as we gather it from their prose and poetry. It is essen-
tially the Hindoo philosophy, Brahminism. The more
that the idea of God as a personal Being can be reduced,
the less is the feeling of accountableness. The “ carnal
2%
18 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
mind” in man “is enmity against God’ everywhere,
under varied manifestations.
The doctrine of man’s perfect individuality and account-
ableness, in opposition to this pantheistic idea of aggre-
gation, even in connection with the Supreme Being, and
our capacity for perpetual imerease in likeness to God
while forever maintaining a separate consciousness, are far
more worthy of man as an intelligent being. These set
before man a career of boundless improvement in all the
powers and faculties of his nature forever reaching after
perfect likeness to the Infinite One. Pantheists generally
think themselves highly intellectual and philosophical ; but
it is in connection with this very subject of the divine
existence that the inspired Apostle says of some, “ Pro-
fessing themselves to be wise, they became fools.” In
confusing the doctrine of a personal God, they inflict
injury on that correlative truth which is one of the foun-
dations and encouragements ofall progress, the imdivid-
uality of man.
The simple idea of an eternal, underived Being is fear-
ful beyond expression. ‘There is no cause of his exist-
ence out of himself; for then there would have been
something antecedent to him. Then, Who caused that
Cause? and so the question would proceed without end.
Did God cause his own existence? ‘There is contradic-
tion and absurdity in any such question which our minds
feel impelled to ask. Our thoughts are bewildered. We
find that we have come to the boundaries of knowledge.
GOD. ; 19
Those solitudes of eternity in which God dwelt alone,
that existence of his which never began, and always was,
confound us, and we feel our weakness. There is some-
thing beyond our comprehension; we are subordinate ;
our questions receive no answer; we are not supreme 5
there is a Will independent of ours. There is an aching
desire within us to know and understand this dread
mystery of eternal being, but we are compelled to submit,
and to confess that we are baffled, and that on the most
sublime of all questions and themes we know nothing.
But it is most grateful to our feelings that we are not
spurned, and that our ignorance and our littleness are
not made the occasion of contempt. On the contrary, in
the conclusion of the Book of Job, as in other places, we
are called upon by the Most High to contemplate this infe-
riority of ours, — for the purpose of humbling us, indeed,
but, —ain order that we may, in the best sense, know and
enjoy God, and receive his love. God answers us out of
the whirlwind, and among his first words are these:
‘‘Gird up now thy lois like a man ;’’—Zintimating that
our ignorance and inferiority must not be allowed to dis-
courage us, and that the proper contemplation of our igno-
rance, and of God’s incomprehensibleness, is the beginning
of wisdom. Questions are then put to us by the Most
High, confirming our sense of ignorance and inferiority.
“Where wast thou when I laid the foundations of the
earth ?”” Our humility is still further increased, when the
Most High, instead of questioning us on the subject of his
eternity, tells us to explain the simplest things relating to
20 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
the rain and ice, the ostrich and the peacock, and to con-
template the mysteries of leviathan and behemoth, and
to wonder at the eagle and the war-horse.
In this connection, we have an instance of beautiful
simplicity and grandeur in the way of illustration, in the
following passages: ‘‘ Behold, God is great, and we know
him not, neither can the number of his years be searched
out. For he maketh small the drops of water; they pour
down rain according to the vapor thereof.’ Inspiration
alone would venture to be so simple.
The word JuHovaH is in itself a wonderfully sig-
nificant word. Many curious and deeply interesting
things are said with regard to it, which cannot here be
repeated. Its central idea is, to be. The prefix and suffix,
some say, are, respectively, past and future, so that the
word would signify, £ am, I was, L shall be. This,
whether fanciful or not, corresponds with the ascription to
the Almighty in Revelation, ** Who wast, and art, and art
to come,” and to the paraphrase of the dread name in the
opening of the book: ‘“ Grace be unto you, and peace,
from him which is, and which was, and which is to
come.’ Moreover, the Greek expression for Jehovah is
the present participle of the verb to be, with the definite
article ;— literally, the being. The noun, Jehovah, forms
no verb. It does not admit an article, nor take an affix.
‘‘It is not placed in a state of construction with other
words, but other words may be in construction with it.”
It is interesting to know that God did not reveal him-
self at first by that name which signifies self-existence.
GOD. 21
This He himself tells us: “And God spake unto Moses,
and said unto him, I am the Lord; and I appeared unto
Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob, by the name of
God Almighty; but by my name JEHovAH was I not
known unto them.’ That name was disclosed in connec-
tion with Israel’s deliverance out of bondage. Great use
was made, in the earlier ages, of a name, it being taken as
symbolical of something, or as a memorial, or as suggesting
something which it was desirable should be kept before
the mind. It would be difficult to describe, or to imagine,
the different associations in the minds of the early wor-
shippers of God, in the use, successively, of these two
names of the Most High; but we know that there must
have been progress in the knowledge of God in the minds
of men by means of the new name, and therefore that
the Most High regards the attribute of self-existence as
specially suited to advance our conceptions of his great-
ness. (
Almost every other attribute can be carved in symbol,
and so ean be an object of idolatry. Self-existence cannot be
represented by asymbol. Eternity is a circle, omniscience
an eye, power an arm; but the name JEHOVAH suggests
an idea of which there is no similitude. The Assembly of
Divines who made the Westminster Catechism were at a
loss for an answer to the simple question, What is God ?
In much perplexity, it was proposed to unite in prayer.
One of the younger members of the Assembly prayed, be-
ginning his prayer with these words: ‘‘O God, thou art
a Spirit, infinite, eternal, unchangeable, in being, wisdom,
22, EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
power, holiness, justice, goodness, and truth.” . When
they rose from their knees, these words were recalled,
written down, and adopted, as their answer to the question,
What is God? It will be useful to think of this in all
our difficulties on the subject of religion. Luther has told
us, by his familiar Latin inscription in his study, that ‘* To
have prayed well is to have studied well.”
In a sceptical frame of mind, to which we are all, at
times, more or less tempted, and, possibly, are led almost
to doubt the being of God, nothing better serves the pur-
pose of faith than to open the Bible, anywhere, and to see
the name of God in connection with some asserted act or
event, —it may be apparently a casual thing, or a mere
connective phrase. ‘* The Lord spake unto Moses,” per-
haps are the words which meet the eye; or we hear a
man cry out, O God, thou art my God,” or, ‘ Praise
the Lord ;”’ or the simple name of God, catching the eye,
seems to fix the wavering thought and give it assurance.
An unbeliever may scorn this, as not sufficiently honor-
ing the human understanding. On going home from his
debating club, however, where he has spent an evening
in ridiculing religion as beneath the notice of an intellect-
ual man, his child will climb his knee and ask him why
he does not pray with her, like her mother? and by
means of that simple question he will, perhaps, become
a believer in Christianity and its determined advocate,
to be ridiculed in his turn by those who think that our
reason can be reached only by what they call “ logic.”
But logic is not dependent on slow and measured pro-
|
GOD. 033
cesses of argumentation. Coleridge says truly, “ The
feeling is oftentimes the deeper reason.”
In our desire to know with certainty that there is such
a Supreme Being, it is a relief to open the Bible, and
to meet with such words as these: ‘Thus saith the
High and Lofty One that inhabiteth eternity.” “ Before
the day was, I am he.” ‘ Before the mountains were
brought forth, or ever thou hadst formed the earth or the
world, even from everlasting to everlasting thou art God.”
‘¢ Now unto the King eternal, immortal, invisible, the only
wise God.” ‘ Who is the blessed and only Potentate,
the King of kings and Lord’ of lords; who only hath
immortality, dwelling in the light which no man can
approach unto ; whom no man hath seen nor can see.”’
Religion evidently begins with mysteries. Of course,
then, we must not be surprised if we meet with mysteries
in every thing connected with our discoveries of God. As
there are unfathomable mysteries about his being, there
may be such with regard to the mode of his existence, his
government, his methods of dealing with men.
If we can keep our minds calm on the subject of the
Eternity of God, if reason does not totter on her seat
at the contemplation of underived existence, it will be
strange if any other mystery relating to God should dis-
turb us. He who can bring his reason to bow reverently
at the idea of a Being who had no beginning, is well pre-
pared to receive any communication of his will. +
The Incomprehensibleness of God is the foundation of
perpetual progress in knowledge. It would be a calamity
24 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
if God could ever be comprehended. If man or angel
could ever say that he had sailed round the ocean of the
divine existence and found no remaining inaccessible sea
nor undiscovered pole, that he had recorded all its lati-
tudes and sounded all its depths, it would be dismal and
portentous tidings. The unknown is the incentive to
thought and progress ; the eternal incomprehensibleness of
God lays the foundation for the perpetual advancement
of his intelligent creatures in greatness and bliss.
Our future being is commensurate with the Divine ex-
istence. It is as far to look forward to the end of our
existence as it is to the beginning of his. We shrink into
nothing when we think of one who never began to
be. So an animal, who could reason, might feel in medi-
tating upon the future endless existence of man. When
God says, ‘‘ Of my years there is no end,” the soul, with
reverence and awe toward its Creator, may add, Of my
years there is no end.
There is no cause to wonder that God should love
man, nor is any thing disproportionate which God can do
for him. : It is reasonable, too, that God should love
man as He does love him without partiality for one
above another. We look upon twenty or thirty men
standing on the road hammering down the paving stones ;
the eye perhaps discerns but little difference in the members
of the group, and they pass for a gang of men; but each
of them has an existence before him as endless as that
of his Maker. Such thoughts serve to awaken love
within us toward our fellow-men. We ought, in a proper
GOD. . 25
sense, to value ourselves, as being made for an immortal
existence, endowed by him “ who only hath immortal-
ity,’ with an attribute of his own divine nature.
There is enough in the thought of this Eternal God
to awaken pain and sorrow at the idea of having
sinned against him, of being in any way contrary to
him; and this, too, irrespective of any injurious conse-
quences likely to befall us. For its own sake, as intrin-
sically right, and even though we might never reap any
benefit from it, godly sorrow, leading to repentance,
should be exercised by every one who knows God, ‘on
perceiving that he has not rendered to him that which
is his due.
There is sublimity, as well as reasonableness, in re-
ligion. Prayer to such a Being, encouraged, and not
only so, but required, by him, heard too, and answered, is
obviously our first duty, our highest privilege. ‘* Man, in
audience with the Deity,” attains his greatest elevation.
As to the feeling on the part of many, that prayer to
such a Being, and especially any thing of the nature
of love and communion, is forbidden by the distance
between us and by the solemn awe which a proper contem-
plation of God awakens, we have a remarkable recog-
nition of this natural apprehension, and a kind regard to
it, on the part of the Most High.
He evidently recognizes it where he begins by saying,
“ For thus saith the high and lofty One that inhabiteth
eternity, whose name is Holy ;”’ all which awakens dread,
‘and increases a sense of distance between us and God,
3
26 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
which is not abated when he adds, “‘ I dwell in the high
and holy place ;” and yet all this is designed as a preface
to this assurance, — “‘ with him also that is of a contrite
and humble spirit, to revive the heart of the humble,
and to revive the heart of the contrite ones.” We have
in this a recognition and an appreciation on the part of
God of the natural dread which man feels in approach-
ing his Maker, and an implied answer to our arguments
against the possibility of intercourse with him.
It is exceedingly useful to contemplate, with a proper
spirit, this dread mystery of God. He himself encourages
it in his word, by repeatedly bringing to view his self-exist-
ence, his eternity. It is useful to bring our minds into
connection with that which contradicts all our conscious-
ness, our experience and observation, like this truth of the
self-existence of God. Every thing which we see and
know had a beginning. We, ourselves, with our present
powers, capable of endless increase, began to be. But God
says to us, ‘* Before me there was no God formed, neither
shall there be any after me.” If we try to comprehend or
explain this, we are baffled as the ocean is in its strife to
overcome the land: —‘‘ though the waves toss themselves,
yet can they not prevail; though they roar, yet can they
not pass over.” ‘This serves to make us humble. A
proper recognition and a devout contemplation of this
great mystery so strike the mind with a sense of its lit-
tleness, as to curb the proud attempts of reason to explain
things which lie beyond its province. We find ourselves
brought to the limits of knowledge in one direction, and
GOD. ZT
the fear of God falls upon us, his excellency makes us
afraid. ‘The question will recur: What made it neces-
sary that there should be a God? What determined it ?
How did it come to pass? Lhe immediate answer which
arises is, Nothing determined it. It did not come to pass.
He always was. So, if we look at the sun with the naked
eye for one moment, we feel that our eyesight is a limited
faculty. That sun, however, is but a spark compared
with the whole creation of God. No wonder, if we
attempt to comprehend God’s eternity, that our eyesight
is blasted; the mind reels, it loses its self-control.
This predisposes us, if we feel aright, to seek for a rev-
elation from Him. Has he spoken tome? When and
where ? and what is the proof of it? and what does He
teach me? what will He have me believe concerning
Him? what duties does He require of me?
Thus we are prepared to consider the subject of a
Divine Revelation. It will help us in all our inquiries
relating to religious truth if we remember that Theology
is properly, The knowledge of God; and that the more
we know of God, if our hearts are right with Him, the
more simple He seems to us. ‘‘ Increasing in the knowl-
edge of God”’ is indeed, in one sense, going out to sea, the
prospect widening, the horizon ever receding ; and at the
same time, to the heart of one who loves God, knowing
\more of Him is like coming to land, rounding capes, enter-
ing bays, seeing the waves roll ashore, and the woods
meeting the waters. Perfectness in our knowledge of
God is progressively attained the more that we love Him.
28 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
Since men are equally limited as to their capacity of
understanding that which is infinite, knowledge of the
Infinite One must be derived chiefly from those spiritual
conceptions of his character which are imparted only
to a spiritual mind. ‘Every one that loveth, is born
of God, and knoweth God.” ‘He that loveth not,
knoweth not God, for God is love.”” We infer from this
that our conceptions of even the natural attributes of God
depend very much upon our complacency in his moral
perfections.
II.
DIVINE REVELATION.
8 *
hb
Dt Vol Newe teaver Ach ON”
HEN De Tocqueville was in this country, he
asked to see a Sabbath School. He was: struck
with seeing a Bible in the hands of every scholar. “Is
this common?” said he. “ What a mighty influence it
must have on a nation !.” |
Think of the number of Sabbath School pupils in the
world, and that the Bible is the subject of their study.
It must be a supernatural book. If it were newly dis-
covered, we might account for the interest which it ex-
cites, by its novelty. Though new to many who study
it, they who teach it and are familiar with it are equally
interested by the book; it continues to excite and to
repay their efforts to understand and teach it. No other
book could endure such a test. Take that interesting
book, Audubon’s “ Birds of America.” There is every
thing in it to excite the interest of the young and: old,
in one department of Natural History. But before a
great while, all would tire of it. You could not bring
the children of America together year after year to
study birds. But let us take “the myriad-minded
32 . EVENINGS. WITH THE DOCTRINES.
Sieben. It is no risk to say that even he would
fail to keep up the interest of the human mind sufficiently
to secure a periodical study of his thoughts and language
by the young, the middle-aged, and the old, from year
to year. Wemay go further. Not even a book founded
on the Bible itself would be capable of affording such
interest to the human mind, if made the subject of peri-
odical study.
There is another test to which the Bible is subjected,
greater, if possible, than that which is applied to it by its
use in the Sabbath Schools of all Christian lands.
Let us think of the Christians of all countries where
the Bible is found, sitting with that Book in their hands _
every morning previous to entering upon the duties: of
the day. At night, they repair again to this Book.
What must the Book be to furnish the minds and _ hearts
of intelligent people, and people of every degree of ca-
pacity, with such exhaustless supplies of thought and emo-
tion? Shakespeare, again, could not stand such a test.
“Do not read Pilgrim’s Progress to me any more,” said
a cultivated missionary lady, near her end, to her hus-
band; ‘“‘ Bunyan tires me; but I can hear you read the
Bible without fatigue.” Certain books for certain pur-
poses may have an unfailing interest for particular indi-
viduals, as in the case of Alexander the Great, who is
said to have kept Homer under his pillow. But here
is a book whose interest is not confined to particular
classes and conditions, but all who love it (and they are
counted by millions) find it appropriate to every time
DIVINE REVELATION. 33
and condition. ‘The young married pair begin their’
wedded life with reading it in their new home; it is the
_ only book which is admitted statedly on festive occasions ;
ip 218 fin) place at funerals ; it is not a solemnity for a
Christian to swear on any other book ; it furnishes texts
for all the pulpits of Christendom Sabbath after Sabbath ;
it has been the occasion of more volumes in various de-
partments of knowledge than any other book; it has
filled the picture galleries of the Old World with more
productions of art than have been occasioned by any
other volume, whether of history or poetry. Apt quo-
tations from it reinforce the arguments and appeals of
the secular orator; they have an effect upon the mind
unlike quotations from any other source. Its effect upon
the mind is described by saying, It “is quick and power-
ful, sharper than any two-edged sword.” |
Josephus has written a history parallel with the history
in the Bible. Few, comparatively, of those who read the
Bible have ever seen Josephus, and of those who are
familiar with his writings no one ever thinks to place
him on a level with Moses and the evangelists. .
So that we may accord with the eantinent of Sir
Walter Scott on his dying bed, when he said to his son-
in-law, ‘“ Bring me the book ;” and when Mr. Lockhart
said, ‘* What book, Sir?’ “There is but one Book,”
replied the great British writer of fiction. Such consider-
ations as these are sufficient to satisfy any reflecting mind
that the Bible is a supernatural book. Had it obtained a
false reputation as such, it is more than time that, with
34. EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
‘other exploded pretensions to supernatural origin and
authority, it should have passed away. But the Bible
never had such a hold upon the human mind as now,
if we may infer any thing from the extent of its present
circulation.
Now here is a Book exerting such an influence on
the mind of the human race, accepted as their guide in
religion by all who acknowledge the only living and
true God.
We may, therefore, adopt what is called the a posteriori
mode of reasoning, namely, from effect to cause ; we may
take the fact and reason backward, and say, God would
not have allowed such a book, under his name and with
his asserted sanction, to exert that influence, unless it had
proceeded from Him. Nor would He have allowed it
to hold such a place without making it such that it
might safely be taken for an infallible guide. Infalli-
bility is essential to confidence in a guide or directory ;
or, if it be liable to variations for any cause, those varia-
tions must have laws which can be ascertained, and the
| knowledge of them be applied, to give the great standard
a perfect authority.
Accordingly we may say that the Most High, knowing
the use which would be made of the Bible by the great
family of man, prepared it with a view to its being an in-
fallible guide in the knowledge of Himself and of our
duty to Him.
He knew that men, in all conditions and under all
circumstances, would resort to it for direction and for
DIVINE REVELATION. 85
consolation ; therefore He must have prepared it, with
divine skill, for such a purpose. This is true unless the
Bible and its influence are yet to prove a delusion. If
the Bible justly exerts the power which it holds over the
human mind, and will continue to do so, we are shut
up to the conclusion that a benevolent God ordained
and sanctioned it.
For we have seen, in the preceding pages, that design
is the great proof that there is an intelligent, creating
Mind, a First Cause of all things. With equal conclu-
siveness we may take the Bible and its influence, and
argue that they evince a designer, and that that designer
must have been He to whom the Bible ascribes its
origin.
In Paley’s celebrated chapter on the Goodness of the
Deity, and in some of the Bridgewater Treatises, — for
example, on the Human Hand,—we infer the benevo-
lence of God from these his works. But the Bible is most
wonderfully adapted to the human mind, and to all its
conditions. There is, therefore, benevolence in its plan
and object ; and benevolence far beyond that which we
infer from any created thing. If so, there is justice in its
claim to be that which its readers make of it, — an infalli-
ble revelation of the character and will of God.
When He hung the earth upon nothing, He fixed the
"North Star, and He endowed the north itself with a
mysterious power of magnetism to guide the mariner
and the pathless traveller. He cannot have left the
soul of man without a sure source of information as to
36 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
that which he “is to believe concerning God, and what
duty God requires of him.” If the Bible be not that
Word of God, we have no Word of God.
We say that from the beginning God has afforded
man an infallible directory to the knowledge of Him-
self and of the duty of man to his God. At first it
was imparted by word of mouth, God holding personal
converse with men. Meanwhile, men with whom He
thus conversed were preparing records of his commu-
nications to them, embodying principles and precepts
which would be of universal application in human
affairs. When God had ceased to speak directly to
men, they had his written messages containing his law,
which law He again caused to be illustrated by long
histories of its application to individuals and nations,
these histories being recorded, one after another, for suc-
ceeding times. Then the Son of God appears, and his
words are recorded by those whom He appointed for
that purpose, promising them that all things should be
brought to their remembrance. ‘Thus the Bible is com-
pleted. The great question now is, Have we an infal-
lible Bible ? |
Jesus had one. He amended not one tittle of the
Bible as it existed in his day. He reproved no scribe
for altering it. He did not set it aside. Yet he was
the world’s great Teacher. When a teacher from a )
Christian land goes into a Hindoo or Chinese school,
does he retain the old geographies and the reading
books, without emendation, or cautionary instruction as
DIVINE REVELATION. aye
to their defects? The Saviour set his seal to the Scrip-
tures of his day as of infallible authority, and therefore —
of essential accuracy. He reproved the men of his day
for making void the word of God through their tradi-
tions, but not a reproof do we find for “ corrupted text,”
‘“‘various readings,” “ orave errors.” Our Scriptures
are the same as those in use by the Saviour and _ his
Apostles. They were infallible with Him. Should they
not be so with us? Let this be refuted, or let the Old
Testament, at least, be admitted to be of divine au-
thority. .
But the great subject of these infallible Scriptures in
the Saviour’s time was Himself, his coming, his nature,
his person, his work. Therefore the infallible Old
Testament must have an infallible counterpart. If Christ
declared that not one jot nor one tittle should pass from
the law till all be fulfilled, we either now possess, or
we must expect, a perfect infallible completion of a
work in which the Old Testament constitutes one part,
as really as one shell of a bivalve implies and requires
another.
Of course, many were not slow to write things which
they themselves believed, or wished others to believe,
were inspired. Some of these writings gained credence
and authority for different lengths of time; but one of the
most remarkable and satisfactory things with regard to
the constitution of the Bible is the way in which the
uninspired writings dropped out of use. Councils did not
depose them. The human heart deposed them; they
4
38 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
were tried in all seasons of human necessity, and were
found wanting, and they became generally disesteemed ;
and then councils made enactments against them, express-
ing the common verdict of the world. The Christian’s
closet, sick rooms, dying beds, deposed the Apocrypha
before it was publicly set aside.
The Jew and the Christian watched each other with
great jealousy as to their respective sacred writings. The
Pharisees and Sadducees were opposed to each other
on the point of literal adherence to the written word, the
Pharisees claiming to add traditions to the Scriptures, and
the Sadducees with equal zeal defending the text and the
literal interpretation. God, who uses evil men to accom-
plish some of his purposes, employed these hostile sects to
euard his written word.
To analyze inspiration is very much like anatomizing
a smile. No one can tell how much is due to muscles,
how much to nerves, how much to blood, how much to
thought, and how much to emotion. But a smile is
proof of an indwelling soul.
‘¢ ____* smiles from reason flow,
To brutes denied.”
As to the nature of Inspiration, the degree in which
the Bible is inspired, we shall find that the highest theory
of inspiration is the most easily maintained. That the-
ory is, that a benevolent God, who from the beginning
communicated directly with men by word of mouth,
has given to men, at the withdrawal of his visible
DIVINE REVELATION. 89
presence and audible words, a written Word, which is
a divinely authorized and infallible exposition of his will.
It is implied in this proposition that the Bible is as
really a communication from God as though it were
written on his throne with his own hand, and had been
conveyed from heaven to earth in the sight of men.
To this proposition, derived from our belief in the
benevolence of God, the wants of men, and the manner
in which God met those wants from the beginning (and
we no less need an infallible guide at the present time),
_ there are natural and obvious objections.
1. It is said that the great variety in the style of the
different books is inconsistent with the idea that God
dictated the whole volume. — But do we not rather see
in this variety of style and mannér an additional illus-
tration of the divine skill and goodness? If God should
inspire all the singing birds on the first day‘of May with
some sudden joy, and give them a new song, we should
not expect to hear the canary bird sing precisely like the
nightingale, but each bird would express its song in notes
peculiar to itself. God has not made every thing of
one color. ‘There are, it may be, so many kinds of
voices in the world, and none of them is without signifi-
cation.’ The same benevolence which ordained them for
our pleasure, also had regard to our tastes and feelings in
making the Bible various as to its style and manner. It
is not all didactic, nor poetic, nor hortatory, nor historical ;
it is not all sublime in diction, nor is it all extremely
simple ; but regard is had to the subject im hand; and
*
40 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
the result of the whole is that the Book is suited to every
capacity and taste; and in every department of writing
it has the preéminence. It was written during a period
of fifteen hundred years, and from thirty to forty men
were employed to write it. ;
2. But it is said there is a loose, uncertain way of stat-
ing many things which does not consist with the idea
of its being divinely inspired. Things are stated indefi-
nitely ; but if the writer were inspired, he must have
known precisely the nature, or number, and quantity,
and the time, of the thing described. ‘Then, again, there’
is exaggeration, which it is said cannot be supposed would
be used in a divine communication.
The answer .is, If the Bible is a book for the human
race, it is written no# for angels, nor for any other order
of beings, but for man. It will be adapted to his laws
of thought and speech. If witnesses testify in it, they
will testify as honest witnesses testify in human courts
of justice, with general agreement, but with such dis-
crepancies in non-essentials as will confirm our belief in
their honesty. Instead of giving the exact number in
every case, it will adopt the large, general way of speak-
ing which is natural and proper in common things, and
such as good historians generally employ. Its metaphors
will sometimes be bold and free, not timorously and
slavishly exact. If the-armies of the East are gathered
together it will be likely to say of them that they “ lay
along in the valley like grasshoppers for multitude;
and their camels were without number, as the sand by
DIVINE REVELATION. Al
the sea for multitude.’ This gives a more correct
idea of multitude than though the precise number had
been stated, — say, three hundred and sixty thousand
two hundred and forty-one.
So with regard to the multitudes before the throne,
— itis of course below the truth to say that “the num-
ber of them was a thousand times ten thousand and thou-
> and yet that expression gives
sands of thousands ;’
us a better idea of vastness than a number definitely
and exactly expressed, though it were greater than this.
We would not hold in great repute the taste or judg-
ment of one who should insist that inspiration should
have told us the precise time of day, instead of saying,
‘‘and when the sun was hot,” or ‘when the day began
to wear away.” |
Far more in accordance with our ordinary mode of
expressing gratitude is it, to say, ‘* How precious, also,
are thy thoughts unto me, O God; how great is the
sum of them; they are more in number than the sand,”
than though one should say precisely how many bless-
ings he had received, supposing that they could be reck-
oned up in order. 7
But when we come to cases in which exactness is essen-
tial, we must expect to find it, — as, for example, in the
number. of the first deacons, the number of the Apos-
tles, geographical statements, and things of like sort.
8. But it is said that mutilations have happened to the
inspired text, so that learned men differ as to the mean-
ing of certain passages. If God gave men an authentic
4*
42, EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
record of his mind and will, would not the same benevo-
lence which prepared the Bible for man keep it from
essential injury ?
The answer is, No essential injury has eer to
the Bible. Gilbert Wakefield says that the ‘ various
readings”? of different passages proposed by scholars
amount to more than one hundred thousand. Even in
this multitude of emendations, involving great uncer-
tainty of interpretation, the testimony of the Bible on
any one subject relating to faith or duty is not essen-
tially impaired. But there are difficulties, for example,
in the various genealogies, which it is hard to explain
with certainty. It is a wonder that, without the art
of printing, and being perpetually copied by the pen,
the text of Scripture has suffered no more damage. If
it had suffered nothing in this way during the transcrip-
tions from age to age, it would have been a miracle.
The hand of time has been upon it. But its testimony
in every thing essential to the great purpose for which
it was given is unimpaired.
4, But is every passage inspired? And did every pas-
sage need inspiration? ‘Salute Asyncritus, Hermas,
Phlegon,” — was this inspired? ‘* The cloak which I left
at Troas bring with thee, — but &pecially the parch-
ments.” Did it need the influence of the Holy Spirit to
think or to express this? — All these things are in accord-
ance with the great and wise purpose of God to make the
Bible a book adapted to human modes of thought and
feeling. These little things, as it were, tone down the >
DIVINE REVELATION. 43
divine work to our susceptibilities. These things were
thrown in to make the work human, not angelic. They
are earth on*the roots of a plant, showing that the plant
came from the soil. Every great work of art has small
touches in it, concerning which one might also inquire,
Did they require genius and its inspiration to introduce
them? We see a rope hanging from the top of the
cross in the picture of the Crucifixion by Rubens.
Could not a common hand have painted that rope ?
The genius of Rubens brought it into the picture to give
a naturalness to the sketch. A common mind might
have regarded it as too trivial for such a place. It is
a part of the great whole. To select it and question
whether that stroke in the picture really required the
mind and pencil of Rubens, is to criticize in a way
which, in a gallery of paintings, would bring a man’s
taste into disrepute.
5. But if the Bible was made for all men, how hap-
pens it that so small a part of the race possesses it ?—
Every nation once had the knowledge of the true God.
Many have lost it, and they have entailed ages of igno-
rance and sin upon their posterity. This belongs among
those truths of which we are compelled to say, ‘“ How
unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways past
finding out.’ It also teaches us the nature and extent
of that dread law by which the sins of men may be
visited upon their descendants for Many eenerations.
6.-But there are things in the Bible which cannot be
réad and should not be read in public, nor even before
a family.
44 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
So there are in the statute book of every State, and in
the dictionaries, and in the books of domestic medicine.
But if the Bible had failed to speak of certain things, it
would have been deficient as a reprover and guide in
human conduct. Its suitableness for public reading in
all its parts is not a test of its propriety. ‘This is so in
other things besides the Bible.
It is not claimed that the men who wrote the Bible
were necessarily under divine guidance wherever and
however employed. When the business in hand needed
divine interposition, it was given. But when, for exam-
ple, they differed in opimion and in action, it had not
been judged necessary~that they should have supernat-
ural aid. As writers of the Bible they claim to speak
for God; and when they do not speak in his name and
by his authority, we are informed that they speak ‘ by
permission and not by commandment.”
Things too numerous to be dwelt upon at length
crowd upon the mind as evidences of the divine inspi-
ration of the Bible. A few will be mentioned:
1. Though written by nearly forty men during a pe-
riod of about fifteen hundred years, it does not contradict
itself. One plan runs through the whole, so that the
Bible to a very great degree is its own interpreter. This,
in the opinion of some, is the allusion in that passage
by Peter: “ Knowing that no Scripture is of any private
interpretation ; ”’ — that is, it belongs to a system, it has
no isolated character, no separate, private meaning.
This is far different from that gloss given to the passage
DIVINE REVELATION. 45
by the Papists, who would have us understand by it
that we have no right of private judgment and inter-
pretation as concerns the word of God.
2. The frequent occurrence of the expression, ‘* Thus
saith the Lord,” and other forms of speaking in God’s
name, which meet us constantly in the Bible, make
one think what hardihood and effrontery he must have
had, — indeed beyond belief, — who would have dared to
use such asseverations without authority. But if these
forms of quotation were authorized, the Bible is the
word of God. It is impossible to conceive of such
depravity as would be implied in saying fifty times in
as many chapters, “ the word of the Lord came unto
me,’ when it was not true. One great lie; we can con-
ceive, might be forged and uttered; but to be repeating
it every few lines, requires a degree of heaven-daring
impiety which certainly in men otherwise exemplary
is not to be looked for, unless it be by an extremely
credulous infidel.
3. The perfect morality of the Bible is a proof of its
divine origin. All other standards of morality favor
human weakness and sin. It shields no good man when
he has done wickedly, but it deals impartially, without
respect of persons. It is remarkable that not only is
no attempt made to give the least palliation to the sins
of David and Peter, but that no kind words are used
respecting them, to engage a feeling of tenderness and
compassion for them. With every new translation of
the Bible, the knowledge of their sins is travelling over
46 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
x
the earth, fearless of the scepticism and the sneers of
men, of whom if all were known, perhaps, as all will
be known in the great day, David and Peter would at
least have nothing to fear in a comparison with them.
The Bible alone, of all biographies, deals thus faithfully
with character.
4, It is perfectly adapted to every human mind and
heart, in every possible variety and combination of cir-
cumstances. Bad men could not have forged such a
book ; good men would not have done it.
5. The absence of many things in the Bible suggests
a powerful proof of its inspiration. Without infallible,
divine guidance, it seems impossible that those who had
it in their power should not have attempted to impart to
men that which they so eagerly desire and seek after,
namely, particular knowledge concerning the intermedi-
ate state. Silence reigns over all that region of knowl-
edge, unbroken by any intimation whatever on the part
of those who have returned temporarily from within the
veil. That this silence is benevolent, no one can
question who reflects upon the probable consequences
of encouraging our curiosity and inquiry respecting the
things which lie beyond this world. If uninspired
men had composed the Bible, it is easy to suppose
that they would have said something to gratify hu-
man curiosity with regard to those who had _ been
dead. None but Almighty power can have closed all
lips to those things which relate to the world of spirits.
Modern pretensions to a knowledge of supernatural
DIVINE REVELATION. 47
things show us what use men would have made of the
shghtest insight with regard to things within the veil.
6. The evangelists have not in one instance passed an
encomium upon Jesus, nor upon any of his friends. Nor
have they thrown out one reflection upon his enemies.
This is not the manner of man. Had there been im-
posture or enthusiasm, this would have been otherwise.
Christ’s life is not praised, nor his death lamented, his
friends commended, nor his enemies blamed. Every thing
is told with perfect simplicity, the naked truth is stated,
and it is neither aggravated nor adorned, whether it
relate to evil or to good. Unless the minds of the
writers had been under the control of a superior power,
they never would have written in this manner, for it
is contrary to all human experience.
As to the subject of Verbal Inspiration, we do not
claim that each word is spoken or written mechanically
by the Holy Spirit acting on the faculties of inspired
men. ‘This is an unworthy view of the subject. If the
Holy Spirit only superintended the use of words by the
sacred writers, this would insure infallibility ; and that
is all which would be necessary to plenary inspiration.
But it cannot be explained why the language of Scripture,
if there were no supernatural influence extending into it,
should uniformly have the indescribable peculiarity which
characterizes it,—a peculiarity which cannot be fully
accounted for by our sacred associations with Holy Writ.
Besides, we think in words. If inspiration must be com-
municated to the Sacred Writings, it is unphilosophical
fae EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
to say that the thoughts were suggested, guided, superin-
tended, but that no regard was had to the words, each
writer being wholly left to express his inspired thoughts
as he pleased. Right words in the right places are
essential to the object of a communication. If, there-
fore, God purposes to make a communication to men, he
must have perfect control not only of the thoughts, but also
of the words, in which it is to be conveyed. ‘This will
be consistent with the entire freedom of the writer; for
we are told that “the spirits of the prophets are subject
” Tt is also consistent with the employ-
to the prophets.
ment by each writer of his own peculiar habit of express-
ing himself, and with the infusion of his peculiar tempera-
ment into his communication.
If any one supposes that God could not, consistently
with the laws of mind, inspire men to speak and write,
by suggesting, or guiding their words (though it is diffi-
cult to see why there is any inconsistency in this), we
may allude to the well-known fact that mental excite-
ments are great helps to words. Every one whose mind
is greatly quickened by a subject of thought, or by strong
feelings, talks to himself; we notice this in the streets ;
we all find ourselves setting forth to ourselves, in words,
when we are alone, the strong points of a case which
deeply interests our feelings. Moreover, so much depends,
oftentimes, upon a word, that it is difficult to conceive
of plenary inspiration without supposing a divine agency
in the words of Scripture. But this does not make it
necessary to believe that the power of using words was
DIVINE REVELATION. 49
taken possession of m any such way as to reduce the
choice of words to a mere mechanical act. It is the fear
of being obliged to believe this which leads many to
reject more than they really imtend to do in speaking
against Verbal Inspiration. All that is essential on this
point is this: Did not the Holy Spirit secure the expression
of his thoughts and of his will m such words as he pre-
ferred? In saying that he did, we no more deny the free-
dom of the writers than we do in saying that they thought
under the direction of the Spirit.
A. confirmation of supernaturalness in the inspiration of
the Bible is found in this, that Christians in great trouble,
as well as in devotion, quote Scripture to themselves and
to others as they quote no other language. We are as-
tonished at the pertinency and applicability of passages
which we had not before considered. To converse with
an experimental Christian in great trouble is ike walking
on a stormy shore when the sea has thrown to land its
precious deposits. No one who has a relish for’ spiritual
things can doubt, at such times, that the Holy Ghost,
the Sanctifier and Comforter, made the Bible for the
human heart; it is ‘not of blood, nor of the will of the
flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God.’
But this brings to view a truth which we do well to
consider, namely, That it is as impossible to give an
unregenerate man a clear conception of inspiration, as it is
of the deity of the Lord Jesus. He must have experience,
in order to apprecjate the very highest kinds of evidence
pertainmg to both of these truths. He will be apt to
5
50 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
cavil till he has it; and when his experience makes
these things real to him, he will find himself demanding
them as necessary to his spiritual life, and no arguments
will be able to disprove them ; for they will have become
identified with his spiritual consciousness.
The conclusion of the Bible looks as though revelation
were finished until the end of time. In this one book,
therefore, God has included all which it is necessary for
man to know in this world concerning God and a future
state. When we think of the vastness of the subjects
which lie about us and beyond us, and the infinite
importance of authentic information about them, the
Bible assumes an importance and value not unlike that
of a lamp to one in a dark, subterranean passage ; or the
sides of a ship to one who reflects that a hundred fathoms
of water are underneath him; or a friendly island to one
who has gained a foothold there, he knows not how
many miles from main land. The Bible is, in some
respect, like a narrow foot-bridge over a deep stream,
with midnight darkness round about.
Nothing can exceed the injury which a man inflicts
upon his fellow men who weakens their confidence in
this book, or in any way impairs its influence over
them. ‘Those who cut the telegraphic wires, on the
arrival of important commercial news, are justly repro-
bated; but there is no other means of communicating
between God and men if the Bible is disowned. “If
they hear not Moses and the prophets, neither will they
be persuaded though one rose from the dead.’? The first
a es
DIVINE REVELATION. 51
thing which comes to pass when an unbeliever begins to
fear God, is, he gives implicit credence to the Bible, and
the first step in unbelief usually is to underrate the Word
of God.
We sometimes mect with those who seem to deplore
the superstitious reverence which people have for the
Bible, and they write to caution men against such in-
discriminating and enthusiastic love. Now there are
children whose love for their parents is almost idola-
trous. ‘They see no faults in them; they find every
virtue in those parents. Suppose that one should write
a book to children, cautioning them against excessive
filial love. It is not an error which requires public
reproof. Cautionary labored suggestions on that topic
would awaken the suspicion of cold heartedness in the
reprover. We should at least doubt if his own child-
hood had been happy.
Many objections against the Bible are the result of
mistake and want of knowledge. A cavilling sea-cap-
tain once quoted this passage, as though it read thus in the
Bible (referring to Acts xxvii. 13), “* And from thence
we fetched a compass”’ aboard, ‘and came to Rhegium.”
He said that as there was no compass in those days, the
Bible, or that part of it at least, must be an imposture.
If the Bible be all which we claim for it, we feel dis-
posed to acquit David of excessive zeal and enthusiasm
when he says, ** Thy Word shall not be sold for thou-
sands of gold and silver.” ‘More to be desired are
they than gold, yea, than much fine gold; sweeter also
SY EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
than honey and the honeycomb,” is his impassioned
language when speaking of the utterances of the Most
High in the forms of precepts, testimonies, and statutes.
The written Word of God now being the only source
from which those things, so precious to David, are con-
veyed to us, has all the mtrinsic value, and should excite
all the enthusiastic love, which are expressed in the
strong and ardent»language of the royal bard.
The Bible is better than visions. So Peter tells us,
who was on the mount where Christ was transfigured,
and Moses and Elijah appeared and talked with Him.
‘But what effect had this heavenly vision on the three
disciples? First, they were sore afraid; secondly, they
fell asleep; and thirdly, they ‘‘ wist not what they said.”
No wonder, then, that Peter, describing this, should
say: ** We HAVE A MORE SURE WORD OF PROPHECY.”
One reason why it was more sure, was, it was written.
A. writing is surer evidence than speech. We remem-
ber that it is the frequent language of Christ and of the
evangelists, when they decide a thing beyond dispute,
“Tt is written.” But modern unbelievers object to the
idea that God should make-a revelation to mankind in
a book. They represent it as derogatory to the vary-
ing, expanding views which the human mind takes of
truth, to think that all which God will say to us can
be comprised in one volume. But it is noticeable that
when these objectors seek to influence the human mind
by their discoveries in moral science, they straightway
resort to the press, and to the making of a book. A
DIVINE REVELATION. bs
pamphlet or volume, which men can take into their
hands in their quiet, meditative hours, they deem essen-
tial to the best influence on public opinion, and they
would none of them regard it as absurd should all na-
tions and all times hold some particular work of theirs
as the standard in its department. God employed thirty,
or forty men, through a period of fifteen hundred years,
to prepare a compendious exhibition of duty, and of his
character and will, as illustrated for so long a time, in
the history of individuals and nations. No one who uses
the press to influence others, we should suppose, would
think lightly of it, or be able to suggest any more effect-
ual way of bestowing on man an all-sufficient and infalli-
ble guide. That such a guide, could we obtain it, would
be an inestimable favor, none will dispute. It may be
repéated,— the benevolence of God is a proof, which
cannot be exceeded by demonstration, that He has
bestowed such an indispensable and invaluable gift upon
man. We find Him, from the very first, holding per-
sonal converse with men; and now that He has ceased,
the progress of the race, by his goodness, in useful arts,
and in all that exalts mankind, forbids us to believe that
we have retrograded in the privilege or in the mode of
receiving authentic instruction from God our Maker.
We, therefore, may not only believe that the Bible is a
divine revelation, but we are warranted in holding that,
for all the purposes of human welfare and progress, no
better form of divine revelation has been at any time
enjoyed by man.
5 *
*~
AS
III.
iE eee tee leNe el sya:
BEL:
el ee LRT NU Daye
HE common mode of discussing the subject of the
Trinity is, to begin by saying of God, “‘ TuxEreE 18
OnE; 18 He TuHrReEe?”’
When we do this, we begin at the infancy of knowl-
edge upon this subject, and grope our way along to
fuller light.
But there is another way of treating the subject,
which is more in‘ accordance with the ordinary method
of deducing a general proposition from ascertained facts.
We begin where our knowledge ends, and so reason
from without to the central truth.
If the New Testament reveals THrrxE having the
same divine names, attributes, works and worship, we
may properly begin the investigation of the subject not
by saying, ‘ There is One; is He Three?” but, “ Turre
ARE THREE; ARE THEY ONE?”
Let us assume that in the early ages of the world
One God is revealed in opposition to Polytheism, —
the tendency of the idolatrous heart of man being to
multiply objects of divine worship. We will all admit,
58 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
for the sake of the argument, that great stress was con-
stantly laid on the unity of God in contradistinction to
a plurality of gods, and that the human mind needed,
all the time, to be impressed with the Oneness of God,
to keep it from idolatry. If this were so, we can imagine
that men could have said, Is this One God, himself, in
any sense plural? We can see how natural it must
have been that oneness should have been the prominent -
subject of contemplation and thought, and plurality in
God, if the idea existed, be a subject of inquiry.
Ages pass away, God reveals himself continually in
his providence, and by direct disclosures of himself, till
the record is made which is designed to be a sufficient
revelation of God to man.
With this completed revelation in our hands, and
having reached the conclusion of all which we are to
know concerning God in this world, and being in posses-
sion of the ight which Christian experience for so many
centtiries has thrown around the subject of interpreta-
tion, let us suppose that we find such a concurrent
testimony in the world as would establish any discovery
or opinion, that Three are revealed in the Bible as objects
of divine worship.
Now the question might properly be, Are They One?
We have found that there is one only living and true
God. If by the same kind of proof which establishes
this we are led to the belief that there are Three who
receive divine worship in Scripture, we cannot but ask,
Is the former belief that there is but One God to be
#
THE TRINITY. 59
corrected by this completed revelation, and modified ?
or, Are the Three, who are divinely worshipped, the One
God, and is there threefoldness in the divine nature ?
It might be the case that -the evidences with regard
to the Divine Three would be such that if one theory or
the other, that is, the Divine Unity or the Trinity, is to
give place, the proofs of threefoldness in the Godhead
would justify us in saying, On logical grounds the exist-
ence of Three divine objects of worship is as defensible
as the existence of One God.
To preserve our established and incontrovertible belief
that there is but one only living and true God, at the
same time that we are compelled to recognize ‘Three
divine objects of worship in the New Testament, we resort
to the statement that the Three whom the Bible reveals
with the same names, attributes, works and worship,
are One God. With any supposable impossibility in the
case we have nothing to do; for the question as to possi-
bility in such a matter must, in the nature of things, be
beyond the compass of the human understanding. More-
over, in believing in One eternal, self-existent God we
have consented to that which contradicts our observa~-
tion and baftles all our powers of thought. It has
already been suggested that if one can keep his mind
calm on the subject of a Being who never began to be,
that is to say, if he refuses to be an atheist, he is pre-
cluded, by his admission of incompetency, from deciding
what the nature of this incomprehensible Being shall or
shall not include in its infinite depths and heights.
60 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
In speaking here of “ Three,” and of ‘“@ne,” it will
be observed that the words “ Being,” ‘‘ Persons,” ‘ Dis-
> are not used; for the question
tinctions,”’ *¢ Subsistencies,’
at present, with regard to the nature of the One and of the
Three, is simply this: Are there Three who have divine
names and attributes? Any further question at this
point would make confusion, and the inquiry already
suggested can be pursued as satisfactorily by following
the mathematicians in using letters of the alphabet for
unknown quantities, as in using words or names. ‘The
writer of that disputed passage, 1 John ui. 7, sets us a
good example here. He says: ‘For there are three
that bear record in heaven.”’
As we approach the investigation of this doctrine, it is
well to consider that there is nothing more practical than
the subject of the Trinity. It involves great and all-im-
portant questions as to the death of Christ, and its connec-
tion with the forgiveness of sin. ‘There must necessarily
be an infinite distance between the death of a created
being, —man or angel, —and of one in whom the Maker
of all things is incarnate. If such a being is on the cross,
between two malefactors, some great purpose is involved.
The death of such a being is an event without a parallel.
Hence it will be seen that to accept or to reject the doc-
trine of the Trinity is not mere speculation, and it will
readily be believed that stress is laid upon the doctrine, by
those who receive it, chiefly because of its relation to the
greatest of questions, What must I do to be saved ?
For we all agree that great prominence is given in the
THE TRINITY. 61
Bible to the death of Christ. ‘* Who his own self bare
our sins in his own body on the tree.” He “ was deliv-
ered for our offences, and was raised again for our justi-
fication.” ‘“ That he by the grace of God should taste
death for every man.” ‘He hath made him to be sin
for us who knew no sin, that we might be made the
righteousness of God in him.”’
If he who suffered on the cross was a mere creature,
no atonement has been made in the sense of a substitution.
Impression was the only object which can be inferred
from his death. But if God be incarnate, He who suffers
on the cross is fulfilling an object which is beyond a mere
impression. What am I in my relation to God as a sin-
ner? How can God forgive sin? What is its penalty ?
Is Christ a substitute for me? What is the alternative
if his substitution be not applied tome? The Scriptures
have given. the vast majority of their readers grounds,
in their view, to believe that retributions are to be with-
out end. This belief gains probability if an atonement
has been made by an incarnate God. |
So, if the Holy Spirit be not God, but merely “ divine
oy)
influence,” this will involve the question whether man
must be the subject of a supernatural change, or merely
of development and culture, in order to go to heaven.
Moreover, great questions relating to the proper object
of divine worship are involved here.
If God has revealed himself to us as Father, Son, and
Holy Ghost, of course his moral administration over us
“proceeds with reference to this mode of his existence.
6
62 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
Does God approach man as Father, Son, and Holy Ghost,
or not? If He does, and that be his own divinely ‘ap-
pointed method, and man does not regard Him in this
manner, it cannot be a matter of indifference. Suppose
that men could contrive a way by which two thirds of
our sun should be perpetually eclipsed. Vegetation, the
arts, health, comfort, life, would feel the consequences.
So it must be with the moral nature of that man to
whom God is but one third of that which He has revealed
himself to be. Plainly, too, that man worships a being
who is not the God revealed in the Bible.
On the other hand, if Christ be only a creature, and
the Holy Ghost a name for divine influences, it must be
an injury to worship them. All error is injurious, first
or last; ‘‘no lie is of the truth;” and error relating
to the Supreme Object of divine worship must be of
pernicious effect. Indeed, this error is no less than
idolatry. Hymns to Christ compose a large part ot
Christian worship, even from the time of Pliny, who
wrote to the Emperor Trajan that the Christians were
‘‘accustomed to assemble before light, and to sing hymns
to Christ as to God.”
But some, who are unwilling to admit the doctrine
with all which it implies, dispose of the argument drawn
from the evidently superhuman character which the
Bible ascribes to Christ, by consenting to lift Him up
to an inconceivable height, and place Him in the region
of impossible knowledge. Then they are ready to
adopt the current language of Scripture, and the bold,:
THE TRINITY. 63
strong phraseology of those who believe in his Deity ;
and thus they lead some to think that they truly wor-
ship Christ. Many, in their charity, are misled by
these teachers. They are not willing to place Christ
on the throne. They dispose of Him somewhere in the
hiding-places of supernaturalism.}
Between the most exalted creature and Deity’ there
remains an infinite distance. If we should go hence
ninety-five millions of miles to the sun, it would make
no appreciable difference if we started from a _house-
top or from the sidewalk, from yonder hill or from
the Himalayas. But there is infinitely less difference
between that hill and those mountains, than between
Christ, if He be an archangel, and Christ if He were
in the beginning with God and was God.
No doubt, however, some rely on Christ’s media-
tion as the ground of acceptance with God, who never-
theless do not accept his Deity. As to their acceptance
with God, it is not for their fellow men to decide.
1 This is well illustrated by an anecdote related to me by the clergy-
man who took part in the conversation to which I shall now refer. An
elderly lady, now deceased, a member of his church, was told by her
pastor that he feared she was deficient in her views and feelings with
regard to the nature of Christ. She protested that she had the most
exalted reverence for Christ. He told her that this was not enough.
It was essential to her having a faith which accompanies salvation, as
the Bible teaches us, that she should receive Christ just as he is pro-
posed to us in the Bible. “ Sir,” said she, “I do believe that Christ
is e’en-a’most God.” Expressed in this way, we all see the absurdity
of the idea that any exaltation of a creature can make him other
than a creature. :
64 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
Surely their views are often expressed with great de-
voutness, and with much that is beautiful in their tone
and spirit. But we are not warranted to make com-
promises. While we cannot settle the question of their
relation to God, we cannot but inquire how they can
beliege in a propitiation for sin, if Christ be only a
creature ; or how they can believe that the death of
Christ is any thing more than an exponent, a signal,
of peace. A vicarious sacrifice, that is, a sacrifice vicé,
in the stead of, others, is impossible if Christ have only
a created nature. Whether they do, or how they can,
believe in atoning blood, we will not say. If they
say that they do, some questions will arise as to the
capability of a creature to atone for the sins-of others ;
especially as the Bible expressly denies that the whole
‘magnificent and costly system of Jewish sacrifices had
any efficacy whatever except as types,—for we are
told that “it is impossible that the blood of bulls and
of goats should take away sin.” Is it any more pos-
sible that the blood of a mere human being should
be a propitiation? Besides, do they worship Christ ?
for He is worshipped in the Bible. If they worship
Him, “why? and in what way? as people worship
Mary ? There is but One God ; have they more ?
The doctrine of the Trinity, therefore, it will be seen,
is practical. We say that we find all those essentially
divine things ascribed to Christ and to the Holy Ghost
which are ascribed to the Father. If we are asked, How
do you explain these things consistently with your belief
THE TRINITY. 65
in One God? we reply, By the doctrine of the Trinity.
We are led to it irresistibly, by collecting the plain state-
ments of Scripture in the natural use of our understand-
ings. We must believe in Thrée Gods, or that the One
God exists with a threefold distinction in his nature.
That is called the doctrine of the Trinity. It is simply
the theorem which stands at the head of enumerated facts,
of which it is the result. Having stated the doctrine, it
becomes us to pause; for the Bible leads us not one. step
beyond. It does not even contain the word Trinity,
nor the word Unity. We are clearly warranted by
Scripture in saying, that if one will believe in Christ
just as the Bible reveals Him in his nature, and in His
offices; and in the Holy Ghost, in his nature and offices ;
and will feel and act toward them as the Bible prescribes,
he will certainly be saved, even though he never should
have heard, or never should use, the word Trinity.
True, he would find it a great convenience in helping
him summarily to express his faith; but the knowl-
edge or the use of the term will nowise affect the matter
of his acceptance with God.
They err, therefore,«who suppose that they must begin
their Christian experience by forming to themselves the
conception of God as existing in a threefold way. There
is no countenance to this in the Scriptures. Things are
asserted of Christ and of the Holy Spirit which challenge
our implicit faith. , Believing them, the Bible is satisfied ;
all else is the result of induction, and of conventional
agreement and use.
6 *
600-5 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
There is one objection which many feel in approach-
ing this subject, and with good reason, namely: that the
Father is uniformly spoken of as God, and Christ always
as ** Lord,” or as “the Son.” “But to us there is but
one God, even the Father,—and one Lord Jesus
Christ.”” This passage is sufficient to indicate the point
in hand.
Before remarking upon that specific point, it may be
well to direct attention to the essentially divine ascrip-
tion which is made, even here, to Christ: ‘“* But to us
there is but one God, even the Father, of whom are all
things, and we in Him; and one Lord, Jesus Christ, by
whom are all things, and we by Him.” He “by whom
are all things,’ we among them, hereby has a relation
to us which authorizes worship; for a child’s father
must receive parental honor; and though that father had
a father, that does not weaken the relation of father and
son between the parent and the child. So, whatever
relation Christ may sustain to Deity, if Christ made
us, shall we not worship our Maker? Shall we be told
‘no; for Christ had a Father’??? He who made me is
my God; and the Psalm says, —#‘ Let us kneel before
the Lord our Maker; for he is our God.”
But the point before us is, that the name (God is
specifically applied to the Father in contradistinction to
Christ, who is called Lord, or Son. The question, which
is very naturally asked, is, “‘ How can it be right to call
Christ God, when the name is so distinctly and em-
phatically given to the Father?”
THE TRINITY. 67
Has it escaped the notice of the sincere and candid
inquirer who puts this important question, that, very
frequently, when God is spoken of in the New Testa-
ment, the words ‘ Father,” or “even the Father,” are
subjoined? Now why should God need any expletive?
When God and men, God and angels, are mentioned,
we do not read, — ‘God (even the Father) and men;”’
“‘God (the Father) and angels.” If Christ be a crea-
ture, why is the word Father interposed in speaking of
God and of Him? It is not a word of affection; the
occasions, the tone of thought, do not require or justify
the language of endearment; but the word Father is
evidently added for the sake of definition. But we say.
again, Does God need definition when spoken of, or
alluded to, in connection with his creatures? We there-
fore think that the very common use of the word Father
in connection with God, when Christ is also to be named,
is one of the strong incidental proofs of the Trinity,
and that the language of inspiration in this way does
homage to the divine Son and Spirit when the name
of God is used in connection with the name of the
Father.
But why, it is asked again, should the name God be
so often applied by the Apostles to the Father, in the
way of preéminent distinction, even if the doctrine of
the Trinity be true? |
It will be shown in another place that the names God
and Lord are applied in Scripture both to the Father
and to the Son. While this is true, it may be observed
68 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
that since Christ is both human and divine, and since
the Holy Spirit is subordinated, the mind requires an
object on which to fix itself im thinking of what we
may call original, uncompounded, insubordinated Deity.
We have it in the First Person of the Godhead, who is
called Father. That there are constitutional reasons in
Him, as related to us, for the appropriation of that name,
as there are reasons in the Second Person of the Godhead
for the name “the Word,” seems probable; but who
will dogmatize here? It is true that Christian experi-
ence serves to confirm that belief.
But in this connection it will be well to notice the
significant fact, that the Saviour very seldom, in speak-
ing of God, uses that name; but his expression is, “ Fa-
ther.” ‘This is most remarkable. ‘The Jews did not so,
nor the disciples; it was not, therefore, on the part of
Christ, a conformity to prevailing usage. There are
between sixty and seventy instances in the Gospels in
which the Saviour speaks of the Father, or appeals to
the Father, and the cases are few in which the word
God is used by Him, unless the word Father is sub-
joined. ‘T'wice only, in prayer, does He use the name
God. We may venture at least to ask whether a mere
creature in prayer would not commonly have indulged
in the use of the name by which his Creator was known
among men? ‘This mode of speaking, on the part of
Christ, is most significant, in connection with our belief
in the doctrine of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost.
When the Apostles speak of Christ in connection with
THE TRINITY. 69
God, it has already been noticed that the words ‘the
Father,” or ‘even the Father,” are generally supplied.
" We hear it said, Why should we perplex ourselves
about this mscrutable subject, which is confessedly be-
yond the limitations of thought? It should be replied, .
We ought not to perplex ourselves about it. The Bible
does not encourage us to speculate about it, nor about
that inscrutable truth, the self-existence of God. “The
simple truths revealed concerning Christ and the Holy
Spirit, all admit, are proper subjects of contemplgtion ;
but if, in contemplating them, one is led to worship
Christ, and to ascribe divine names, attributes, and works
to the Holy Spirit, what shall he do? Shall he call
himself, and submit to be called, an idolater? or shall
he not justify himself by saying that these Three must
be One God? In saying this he enunciates the doctrine
of the Trinity.
But, it is said, ‘‘ How much more simple is the belief
im one person in the Godhead! The Trinity is incom-
prehensible to children; it confuses their minds, and the
minds of grown persons. But the idea of one divine
Person is perfectly free from confusion.”
So the people reasoned under the old system of astron-
omy. That the earth should go round the sun, filled
the mind with amazement by the difficulties and seem-
ing impossibilities which are involved in the theory.
They all could understand the rising and setting of sun
and stars, but the revolution of a globe, with oceans and
rivers, around the sun, and on its axis, was a mystery
70 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
with which they preferred not to perplex themselves, and
therefore they. would not look into Galileo’s telescope.
Their system certainly had the advantage of being more
simple; but a fatal objection lay against it—that it did
not account for all the phenomena. :
The question on such a subject as this is not as to our
wishes or preferences; but we are all children in knowl-
edge with regard to infinite things, and we are to receive
and believe with meekness whatever God is pleased to
reveal
We have already admonished ourselves that the first
great truth—the existence of an Eternal, Uncreated
Being —is a mystery too high for us. If we consent to
believe it implicitly, the only question which we can
consistently ask with regard to any other subject of reve-
lation, is, Has God declared it? If so, its mystery is no
valid reason against our implicit belief.
We are therefore now to inquire, whether the Deity
of Christ and of the Holy Ghost are revealed in the
Bible. If so, the question will be, Are there three
Gods? or, Does the one God exist as Three? Le no
one feel that this subject is inimical to his peace; for if
it be true, it is for his salvation and joy.
i a
‘
mowed
‘ a aes &
: a
, . ;
ae ; ? : ; ?
; S
p= —_ a
fm =
ia . oO 7 }
. | ba Ee
aa a - |
ta
s 8. oe Aen
|
IV.
DEITY OF CHRIST.
TRUTH so essential as the Supreme Deity of
Christ must be, relating, as it does, to the nature
of God and the highest interests of man, it is natural
to suppose must lie upon the surface of Revelation, and
be easily recognized by the common mind.
The doctrine of the Trinity; we can readily perceive,
need not, as a doctrine, be propounded in the same way ;
for there may not be the same practical necessity for
being able to resolve certain facts into a theory, which
there is to know the facts in order to apply them toa
practical use. This knowledge will promote one’s per-
sonal piety, and greatly enlarge his conceptions of God
and of his moral government, provided he will confine
himself to the exercise of simple faith in the mystery
without venturing into speculations. For we are so
constituted that if the veil be lifted, or if speculation
seems to make it transparent, the objects which it was
intended to conceal will excite our curiosity to intrude
into the things which we have not seen. Without pre-
suming, therefore, to sit in judgment on the proper mode
of giving us a revelation concerning God, we can see
{i
74. EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
that there may be wisdom in not making prominent any
theoretical statements concerning the nature of the God-
head. The manifestations which are made of God in
acts, names, attributes, and worship, appearing in natural
connection with his providence and government, and by
the unfolding of his plans with relation to us, are easily
understood; at the same time it may be wise and benevo-
lent to keep back the enunciation of any theory in con-
nection with the subject. This seems to be the method
chosen by the Author of divine revelation. He places
before us the elementary truths or phenomena, without
theorizing about them; yet out of these we may, nev-
ertheless, derive a scientific statement, which will be
convenient and useful. For example: Suppose that a
believer in the Supreme Deity of Christ, and of the
Holy Spirit, is charged with worshipping Three Gods.
He will find it convenient, in such a case, to propound
the doctrine of the Trinity as his chosen alternative to
Tritheism. He will say, ‘I do believe in the Supreme,
equal Deity of the Father, the Word, and the Holy
Ghost; but I also believe them to be one God. Here
I pause. Ido not believe them to be One in the same
sense in which they are Three, nor to be Three in the
same sense in which they are One. But knowing that
there can be but one living and true God, and finding
that there are Three who have divine names, works, attri-
butes, and worship, I am forced to admit the idea of
threefoldness in the divine nature.’ This is the doctrine.
of the Trinity.
DEITY OF CHRIST. 1
~ It is evident that the propriety of this whole con-
clusion depends upon the proof which there is that there
are Three who are thus equally divine. This is now to
be the subject of our inquiry. We begin with examining
the proofs of the Supreme Deity of our Lord Jesus
Christ.
It will be important, at the outset, to see if we have
definite and well-crounded views upon the subject of
Christ’s human nature. We shall soon see the bearing
of this upon the subject of his other nature — provided
it shall appear that he has another. .
THe Human Nature or Curist.— He was, in all
respects, a man, like us, except sin. We fail to find
in him an appropriate example, if he were a being of
another order, instead of possessing a human soul ina
human body. So early as when John wrote his Epistles
there were those who denied that Christ really had a
human body, declaring, on the contrary, that he was a
phantasm. Of course every thing relating to his exam-
ple, his sympathy with us from similarity of experience,
would be destroyed if this were true. ‘The Apostle John
meets this error in the first verse of his first Epistle,
declaring that Christians had had the evidence of their
senses with regard to the person of Christ :— “ ‘That
which was from the beginning, which we have heard,
which we have seen with our eyes, which we have
looked upon, and our hands have handled, of the word
of life — declare we unto you.”
He hungered, he ate, he was athirst, he drank, he was
76 EVENINGY WITH THE DOCTRINES.
weary, he slept, he suffered bodily pain; his sweat was,
as it were, drops of blood falling from him; amd he shed
blood. He died, was buried, rose again. ‘ Behold,”
said he, “my hands and my feet; handle me and see,
for a spirit hath not flesh and bones, as ye see me have.”
‘Reach hither thy finger, and behold my hands, and
reach hither thy hand, and thrust it into my side, and be
not faithless, but believing.” ‘And they gave him a
piece of broiled fish and of a honeycomb; and he took
it and did eat before them.”
But_he also had a proper human soul. This has been
denied by those who have believed that his human body
was inhabited by some supernatural being, or by the
Deity without a human mind. If this were so, it would
separate him entirely from us, and prevent us from feel-
ing that he was “made like unto his brethren.” We,
therefore, look with interest for the proofs that he hada
human soul.
He “increased in wisdom as well as in stature.”
He prayed; he had limited knowledge ; he ‘* was tempted
in all points as we are;”’ and temptation implies lm-
ited powers and faculties.
All this is as essential to a proper idea of Christ
Jesus as his Godhead. We insist on his complete
human nature, with its limitations, and dependence,
and susceptibilities to temptation and suffermg. We are
not driven to an admission of his human nature by
proofs which seem to be inconsistent with the idea of
his Godhead. We value those proofs of his manhood
DEITY OF CHRIST. Ge
no less truly than we value the proofs of his Deity.
What were his Godhead without his humanity? It
would be merely God in a body, with no community
of human interest to draw and to unite us one to the
other. Every thing which can be asserted or claimed
respecting the man Christ Jesus, we insist upon and
earnestly maintain. The manhood of Christ is not for
others to assert, while we defend his Godhead ; his
true manhood is essential to our idea of Him as Medi-
ator, no less than his Godhead. Such passages as these
confirm all which has now been said: ‘* Wherefore
in all things it behooved him to be made like unto his
brethren, that he might be a merciful and faithful High
Priest in things pertaining to God.” ‘ Forasmuch then
as the children are flesh and blood, he also himself
likewise took part of the same.” ‘For verily he
took not on him the nature of angels, but he took
on him the seed of Abraham.” ‘“ For in that he him-
self hath suffered, being tempted, he is able also to
succor them that are tempted.”
But we come now to other declarations in the Bible
concerning Christ.
His Pre-existEncE. The proof that He existed be-
fore He came on earth, is to be found in such passages
as these :
‘Your father Abraham rejoiced to see my day, and
he saw it and was glad.
7*
78 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
‘Then said the Jews unto him, Thou art not yet
fifty years old, and hast thou seen Abraham ?
“Jesus said unto them, Verily, verily, I say unto
you, Before Abraham was, I am.”
The words, ‘‘my day,” of course refer to the Saviour’s
life on earth, and to his kingdom. Abraham, He says,
had joy in the clear, full foresight of “‘my day.” But
with their oblique way of viewing his declarations, the
Jews sought to make Him assert, in these words, that
his day and that of Abraham were contemporaneous.
Christ took advantage of their misconstruction of his
words, and He said, ‘* Before Abraham was, I am.”
It was not a direct answer to their cayil, but an as-
sertion of a higher truth still than that which first pro-
voked them. ‘ You are offended at the idea of Abra-
ham taking pleasure in the full vision of my coming
and kingdom. I can tell you that which will surprise
you more than this: I am before Abraham.’ The
use of the present tense here is wonderful. It destroys
at once the possibility of that rendering which some
would give to the passage —‘ Before Abraham was,
I existed in the divine purpose;’ a truism indeed, and
without point in this connection; for this bemg equally
true of many other things, it could not have provoked
the Jews to take up stones to cast at Him. “I am,
before Abraham was.” Verbal inspiration, we may say,
has an illustration here. Are we not compelled by the
passage to admit that Christ here said that of himself
DEITY OF CHRIST. © 79
which we cannot explain if he had no existence pre-
vious to his life on earth? The same remarkable use
of the present tense, when referring to His preéxist-
ence, occurs in these words of Christ: “ And no man
hath ascended up to heaven, but he that came down
from heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven.”
When, or in what manner, Christ came down from
heaven, we cannot explain if we do not adopt the
belief that He had two natures in one person, and
that things are said by Him of himself which are true
of only one of those natures. This remark applies
with force to that phrase — ‘the Son of man which
is in heaven.’”? Omnipresence is intimated here. The
words are among those incidental proofs of divine attri-
butes in Christ which have no less power than some
proofs which are more direct and obvious as to their
design.
“And now, O Father, glorify thou me with the
glory which I had with thee before the world was.”
No serious attempt, it is believed, has been made to
set aside the force of this passage, except by the asser-
tion that ‘ the glory’’ here™%poken of is that which God
purposed, ‘‘ before the world was,” to bestow on Christ,
so that Christ was able to say of it, while yet future,
‘I had it with thee before the world was.’ By this
mode of interpretation we could destroy a large part
of the titles to real estate, and to every kind of prop-
erty, showing, for example, that as to the property which
a man claims to have had, with another, previous to a
80 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
certain date, he means only to say that it was the inten-
tion of the other to give or to bequeath it to him at a
future time. The passage quoted, if understood accord-
ing to the common interpretation, is full of sublimity —
the man*Christ Jesus referring to a preéxistent union
between the Father and himself in glory, though ‘ Beth-
lehem” and “the days of Herod the king” were the
place and date of his birth. Truly his name is ‘“* Won-
derful.”’
The following passages may be cited without com-
ment, after what has been said:
*¢ What and if ye shall see the Son of man ascend up
where he was before ? ”
‘“¢T came down from heaven not to do mine own will,
but the will of him that sent me.”
And to conclude with a passage with which we might
properly have begun, but which is still reserved for more
extended comment in another place,—“In the begin-
ning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and
the Word was God. The same was in the beginning
with God.” Here again it is necessary to resort to
the vague notion of futurit¥ and divine purpose, if one
rejects the literal idea that Christ did actually exist in
the beginning.
CREATION IS ASCRIBED TO Curist.— The following
passages on this point are here presented connectedly,
with a view to some general remarks upon them as a
class of proofs.
Speaking of “the Word,” John says: “ All things
DEITY OF CHRIST. 81
were made:by him,’’ —and then, to strengthen the asser-
tion, it is repeated in a negative form— “and without
him was not any thing made that was made.” ‘In him
was life.” ‘* For by him were all things created, that are
in heaven, and that are in earth, visible and invisible,
whether they be thrones, or dominions, or principalities,
or powers; all things were created by him, and for
him: and he is before all things, and by him all things
consist.”
“And thou, Lord, in the beginning hast laid the
foundation of the earth, and the heavens are the works
of thine hands.”
God is known to us first of all as Creator, Gen. i. 1.
Supreme Deity of course is referred to in that verse.
Did He create by a substitute? Was a delegated crea-
ture acting for Him? Let us try to think of Milton
creating Paradise Lost by a substitute, Shakespeare cre-_
ating “ Hamlet” and the “Tempest” by a substitute,
Michael Angelo deputing a great artist to produce the
Church of St. Peter’s im any such way that it could
be said that this artist was its author. In St. Paul’s
Church, London, one reads the inscription referring to
Sir Christopher Wren: “Si monumentum requiris, cir-
cumspice,” — ‘If you inquire for his monument look
about you.” This great man did not depute his crea-
tive power to another.— Now in the Bible there is no
distinction made between the masonry of creation and
its conception. ‘He that Suilt all things is God.”
Who was it that “spake and it was done?” Who
82 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
‘commanded and it stood fast”? If the preéxistent
Word did all this, what was left for God to do, unless
“the Word was God’’ ?
It is sometimes attempted to show that if Christ did
create all things, God empowered Him to do so, leaving
Him still a creature, though inconceivably great. But
God asserts that the act of creating is his prerogative :
‘‘T am the Lord that maketh all things, that stretcheth
forth the heavens alone; that spreadeth abroad the earth
by myself.” If Christ made “ thrones, dominions, prin-
cipalities, and powers” (meaning the different orders
of the heavenly world), He is, of course, their God ;
for He who made us is God to us, let who will be God
to Him. |
It is the constant representation of the Bible, in speak-
ing of Christ as the author of creation, that the God-
head was creating by Jesus Christ in his preéxistent
nature. ‘This isa strong point in the argument for the
Deity of Christ; for if, instead of investing Him with
creative powers and deputing the work of creation to
Him as a subordinate work, in which it was not neces-
sary for the Godhead to be employed, the Godhead
was as really occupied in the work as the Son, while
He officially had a chief place in the transaction, it shows
that He is in full communion with the Godhead, codp-
erating, and doing that which the Godhead must also
employ itself to accomplish. All those passages, there-
fore, which speak of God %& creating all things by Jesus
Christ, instead of showing Christ’s inferiority, illustrate
DEITY OF CHRIST. | 83
his Deity; for they show Him to be capable of asso-
ciation and codperation with Deity in things which God
claims as his prerogative.
OMNIPRESENCE AND OMNISCIENCE BELONG TO CuRist.
— The familiar appellation of Christians in the Epis-
tles, is, ‘‘those who in every place call on the name
of our Lord Jesus Christ.” This is prayer. Christ is
therefore the proper object of prayer, ‘‘in every place.”
Unless he is present, prayer is a mockery of our hopes,
and even of our understanding. But, that He may hear
prayer which is addressed to Him in every place, at one
and the same time, Christ must be omnipresent and
omniscient.
‘‘ Where two or three are gathered together in my
name, there am I in the midst of them.” ‘Lo, I am
with you alway, even unto the end of the world.”
*¢ All the churches shall know that I am He which
searcheth the reins and hearts; and I will give unto
every one of you according to your works.”
‘The Lord Jesus Christ be with thy spirit.”
These things as truly imply omnipresence and om-
niscience as though they were spoken of God without
distinction of person.
Divinr NAMES ARE GIVEN TO Curist.—‘ Unto
us a Child is born, unto us a Son is given ; — and his name
shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, the Mighty God,
the Everlasting Father, the Prince of Peace.”’
But it is said, Moses was‘ a god” to Pharaoh. “ He
called them gods unto whom the word of God came; ”
84. EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
and there are “gods many.” But how different is that
name which is applied to Christ: ‘“* The mighty God.”
‘Everlasting Father” is stronger in the original than
it appears here. It is, literally, “the Father of
Eternity.’ In the book of Revelation, Christ appro-
priates names which are confessedly names of Supreme
Deity. “I am Alpha and Omega, the First and the
Last.” These words are four times applied to Christ
in this book. Some Trinitarian writers think that the
verse (1: 8) is spoken by the Father: “Iam Alpha
and Omega, the beginning and the ending, saith the
Lord [God, Griesbach|, which is, and which was, and
which is to come, the Almighty.”’ If it be so, we, never-
theless, find the Saviour, in the eleventh verse, applying
the terms, *‘ the First, and the Last,” to himself. These
words are used by the Most High, in Isaiah, as his most
royal prerogative name. With what propriety it can
be used by a creature in speaking of himself, it were
vain to inquire.
“But unto the Son He saith, Thy throne, O God,
is forever and ever.’ Some would be glad to read it,
‘¢God is thy throne,’ — but this is an obvious violation
of good taste. “A throne derives its dignity from the
character and dominion of the sovereign who sits upon
it. To call the Eternal Majesty the throne of a crea-
ture, seems little suitable to the reverence which is
ever to be maintained towards Him.” ‘In point of
taste” it ‘could never be adopted by any author
who had a particle of correct feeling.” The words are
DEITY OF CHRIST. 85
a quotation from Ps. xiv. 6, and the alteration of the
passage assabove suggested is not warranted by any rule
of criticism.
“Of whom, as concerning the flesh, Christ came, who
is over all, God blessed forever.” There is no great proof
text relating to the Godhead of Christ which has not
been the subject of controversy. ‘The passage just quoted
has shared this fate, but the proposition to make of the
last clause an exclamation, — “‘ God be blessed forever,”
—is wholly gratuitous, an unwarrantable assumption.
CHRIST RECEIVES Divine Worsutie.— Baptism, the
initiatory rite of the true religion, in which the subject
of the rite has three names invoked upon him, is an
implied act of divine worship on the part of those who
practise it. God, and Christ, and angels, and heaven,
and earth, may together be appealed to as witnesses of
a transaction or of an oath, without implying equality
between them. But when we come to the act of
initiation into the belief and practice of religion, and
especially when the formula of initiation is made known,
and we are commanded to be baptized not simply in the
name of God, but in three names, we may naturally
ask, —if this very highest expression of divine worship,
this primal act of devotement, is not a declaration of
Supreme, equal Deity in those into whose names we
are baptized, in what way can the idea of supreme Deity
be conveyed by any act? It is noticeable that we are
not baptized in the name of God and of others, but of
the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost.
8
86 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
The name#Gop, does not occur in the formula. The
benedictions of the New Testament are prayers, and the
recognition of the Son and of the Spirit, in those acts
of worship, cannot be explained in consistency with
original subordination and inferiority on their part. If
we could be free from the influence of controversy on
this subject, it is believéd that the act of being blessed
in the names of Three*would naturally lead us to ren-
der to them divine and equal regard.
“Thomas saith unto him, My Lord and my God.”
The only way in which the act of worship in this pas-
sage is set aside is by the supposition, which some have
made, that Thomas addressed the Saviour by the name
of Lord, then lifted his eyes and hands to heaven and
said, My God! This. dramatic division of an emotional
act is unnatural and forced.
If divine worship was ever performed, or if there are
ever circumstances which call for it and justify it, the
dying Stephen performed it when he said, “* Lord Jesus,
receive my spirit.”
And when we listen with the beloved John to the
ascriptions of the heavenly world, we have a testimony,
which amounts to demonstration, in the divine honors
paid by saints and angels to the Lamb of God. Asso-
ciation on the same throne, and the ascription of the
same prerogatives to Ged and the Lamb, lead us to
question ourselves whether we have any such thoughts
and feelings toward Christ as would make it consistent
to join in those ascriptions.
DEITY OF CHRIST. 87
It is certainly noticeable that the Apostle, in choos-
ing an appellation for all Christians everywhere, should
select this: *¢ To-all who in every place call upon the
name of Jesus Christ our Lord, both theirs and ours.”
For when we read, in Genesis, ‘“ Then began men to
call upon the name of the Lord,” we know that the
worship of the true God is intended.
Curist 1s Fivat Jupcz.—If He is to judge the
world by a derived power, without inherent capacity for
such a work, the difficulty in believing that omniscience
and infinite wisdom, which are divine attributes, are con-
veyed to Him, would be as great to some minds as the
belief in his Godhead is to others.
_ There is one important sense in which Christ is ‘ ap-
pointed”’ to judge the world, and the reason for it is
explicit. “And hath given him authority to execute
judgment also, because he is the Son of man.” The
word, ‘* because,” here refers to the word “ given.” The
idea is not merely, He is to judge because He is man,
but, as man, it was necessary for Him to receive authority
to which even his association with the Word did not
of itself entitle him. This brings to view the subordina-
tion of the complex being, Jesus Christ, God, and man,
to which further reference will be made hereafter, when
it will appear that the union of a created nature with
the divine in the one person of Jesus Christ, makes him,
for the time, a subordinate being, and as such he is uni-
formly represented. On account of the adaptedness of
the complex being, Jesus Christ, man and God, to bee
88 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
the judge of men, it is believed that the passage just
quoted refers to this as the ground of his appointment
to be our Judge. No doubt there is not only adapted-
ness, but design, in this arrangement,—to make Him
our Judge who took on Him our nature, and whose
sympathies with man will give infinite force to his judg-
ment of us; but the ‘ giving authority,’ we suppose, was
necessary, because manhood was associated with Deity in
his person.
If Christ be the proper object of prayer, if He is to be
the Judge of the world, and if ‘ Deity’ be not then recog-
nized, and its fulness is not in Him, we may well ask,
What is left for God to do? To what region of unap-
_proachable silence, wrapt in the contemplative abstraction.
of the Stoic’s God, has He retired? What prerogative
of Deity is left, if a derived being is judge of the human
race ? :
SABELLIANISM. — Sabellius explains all these mysteries
by saying that there is no personal distinction of Father
and Son in the Godhead, but that the Father acts in
and through the human nature of Jesus, who is mere
man.
This is positively denied by the Apostle John. “The
Word was with God, and the Word was God.” One
cannot be “with” himself. This simple passage is a
confutation of Sabellianism, establishing the doctrine of
a personal distinction in the Godhead. The idea is
repeated: “the same was in the beginning with God.”
gh oreover, do we not hear the two addressing one the
DEITY OF CHRIST. — 89
other? “ And now, O Father, glorify thou me with the
glory which I had with thee before the world was,’? —
in, which that beautiful law is seen which we are con-
scious of as immortal yet mortal beings, by which we
continually say things of ourselves and to one another
which are true of only one part of that being, J. This
appears again in the address of the Father to the Son:
‘* But unto the Son he saith, Thy throne, O God, is
forever and ever.”’ And again, ‘Thou, Lord, in the
beginning hast laid the foundation of the earth, and
the heavens are the works of thine hands.”
To all this it will be said, Then it follows that there are
“Two” in the Godhead. — Yes, there are “ Three.’? —
Three — what ?— We infer from the revealed statements
of the New Testament that in the Godhead there are
Three who may properly use the personal pronouns, I,
Thou, ang He, in addressing, or in speaking of, one
another. :
Then there must be three consciousnesses — three
wills ;— if so, how can there be one God ?
A. witness is not properly held to explain the things
of which he testifies. We have only set forth the
declarations of the Bible. This is that of which the
Apostle speaks: “ And without controversy, great is
the mystery of godliness.” We venture no explanation.
There is no similitude with which we can compare it.
He who dares to name any thing in the heavens or
earth as bearmg any resemblance to this mystery, steps
into a depth where reason is soon drowned. But this
8*
90 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
part of the subject has been sufficiently remarked upon
in the lecture on the Trinity.
Tue Saviour’s suPpPosED CONFESSION OF INFERI-
oriry.—It has been shown in the preceding pages
that the union of a created nature with the Word
reduces the complex being to a subordinate condi-
tion.
Let us suppose that a complete human nature is taken
into personal union with the divine nature, both of them
to retain their identity.
The human nature will still be conscious of limited
knowledge, of finite faculties, both of body. and mind, —
of weariness, and hunger, and thirst; it will feel depend-
ence, which will express itself in prayer.
If the object in the union between the two natures,
as to its effect on us, is mediatorial, drawing us to God,
the predominating impression must be made by the
human nature. Hence it is said—there is ‘‘ one Medi-
ator, the man Christ Jesus.”’ For, if the divine nature
should chiefly manifest itself, it would have the effect
which the top of Sinai had on the elders of Israel. The
human nature must guard us against those flashes of
the superior nature which would terrify and repel us.
Subordination in the one person with the two natures,
therefore, being the object of the incarnation, we must
look for manifestations appropriate to the subordinate
condition. There are senses in which the whole com-
plex person, divine and human, can say things of itself
which, originally, are true of one nature only, in that
DEITY OF CHRIST. 91
person, but which are also true of Him in his whole
compound existence. All those declarations, on his part,
of inferiority, are instances of most unwarrantable egotism,
they are presumption, unless this be true. For, we can-
not thmk of one who is a mere created being, however
exalted, daring to bring himself and God into compar-
ison, and saying, ‘“‘ My Father is greater than I.” Those
words are among the strongest presumptive evidences of
a divine nature in Christ, of a nature clad in human flesh
and subordinated, so as to need assertions of its association
with the Godhead in order to excite our confidence and
trust.
We have already considered the necessity of the Mes-_
siah’s receiving “authority to execute judgment’? in
consequence of his bemg man. It is not for us to demur
at this arrangement. We find it expressly declared ;
and we might well consider which is the greater diffi-
culty of the two, —to believe that a divine and human
being can act subordinately, or, that a mere human being,
or one less than omniscient, can judge the universal
race of men, search the heart, try the reins, and give
to every man according to his works.
But it was necessary that the human part in the
Saviour should exert its influence upon us to a degree
which would be a veil over the divine attributes with-
out wholly concealing them. If we accept this, we
shall be furnished with an answer to the objection that
we seem to evade the arguments against the Deity of
Christ, derived from human acts, and declarations of
92 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
inferiority on his part, by referring those things to his
human nature. For why should we not do so? If He
be, as we say, two natures in one person, and those
two natures act and speak in ways appropriate to them,
of course some things must be said and done by one
nature, and must be true of one nature, which can be
explained only in that way. We need this privilege
as much in accounting for things in Christ which imply
supreme Deity, as well as those which prove his human
nature to be unmingled with the Godhead. We there-
fore are at no loss to understand his complaint when
crucified, “ My God, my God, why hast thou forsaken
me!” If he be completely, and without confusion of
attributes, a man, we understand this. If He be also
omnipresent, we understand Him when He says, ‘“ And
no man hath ascended up to heaven, but He that came
down from heaven, even the Son of man which is in
heaven.”
But into the connection and the fellowship of the
Three we do not enter, even in fancy; we only walk
thoughtfully on the shore of this ocean, and gather
such things as come to land.
THe word ‘“Trintry.””— There is no such word
in the Bible as ‘“ Unity,” nor ‘ Omniscience,’’ nor
“‘ Perseverance,” nor ‘ Public Worship,” nor “ Installa-
tion,” nor a score of other words and conventional
terms to express things which are nevertheless conveyed
to us in the Bible.
DEITY OF CHRIST. ~ 93
Some who are dissatisfied with their religious condition,
and who seek further light with regard to evangelical
doctrines, begin at once with attempts to comprehend
the doctrine of the Trinity. They search the Bible
for its proofs; they read books of controversy; they
have an impression that it is required of them to believe
that Three can be One and One Three, and that this
is in some way necessarily connected with thei salvation.
Such is not the proper way of approaching this sub-
ject. The only thing for us sinners to learn at first,
is, what way God has appointed for the pardon of sin.
If God is at peace with us, all is well; but the Bible
nowhere enjoins that in order to this we must believe a
theorem relating to the Divine existence. We shall
certainly come to believe it, in consequence of believing
other things; but we are not to regard it as preliminary
to our acceptance with God.
One who seeks to know what he must do to be
saved, soon finds that the greatest prominence is given
in the Bible to the sufferings and death of Christ, as
the ground of pardon. He perceives that we, as sin-
ners, are declared to be without help or hope; ‘ for
by the deeds of the law shall no flesh be justified.” If
obedience, past, present, and future, is not the ground
of acceptance with God; if regrets, mental anguish,
and even repentance and good purposes, are not suffi-
cient to reconcile us with God, how can God be just
and justify a sinner? The answer appears, in one form
or another, on every page of the New Testament. ‘ Be-
94 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
hold the Lamb of God which taketh away the sin of
the world.” ‘God so loved the world that he gave
his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him
should not perish, but have everlasting life.’ ‘ Who
his own self bare our sins in his own body on the tree.”’
“When we were yet without strength, in due time
Christ died for the ungodly.” “He that believeth on
the Son hath everlasting life.’ ‘To him that worketh
not, but believeth on him that justifieth the ungodly,
his faith is counted for righteousness.” ‘*'Thou wast
slain, and hast redeemed us unto God by thy blood.”
Such passages, representing the general tenor of Scrip-
ture on this subject, make him feel that Jesus Christ,
by his sufferings and death, is a substitute for him —
the righteousness of Christ bemg appointed for his justi-
fication, the penalty of the law of God being satisfied
by his cross, and provision being made for the resto-
ration of the soul to holiness by the Redeemer’s media-
tion.
In the humbled and submissive state of mind which
now ensues, one is ready to receive any thing which
is clearly revealed; and not only so, he is now predis-
posed to have exalted views and feelings with regard
to the Saviour of the world. For he has begun to
look to Him for salvation; he finds himself praying to
Him, and that before he had settled in his own mind the
consistency of doing so. He prays to Christ, he com-
mits his soul to Him, to be saved. And now the decla-
rations of the Bible concerning the Godhead of Christ
DEITY OF CHRIST. 95
are received without cavil. Indeed they are welcomed
as a support to that all-important step which the soul
has felt compelled to take, in its extremity, under the
consciousness of sm. We must not make our feelings
a rule for revelation; but yet the Bible is adapted to
Christian experience, was made to develop and sustain
it, and those who judge the Bible by their natural
instincts should not object if we judge of it also by our
experience and knowledge of our spiritual necessities.
Straightway, passages of Scripture which declare the
supreme Deity of our Lord appear to be luminous, and
they crowd thick and fast upon the attention, till, ere
he is aware, the believer finds himself established in the
practice of giving divine worship to his Redeemer.
Ask him now as to the consistency of having two
divine objects of worship, and how he can defend him-
self against the charge of idolatry. He will say that he
has not speculated on the subject, that his heart has run
ahead of his logic, that he finds divine names, works,
attributes, and worship given to Christ and to the
Father, and that he is content to do the same. ‘* Then,”’
you say to him, “‘ you have come to believe in the doc-
trine of the Trinity, the ‘dogma’ which used to offend
you, and which you so long declared to be ‘an inven-
tion of the fourth century,’ and nowhere revealed in
the Bible.” ‘It is even so,” he will reply, “but I had
little expectation of arriving at a belief in the doctrine
of the Trinity when I began; all that I sought for was
to get my sins forgiven, and my heart changed, through
96 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
a divine Redeemer, and a divine Sanctifier, in whose
names, with that of the Father, I have been baptized ;
but as to being able to explain the consistency of Three
in One and One in Three, I am as much in the dark
as ever, knowing only this, that the Father, the Son,
and the Holy Ghost, are each represented to me with
divine attributes, and still that there is one only living
and true God.”
It would seem that any one who is at all candid
would agree in this, that if it could but be true that
we have such a Saviour as we have now set forth, God
made flesh, a complete, perfect man, made like unto.
his brethren, who, at the same time that he is God, has
all the sympathies of man,—a personal friend, touched
with the feeling of our infirmities, — and yet omnipresent,
so that we can always have immediate access to Him,
and omnipotent, so that He is able to save to the utter-
most, it would be a provision wonderfully adapted to
our wants, to be received with thankfulness and praise.
Viewing the subject in the hght of reason alone, we
find it easier to believe in the doctrine of the Trinity,
than to explain away the numerous passages which ascribe
divine attributes to Christ. In adopting the doctrine of
the Trinity, we admit a truth which lies beyond the limits
of our knowledge, and we feel absolved from any respon-
sibility of adjusting it to what we call reason. But that
a mere creature should be said to have divine attributes,
names, works, and worship, is something which lies within
the province of our minds; it contradicts all that we have
DEITY OF CHRIST. 97
otherwise learned; but in order to decide that there can
be no plurality in unity in the divine nature, we must
have studied beyond any branches of knowledge which we
have yet learned. At the same time it does not contradict
previous experience, like the ascription of divine attributes
to a creature. For we know that unity is so far from
being inconsistent with plurality, that it frequently implies
it. For example, if we speak of the unity of a discourse, it
implies parts. We never speak of the unity of a thought.
Unity of effort always implies combination; indeed we
ourselves are instances of plurality in unity. Until one
can explain the philosophy of his bodily motions, and how
spirit can vitalize matter, and be practically one with it, a
becoming modesty will lead him to be silent with regard
to the mysteries of the divine nature.
We are not to feel it necessary that we should place
‘ Christ between us and the Father, and pray Christ to
pray the Father. Praying through Christ does not thus
mean placing them in a line and passing through one to
the other. ( Praying through Christ means, first of all,
praying with reference to his meritorious work; asking
for blessings on the ground of his sufferings and death.
Still, in great distress, or in conscious weakness and
unworthiness, when the thought of the Infinite God
oppresses the mind, it is a relief, and it is no doubt in
accordance with one great object in the incarnation, thus
to supplicate Christ as literally, and in person, mediating
between us and God./ When we pray specially to Christ,
or to the Holy Spirit, as long as we feel that the supply
9
98 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
of our wants is peculiarly within the province of the
divine offices ascribed severally to them, we but fulfil the
benevolent intention in revealing them to us as objects of
faith and love. |
This, however, is made the subject of much cayil. It
is said by some who do not consider the explanations just
made, ‘* You pray to one that he will pray to another to
send a third ;’? —in all which, however, there is not the
least practical difficulty. But in order to understand it,
there must have been a Christian experience on the sub-
ject. The Father is represented as occupying a supreme
place and relation, which is not at all subordinated ; but
the Son is made subordinate ‘for the suffering of
death,’? and the Holy Spirit acts in subordination to the
two, and yet possesses all divine attributes, as we shall
proceed to consider; and we can therefore see that it is
consistent with divine attributes in the Three that the
Saviour should say, “I will pray the Father, and He
shall give you another Comforter.”
We only wonder that so much is plain on this myste-
rious subject. The purpose of the Bible does not seem to
be to make this subject understood by us, but to reveal
the way to be saved ; in doing which the Godhead of the
Son and of the Holy Ghost comes to view, not for the
purpose of disclosing that mystery, but to show us the
way to be saved. No more appears to be revealed than
is necessary to lay the foundation for faith in the appointed
method of salvation; but even these things ‘ the angels
desire to look into.” |
a
>
DEITY OF CHRIST. 99
* But is not the Lord’s prayer an all-sufficient ouide
to devotion, both as to manner and spirit?”? We may
reply, How did dying Stephen pray? How do the
redeemed in heaven worship? The sermon on the
Mount cannot be superseded, nor the Lord’s prayer be
forgotten, but Christ said to his disciples, ‘“* I have many
things to say unto you, but ye cannot bear them now.
Howbeit, when he the Spirit of Truth, is come, he
shall lead you unto all truth.” ‘ He shall glorify me;
for he shall take the things which are mine and shall
show them unto you.’ No one part of the teachings
of Christ is intended to disclose a whole system. The
parable of the prodigal son says nothing about the doc-
trine of the resurrection; and the parable of the Good
Samaritan makes no allusion to the Lord’s Supper.
Progress in the development of the Christian religion
is implied by Christ in several passages in his last dis-
course to his disciples.
‘But how could Christ be ignorant and yet omni-
scient at the same time?”
We answer, He sat, wearied and thirsty, on a well ;
and yet, ‘* before Him shall be gathered all nations.’’ He
slept on a pillow in a*ship, and then stood on the deck
and said to the winds and waves, Peace, be still. He
constantly said and did things as man, and then as
God. There is infinite beauty to us in this, and no
difficulty, because we accept the doctrine of his having
‘a true body and a reasonable soul,’’ which were not
mingled with the indwelling Word.
100 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
‘‘ But, if this subject be so important, why does it
need so much discussion and enforcement?” It is owing
to our unbelief. Why should we need any further argu-
ment to prove that Christ is God, after reading the first
verses of John’s Gospel ?
* But how easy it would have been to have prevented
all doubt and difficulty on this subject by a simple
declaration, on the part of Christ, that there are three
persons in one God.” | ~
There would probably have been as much discussion
and as much unbelief then as now. Belief is not in
proportion to evidence, where the feelings are enlisted.
After seeing Christ open the eyes of one born blind, the
Jews came and said, ‘“* How long dost thou make us
to doubt ? If thou be the Christ, tell us plainly.” The
objection to the Deity of Christ lies im the human heart;
for we always see that when one is convinced of his lost
state as a sinner, he accepts Christ as an atoning Savy-
iour, and then he accepts the doctrine of the Trinity,
without being any better able to explain it than before.
#
V.
Da ero CHR ST:
CONTINUED.
9 *
ni, Bal oe
».
=k /-_ . A
wy ; \ ' . .
5 ¥ i ' )
}
yu
4 a; OM A ‘ i . a*
' , iJ o
¥ ‘if \ an,
? be, Use » >
5 ‘ s
i> ae, ah a i:
i ’ rf ¥ |
Amis s
WS a sala ak. Se
Dy Pee
ge ave ~ Pe Bi
Ve:
DEITY OF CHRIST—ConrTiINveED.
RECAPITULATION. — EXPLANATIONS.
HERE are three things which we find revealed, and
these make a “‘ Doctrine of the Trinity.”” These are
the Supreme Deity of Christ, and the Supreme Deity
of the Holy Ghost, in connection with the Supreme
Deity of the Father. The doctrine of the Trinity is
only a statement of the way in which we reconcile these
three things with the doctrine of One God. If, there-
fore, we are asked what we mean by this doctrine, we
say, We find that the Father, the Son, and the Holy
Spirit are revealed to be equal in divine attributes, and
that they constitute One God. We may adopt this
inductive mode of statement — reasoning from the phe-
nomena to the theory; or, we may use the analytical
mode of statement, and say, We believe that the One
God has in his nature a threefold distinction, designated
by the names, Father, Word, and Spirit.
We shall agree that God alone is the proper judge
as to the mode in which He will make a revela-
104 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
tion. Should He reveal an essential truth in parables:
only, to try the faith of men and to develop their secret
character, this would be in accordance with the avowed
purpose of the Great Teacher in some of his public
instructions.
Now it should be borne in mind that the only essential
things, so far as we are concerned with them, in the Trin-
ity, are the equal Deity of Jesus Christ and of the Holy
Spirit and of the Father. Are these severally made
plain? If they are, is there any thing else, in connection
with them, and with the nature of the Godhead, made
known to us for the obedience of faith? Do we find
explanations in the Bible as to the consistency of these
things with the Unity of God? Or, are certain element-
ary things made plain, with no attempt to form them
into a system? The latter would certainly have a paral-
lelism in the entire absence, in the opening of the Bible
and elsewhere, of the least attempt to propound a theory
respecting that great and first truth, the existence of an
eternal, uncreated God. If God sees fit to adopt this
indirect method of revealing the truth of his self-existence,
we are not to wonder if the same method is observed in
further disclosures relating to his nature.
Suppose that we should say, ‘The doctrine of the
Copernican system of astronomy is nowhere expressed
on the firmament. I have searched from pole to pole,
and the word Copernican is not suggested by star nor
constellation.” We reply, Philosophers have gathered
together the phenomena of the heavens and earth, and
DEITY OF CHRIST. 105
we are all as confident that the “« Copernican” theory is
true as though the doctrine were printed in stars on the
sky.
We are agreed as to the complete Manhood of Christ.
No human being has all the attributes of man more en-
tirely than Christ. Whatever else Christ is, therefore,
he is, in all respects, a man, with “a true body and a
reasonable soul.”
Creation is ascribed to Him, and Eternity.
Names are given to Christ which are the prerogatives
of Deity.
He is Omnipresent. He is an object of Divine Wor-
ship.
He 1s the Judge of the World.— What propriety or
what necessity there could be in the interposing of a
creature between us and God, in that hour and in that
transaction which, of all, seem indispensably to require the
special presence and immediate agency of the Most High,
can never be satisfactorily explained. That Christ is to
be the final Judge, presiding in person in the final trial of
the race, is as clearly and positively declared as words can
assert it, We are compelled to believe it; but, unless
we also believe in the supreme Deity of Christ, He seems
to be in the way of that supreme honor which we feel
that we should render to the Father. In this connection
it will be pertinent to say, that an intelligent friend, who
had recently become a believer in the evangelical system,
declared that formerly he “never knew what to do with
Christ.” The Scriptures “made too much of Him” for
106 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
his faith. The Saviour was in the way of his rendering
supreme and undivided homage to the Father. He
was willing to receive Christ as the messenger of God, as
a creature, and to give him honor; but when creation
is ascribed to Him, and eternity, and acts of divine wor-
ship, and He is declared to be the final Judge, it con-
stantly interfered with the honor which he supposed be-
longed only to God.
One of these theories must inevitably be true, if we
apply the common rules of interpretation to the declara-
tions of Scripture concerning Christ, namely : —
1. Christ is either a mere human being in whom Deity
resides and operates, — which is Sabellianism; or, 2.
Christ is an exalted superhuman being, with delegated
power, in connection with human nature, — which is
Arianism ; or, 8. Christ is the Word made flesh, with a
distinctive personality, having all the attributes of Deity ;
and since there is but one God, this one God exists
m a plural manner, Jesus Christ being one of the
coequal « persons ” (for want of a better and indeed
of any suitable word) in the Godhead. This is Trini-
tarianism. |
But we have already seen that Sabellianism, or the
theory that Christ is a mere human being, with Deity
specially residing in him and operating through him,
seems to be confuted by the apostle John in the first
utterances of his Gospel. For, whoever it was that
dwelt in Christ, it was One who was “ with God.” “The
Word was with God.” If “ with God,” there must, of
DEITY OF CHRIST. 107
necessity, have been a distinction of some kind and.
degree between them. This is fatal to Sabéllianism, that
is, to the idea that Deity inhabited and influenced Christ,
as He influenced the prophets; or as the sun, or as the
vegetating earth are inhabited by the power of God.
Moreover, we hear Christ addressing the Father thus:
“And now, O Father, glorify thou me with the glory
which I had with thee before the world was.” It was
not the Father, then, who inhabited the person of the
Saviour ; for there is here an appeal to the Father by ?
Him who dwells in Christ, — an appeal on the part of the
whole person, Jesus Christ, human and divine, without
any distinction. This “ person ”’ is subordinated, be-
cause in part human; the divine nature in Him using the
human powers and faculties, and addressing the Father
as the acknowledged, acting, Supreme Deity, to whom
this complex being, the God-man, was and is, for the
time, subordinate.. Nor is it in conflict with what has
now been said in opposition to Sabellianism, that Christ
declares, ‘* The Father that dwelleth in me, He doeth the
works.” For this was addressed to the Jews on their own
premises, they demanding evidence that Christ was from
God, and Christ asserting the general truth that the
Father and He were united in his mission. It was this
point only which was then in controversy between them,
— whether He were an authorized messenger from God.
In declaring this, Christ says things which may imply
inferiority ; whereas, taken in connection with his sole
object in saying them, they are assertions of mutual rela-
108 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
tionship and inseparableness. ‘‘’The Son can do nothing
of himself, but what he seeth the Father do,’’ — this, and 7
other passages to the like effect, all assert union of pur-
pose between himself and the Father, and do not refer at
all to relative rank. And yet equality with the Father
is plainly asserted when He says, in this connection, —
“For what things soever he doeth, these also doeth the
Son likewise.”
If Christ were inhabited by Deity, merely, as we use
the expression, He being conscious of it, as He certainly
was conscious of being something besides a mere man, his
prayers, we may conceive, would not have gone out of
himself; they would have been soliloquies, conferences
within his own person, and nothing like that which we
have in the passage where it is said, ‘‘ These words spake
Jesus, and lifted up his eyes to heaven and said, Father,”
etc. But it is difficult for many to conceive of any pro-
priety in his praying to the Father at all, if He himself
were conscious of being, in one of his two natures, equal
with God. But this is explained when we consider that,
to be of any use to us as Mediator, this divine and human
being must be in a subordinated condition, must act as
one who, whatever He was originally, ‘* was made flesh
and dwelt among us.” And as to the incongruity of
his praying, if divine, we may reply, How is it any more
congruous for Him, a man, to say, ‘‘ Before Abraham was
ITam;’ — “the glory which I had with Thee before the
world was ;’? —‘‘he that came down from heaven, even
the Son of man which is in heaven ;” —‘“* what and if
DEITY OF CHRIST. 109
ye shall see the Son of man ascend up where he was
before ? ”’
The favorite theory of those who do not receive the
supreme Deity of Christ is, that he is a delegated being,
with power and authority immeasurably above all crea-
tures in heaven and on earth.
One thing which is delegated to him, then, is the
making of all things. But this is the prerogative of God,
so far as the Bible reveals to us any essential attributes
of Deity. ‘* Thus saith the Lord, thy Redeemer, and he
that formed thee from the womb, I am the Lord, that
maketh all things; that stretcheth forth the heavens
alone ; that spreadeth abroad the earth by myself.”
Delegated creatorship makes two Gods for us to worship.
Who made us? The answer of some must be, God dele-
gated and empowered Jesus Christ to create me. Then
whom do you worship? ‘The answer, interpreted, would
be, I worship the Being who employed a creature to
create me.
Congress sends an order to an artist in Italy for a
statue. They give directions as to the model, from what
portrait the features shall be copied; the costume, the
attitude, the whole idea in the representation, are pre-
scribed. We visit the statue when it is completed, and
ask who made it. It would be disrespectful to us if one
should say, ‘“‘ The Congress of the United States; the
artist was only their agent, with delegated power.” But
the artist chose that marble when it was ‘in the lowest
parts of the earth,’ and brought the shape and lineaments
10
110 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
of the statue into existence, ‘which in continuance were
fashioned when as yet there was none of them;’ his
genius was employed upon it; this work of art is truly his
creation. Now if the soul be an actual creation, and not
a mere development of matter, who created it? Not
merely who superintended: the laws of nature to see that
they gave existence to the soul, — but, Who created the
soul out of nothing? We read concerning Christ, “ By
him were all things created, both which are in heaven,
and which are in earth ;’? —‘“‘ and he is before all things,
and by him do all things consist.”
+» IncipentaL Proors or THE Saviour’s Derry. —
Some of these (and they are scattered profusely in the
Bible) are among the strongest arguments. These few
will lead the reader to think of others.
1. “ Took on him the form of a servant.” It is well
authenticated, to the writer’s personal knowledge, that
not long since a man heard a fellow-traveller, a Christian,
talking in his sleep and reasoning as follows: All crea-
tures are servants of God. The archangel, or, if there
be a creature above him, he, is still a servant. Now if
Christ ‘‘ took on him” the form of a servant, it follows
that he is not a creature; and therefore He is God.
2. ‘I go to prepare a place for you; and if I go, I will
come again and receiwe you to myself, that where I am,
there ye may be also.”
To feel the force of this, we have only to imagine
Elijah saying to the sons of the prophets just before his
translation, or Paul to the elders of Ephesus, ‘* Where
*" DEITY OF CHRIST. PEE
I am there ye may be also;”
implying that heaven
would consist in being with him.
3. ‘* Having a desire to depart and to be with Christ,
which is far better.’ We cannot reconcile it with pro-
priety that the inspired Apostle should make the com-
pany of a creature synonymous with heaven.
4. “ Ve believe in God; believe also in me.” This is
irreverential if there be not an equality between the two.
5. “Land my Father are one.’ Of course they were
one in plan and action, and they were in sympathy with @
each other. If this were all which Christ implied, it was
only the claim which Christ had continually made, and
it was no provocation to stone him, any more than were
the other things which he had just said. But the Jews
interpreted it as the claim of a man to be equal with
God.
6. * FT will not blot out his name out of the book of life.”
There is here a tone of sovereignty in the disposal of our
destinies for eternity, which is unsuitable for a creature
to assume.
T. “Tf a man love me he will keep my words, and my
Father will love him, and we will come unto him and make
our abode with him.” Such association of one’s self with
God is fearfully arrogant in a creature.
8. “Glorify me with thine own self.’ We might say
to him if he were only a creature, ‘ Thou hast asked a
hard thing.’ In what way God can glorify a creature
with his ‘ own self,’ no one can explain. The meaning
appears when Christ adds,
<
La EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
9. “ With the glory which I had with thee before the
world was.’
10. “Tf ye loved me, ye would rejoice because I said, I
go unto the Father; for my Father is greater than I.”
Let us suppose Paul telling Timothy, ‘I am now ready
to be offered ; if you loved me you would rejoice that I am
going to God; for God is greater than I.’ The simple
act of comparing himself with God shows that in Christ
there is proper ground for such comparison, which surely
cannot be said of a creature. But the Saviour, having
excited the confidence of his disciples even to the bound
of adoration, though acting as God-man in subordination
to the Father, might suitably raise their hopes and joy by
intimating that this subordination was now to be suc-
ceeded by his personal appearance before Him, and by
visible union with Him, to whom in his subordinate capac-
ity He had taken upon Him “the form of a servant.”’
11. “ The Lord Jesus Christ be with thy spirit.” If
such a prayer may be made for one man, it may be for
many ; and if Christ can be with our spirits, he is omni-
present.
12. “No man knoweth the Son, but the Father.’ Some
say that there is no mystery in Christ’s nature. But
it seems that God only knows who He is. We are
told, indeed, that the ‘“* Word was God,” yet who but
God can know this mystery ?
13. “ They commended them to the Lord, on whom
they believed.” ‘This refers to Christ, and it is an act of
worship.
DEITY OF CHRIST. 113
14. “That the name of our Lord Jesus Christ may be
glorified in you and ye in him, according to the grace of
our God and of the Lord Jesus Christ.” Such perfect
blending of God and Christ is consistent only with the
idea of their equality.
15. The last words of the Bible are, ‘* The grace of
our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen.” True,
these words were written merely at the close of the book
of Revelation. But still, did not God design that this
should be the last book of the Bible?
With such incidental proofs of the Deity of Christ it
would be easy to fill many pages. — Let us now refer
again to a class of passages already mentioned which
are uniformly relied upon as proofs of Christ’s original
inferiority to the Father: —‘“ I can of mine own self. do
nothing.” ‘ The works which I do, I do not of myself.
The Father, that dwelleth in me, he doeth the works.”
‘¢ The Son can do nothing of himself, but whatsoever he
seeth the Father do.”’
It has already been shown, but it will not be super-
fluous to say again, that these passages merely assert
union of purpose between Christ and the Father, and
that they are addressed to the cavil of the Jews that
Christ was not sent from God. It will be found on
examination that assertions by the Saviour of his inferior-
ity were not called for m such connections, and that they
would have been out of place. The claim to be estab-
lished was, perfect consent and union between the Father
and the Messiah. ‘These passages establish that claim.
10 *
114 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
But if there be one passage which, more than another,
is generally relied on to disprove the Deity of Christ, it
is this: *¢* For there is one God, and one Mediator be-
tween God and man, the man Christ Jesus.’’
The argument which this text would logically sug-
gest, if any, is this, that Christ is not God because He
is here called man in distinction from the one God.
The evident design, it is said, is to make an unquestion-
able distinction between Deity and that human person,
Jesus.
But it being supposed that Paul never dreamed that
Christ was more than human, why should he take such
pains to assert a palpable truism, namely, that there
is only one God, and that Christ is only a man, and
not God, though employed in a mediatorial office ?
The passage thus literally taken would prove that.
“the man Christ Jesus” is only a man. Is this the
opinion of the objector? It would be a rare thing to
find, even at the present day, a professed Christian who
believes so little. Hence, the term, ‘the man Christ
Jesus,’ is used to designate a person, irrespective of the
nature, or natures, in that person. Though “in the
beginning with God,” and though He “ was God,” still
it is proper to speak of Him as “the man Christ Jesus,”
for such He was, though this was not all; and we have
seen that He was continually saying things of himself
which were true of only one of his natures, or which
could be true only on the supposition that He had more
natures than one.
~
>
DEITY OF CHRIST. 115
There is a passage which is an exact parallel to this,
which, while it makes the same distinction as here,
between the one God and the Lord Jesus Christ, con-
tains a perfect proof of his Creatorship. ‘ But to us
there is one God, the Father, of whom are all things,
and we in him, and one Lord Jesus Christ, by whom
are all things, and we by him.” Would it make any
difference in the impression of this passage upon our
minds if the terms “of whom” and “in Him” were
applied to Christ, and if the terms “by whom” and
‘““by Him” were applied to God instead of Christ?
Surely not. If “all things” are “by” Jesus Christ,
“and we by Him,” we cannot distinguish between the
honor due to Him and to the Father.
The following questions have been actually put, and in
a candid manner, and they are worthy of a candid answer.
“Take the following passage,—‘even as I also over-
came and am set down with my Father on his throne.’
Who says this? —the human nature or the divine? or
both?’”’? Answer: Both. ‘* How, then, can this com-
plex being, including one nature that was equal with
God, own a father?”? Answer: It certainly appears to
be so, in numerous passages. For example: — ‘“‘ and the
Word was with God, and the Word was God ;’’ — “ and
the Word was made flesh and dwelt among us, and we
beheld his glory, the glory of the only begotten of the
Father, full of grace and truth.”
How will the candid inquirer account for this? The
inspired writer here unquestionably speaks of a complex
116 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
being, “the Word,” who ‘was God,” “made flesh,”
as ‘the only begotten of the Father.’ We might repeat
his own question: Is this said of the human nature, or
of the divine, or of both? The answer must be, Of
both. Now, if there be any controversy on the point, it
must be with the author of the first chapter of John.
Some explain this by the doctrime of ‘ eternal gener-
ation,’ which teaches that from eternity there was that
in the divine relation between the ‘“ Father”? and “ the
Word” which laid a foundation for the names Father
and Son—there being “a derivation,” or ‘ procession,”
which was, however, perfectly consistent with a coéter-
nity, and in all respects an equality. Hence “the
Word of God’ could always properly use the term
‘¢ Father,’ in relation to the Godhead.
Others are better satisfied with the belief that the
term “Son” as applied to Christ relates only to his
Messiahship. ‘I will declare the decree: Thou art
my Son; this day have I begotten Thee.” They sup-
pose that it is consistent for the complex being, the
Word and the man Christ Jesus, to be called “the Son
of God,” and for Him to call God, “ Father,’ on the
principle that things may be said by one having a com-
pound nature, which are true in reference only to one
part of that nature.
Again: ‘Did Christ ever speak of a double con-
sclousness?”’ It appears not; nor did He ever say
a word about the nature of the mystery which was in
Him. It is in vain for us to inquire why this was so.
DEITY OF CHRIST. 117
We may also wonder, for example, that no more is said
by the man Christ Jesus, as a son, respecting his mother.
We find Him continually saying things which imply a
knowledge on his part of the two natures within him-
self. I came down from heaven.” ‘The glory
which I had with thee before the world was.” ‘ Thou
lovedst me from the foundation of the world.’’ ** Before
Abraham was, I am.”’
It is asked, ‘If the old theory of the Atonement were
given up, would not people generally reject the doctrine
of the Trinity and the Deity of Christ?”
A. large part of those who come to believe in these
doctrines are led to their belief by first perceiving that
the atoning blood of Christ is appointed as the only
ground of pardon. Men generally try every other method
of being reconciled to God before they embrace this,
which perfectly humbles pride, and makes the sinner feel
that his salvation is wholly of grace. His faith in Christ
as an atoning Saviour leads him to the logical conclusion
that Christ must be more than a creature in order to
atone for sin. But the will being subdued, and pride
being humbled, in accepting pardon through a crucified
Redeemer, the mind is prepared to receive, without cavil,
those plain and powerful declarations in the New Testa-
ment respecting the Deity of Christ. They coincide with
the experience and wants of the soul. But still, as there
are very many who have no practical faith in the atone-
ment, and yet are firm believers in the Deity of Christ,
it cannot properly be said that the belief in the atone-
118 EVENINGS WITHTHE DOCTRINES.
ment is the chief cause of a prevalent belief in the doc-
trines of the Trinity, and of the Deity of Christ. They
shine by their own light, though they belong to a con-
stellation. 3
To a sincere inquirer who is troubled with difficulties
on this subject, the following counsels may be useful : —
1. Do not hesitate to think of Christ, at any time,
either as God, or as man, without making up in your
mind, as it were, the complement of his natures. It is
exceedingly profitable, at times, to contemplate Him only
as man; nay, to look into the manger at Bethlehem and
view Him only asa babe. Cowper says of Him, —
“ As much. when in the manger laid
Almighty ruler of the sky,
As when the six days works he made
Filled all the morning stars with joy.”
But, without trying to blend the two things as due to
your reverence for Him, indulge in the contemplation of
the child Jesus, the man of sorrows, the weary, solitary,
despised, suffering man of Nazareth; pray to Him as
such; take full delight in his being made like unto his
brethren. Then you may also think of Him, for so He
is represented in the Bible, as Creator, Omnipotent,
Omnipresent, Final Judge. Then both of his natures,
his whole being as: God-man, will sometimes appear to
your thoughts without confusion, blending as they do in
the New Testament, and as they are represented as doing
when it is said, by Bishop Heber, —
DEITY OF CHRIST. 119
‘*‘ Angels adore Him in slumbers reclining,
Maker, and Monarch, and Saviour of all.”
2. Do not perplex yourself with attempts to conceive
of Three in One. Resort to this doctrine as the way of
- accounting for the things which are said in the Bible
respecting the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost. Be not
afraid of derogating from the honor due to the Son and
the Spirit by calling the Father, in a preéminent man-
ner, Gop; for so it is evidently intended that we should
do, it bemg necessary that we should at time¥ conceive
of Deity separated from all subordination. The Father
occupies that relation to the mind of the worshipper ; we
may call Him God, at the same time that we may be
praying to the Saviour and to the Holy Spirit.
So a star which we sail by, or which is for any reason
a sign to us, appears to be one object, though we may
know it to be a triple star, which at times we rejoice to
view in its multiplicity and harmony ; yet, when it beams
upon us suddenly as a heavenly body, we are not exer-
cised with any arithmetical effort before we enjoy the
sight. Thus the mind and heart may receive the idea
of God without breaking it up by any recollection of
plurality ; again, the thought of society in the Godhead
is a source of inexpressible pleasure ; and again, we find
ourselves praying exclusively to the Holy Spirit for things
which are peculiarly appropriate to Him, and to the
Saviour for things which relate especially to Christ ; and
then to the Father, either as God without distinction of
120 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
persons, or in view of the paternal character which we
especially associate with Him.
All that has been said may well be brought to a con-
clusion by the help of a figure used by Dr. Owen, in his
‘Glory of Christ.” In speaking of the passage *¢ — by
him (Christ) to reconcile all things unto himself—
whether they be things in earth, or things in heaven,”
he represents Christ in his complex natures as a node,
or knot, which gathers up, unites, and holds together, all
things in*heaven and earth. ‘ That in the dispensation
of the fulness of times he might gather together in one
all things in Christ, both which are in heaven, and which
are on earth, even in him.”
Vile,
DEITY OF THE HOLY SPIRIT.
ar
hs) oes
+ Bp
Bae
‘
+» hhh A
«
Wal
ate le Levers CO) Boe he Lee Oo La Ve Seb aio bore
LL the proofs necessary to establish personality in
any instance whatever can be brought to prove
that the Holy Spirit is a person.
It is a curious and interesting grammatical fact, apart
from the truth suggested by it, that masculine pronouns
are employed in connection with the name, Holy Spirit,
the name itself being neuter. This is an exception to
the law of language. It is true that we apply masculine
and feminine pronouns to neuter or inanimate objects in
a poetical way, calling the sun dem, and a ship her ; but
where there is no opportunity or occasion for such a
metaphorical use of language, and where usage has not
affixed a masculine or feminine appellation to a thing,
the laws of speech forbid the use of masculine or femi-
nine relatives with a neuter noun.
It is singular, then, that the neuter name of the Holy
Spirit should have acquired masculine relatives. It looks
as though the personality of the Holy Spirit pressed itself
through the rules of speech, making language conform to
it. We shall not wonder at this when we have consid-
124 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
ered the evidences in the Bible that the Holy Spirit is
a person. We will simply bear in mind that the New
Testament Greek never speaks of the Holy Spirit as ‘* it,”
but always as “he.”
To begin where the Holy Spirit is first spoken of in
the New Testament, we may observe,
I. Tue Hoty Spirir 18 DECLARED TO BE THE AU-
THOR OF CHRIST’S HUMAN NATURE.
God is the former of our bodies and the Father of our
spirits; and God was as truly the author of Christ’s
human nature as of any other nature. Christ addressed
God always as his Father, without, apparently, any dis-
tinction in his mind between Him and another person.
We naturally ask, then, why the Holy Ghost is spe-
cially declared to be the author of Christ’s human nature?
Why is not the name, so appropriate here, of the Father,
used in such connection? It was said to Mary, ‘“ The
Holy Ghost shall come upon thee, and the power of the
Highest shall overshadow thee; therefore that holy thing
that shall be born of thee shall be called the Son of
God.” It is also said that she ‘* was with child of the
Holy Ghost.” If the Holy Spirit be merely divine
influence, it cannot be satisfactorily shown why the birth
of Jesus should not be spoken of as simply the act of
God.
This, and the grammatical fact just mentioned, are
certainly suggestive, whether we give much or little
weight to them as positive arguments.
DEITY OF THE HOLY SPIRIT. 125
If. PERFECT KNOWLEDGE OF GOD IS ASCRIBED TO
THE Hoty Spirit.
He is declared to possess a perfect knowledge of the
divine nature. He is compared to human consciousness,
or to the mind of a man taking cognizance of itself.
‘“‘ For the Spirit searcheth all things, yea, the deep things
of God. For what man knoweth the things of a man
save the spirit of man which is in him? Even so know-
eth no man the things of God save the Spirit of God.”
‘¢’The spirit of man which is in him”’ is, of course, our
consciousness, which is but another name for the percep-
tion of that which passes in one’s own mind. If the
Holy Spirit be capable of such a knowledge of God as a
man has of himself, it as truly proves the Holy Spirit to
be God as one’s own consciousness proves a man to be a
man. If the Holy Spirit knows God as a man knows
himself: by his consciousness, the Holy Spirit is omni-
scient.
All who admit the force of this reasoning must also
candidly admit that there is a seeming difficulty connected
with the passage. A man’s consciousness, or the spirit
of a man, is the man himself, and is nowise distinct.
from him. Hence, it may be said, the Spirit of God is
nowise distinct from God, but is God himself. To
this it may be replied, What, then, is the use of the
comparison? There is no good object answered in
proving that God knows himself, as man knows himself.
Two are spoken of in the beginning of this passage, —
‘¢ He that searcheth the heart knoweth what is the mind
11*
126 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
of the Spirit.” ‘There is evidently some kind of distine-
tion between these two. Now, in a comparison, it is not
required that the two things be alike in all points. ‘The
only pomt in view with the sacred writer here, is, the
perfect knowledge which the Spirit has of Him ‘that
searcheth the heart.” ‘This he compares to the perfect
knowledge which a man has of himself by his conscious-
ness. It would be illogical to insist that, because, in this
comparison, the consciousness of a man is only the man
thinking, so ‘the Spirit searching the deep things of
God’ is God’s own consciousness. Were it so, the
amount of the reasoning in this passage would be merely
this: As man knows himself, so God knows himself ;—
which is not only useless, but seemingly irreverent.
II. THe Hoty Sprrir is THE succESSOR OF CHRIST
IN HIS WORK.
‘It is expedient for you that I go away, for if I go
not away the Comforter will not come unto you; but
if I depart I will send him unto you.”
Interpret this as divine influence, and it is incom-
prehensible. For surely it could not be necessary for
Christ to depart that ‘divine influence’ might visit the
souls of the Apostles, and moreover the Saviour’s being
in the world did not keep divine influence out of it,
nor would it be increased by his departure. Through-
out this last discourse of Christ to his disciples, allusion
is made to some plan and arrangement by which He is
to go away and be succeeded by another, this succes-
DEITY OF THE HOLY SPIRIT. 127
S
sor evidently having all the qualities of an intelligent
being, a person. To fulfil the work of Christ, He must
needs be divine.
IV. Tue Hoty Sprrir PERFORMS THE ACTIONS OF
A PERSON.
He is represented as having planned the Old Testa-
ment dispensation: ‘the Holy Ghost this signifying,
that the way into the holiest of all was not yet made
manifest while as yet the first tabernacle was standing.”
These words ascribe to Him the arrangement of the
great typical economy, giving significance to its parts
as related to future fulfilments, and interpreting them
to the world by reason of his knowledge of them as
their projector.
In accordance with this we find the Holy Spirit
represented as the author of prophecy. The ancient
prophets are said to have been “ searching what or what
manner of time the Spirit of Christ which was in them
did sionify when it testified beforehand of the sufferings of
Christ, and the glory that should follow.’ ‘* Well spake
the Holy Ghost by the mouth of Esaias.” ‘ Holy men
of old spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost.’
Again: ‘** Now the Spirit speaketh expressly that in the
latter times some shall depart from the faith.” And
again: ‘* He shall show you things to come.” These are
the acts of a person. Surely it is as much a person
who is acting as they are persons who are acted upon,
in the following words: ‘* Being forbidden of the Holy
128 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
=
Spirit to preach-the word in Asia, they went through
Mysia, and endeavored to preach the Gospel in Bi-
thynia; but the Spirit suffered them not.” Again:
“The Spirit said to Peter, Behold, three men seek" thee.
Go with them, nothing doubting.” Again: He appoints
mén to office: “The Holy Ghost said, Separate me
Barnabas and Saul to the work whereunto I have called
them.” ‘So they, being sent forth by the Holy Ghost,
departed unto Seleucia.’ ‘Take heed to the flock over
which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers.” He
is declared to be present with the secret thoughts of
inspired men: ‘The Holy Ghost shall teach you in
that hour what things ye shall say.” ‘+ The Comforter,
which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father shall send
in my name, he shall teach you all things, and bring
all things to your remembrance.”’ Again: ‘ Why hath
Satan filled thine heart to lie unto the Holy Ghost ?
Thou hast not lied unto men, but unto God.” ‘“ Grieve
not the Holy Spirit of God, by whom ye are sealed unto
the day of redemption.”
If the New Testament made common use of personi-
fications, like the poets or imaginative writers, or even
like their own contemporary oriental writers, there
would be some ground to assert that divine influence,
the power and wisdom of God, were here spoken of as
a person. But there are no instances in the Evangelists
and in the Epistles where things are thus personified. —
But further :
DEITY OF THE HOLY SPIRIT. 129
V. Tse Hoty Sprrir Is THE AUTHOR OF REGEN-
ERATION.
Everywhere, the renewal and sanctification of the soul
of man is ascribed to the Holy Spirit as his official work.
All the exercises of the spiritual mind, the Christian
graces, every thing, in short, pertaining to the progress
of the soul in likeness to God, and all the communica-
tions of God to the soul of man, are declared to be the
work of the Holy Spirit. Such terms as these will
readily occur in this connection to every reader of the
Bible: “born of the Spirit,” “renewing of the Holy
Ghost,” ‘ sanctification of the Spirit,” ‘fruits of the
Spirit,” ‘“‘signs and wonders by the power of the Holy
Ghost,” “abound in hope through the power of the
Holy Ghost.”
VI. Tue Hoty Sprrir Is THE ONLY OBJECT OF
UNPARDONABLE OFFENCE.
“¢ Whosoever shall speak a word against the Son of
man, it shall be forgiven him; but whoso shall speak
against the Holy Ghost it shall not be forgiven him,
neither in this world, nor in that which is to come.”
It may well be asked, What conceivable meaning there
is in this passage, and in others like it, unless personality
be implied? When it is said that blasphemy against
“the Son” is pardonable, we recognize “the Son” as a
person, distinct from the Father; by the same necessity
we must recognize “the Holy Ghost” as a person, dis-
tinct from the Son, and from the Father, when the Holy »
130 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
Ghost is spoken of as the only object of unpardonable
offence.
It cannot be explained why sinning against God is
pardonable, but that to sin against an attribute, or influ-
ence, of God, is unpardonable. No one can tell what
attribute of God, if any, is intended. Would it not have
been specified? The offence ‘‘hath never forgiveness.”
The divine Lawgiver surely has not left it uncertam what
the transgression is which is not forgiven, “neither in
this world, nor in that which is to come.” If the “ Holy
Spirit’? be some attribute of God, and the attribute is
not specified, we may say that the sin itself cannot be
committed ; ‘for where no law is there is no transgres-
sion,’ and certainly there is no ‘“‘ law” where there is no
intelligible specification. We must know against whom,
or against what, we are sinning, in order to be guilty.
Uspecially is this true here, for the sin consists in ‘* speak-
ing against ;’’—not in mere mental acts, but in blas-
pheming some one or some thing by name. What “ attri-
bute” of God, then, is it which we must ‘blaspheme,’
before we commit a sin which “ hath never forgiveness ?”’
But all is clear when we understand that the Holy
Ghost is a person, a divine person, whose particular work
it is to apply to the soul of man all that the Father and
the Son, jointly and severally, have done toward his sal-
vation; that the Holy Spirit is the last of the Three
blessed Agents, in the appoimted order of the redeeming
work, completing the great design by striving to make
the influences of heavenly grace efficacious with the indi-
DEITY OF THE HOLY SPIRIT. 131
vidual. It is easy to see that he who not only resists, but
by name blasphemes, the Holy Ghost, sins against the
most concentrated of all the efforts which God proposes
to make for his salvation. Without presuming to say
that this, or any thing which may seem equally probable,
is the reason why the sin against the Holy Ghost is
unpardonable, we do see that it is a person who is sinned
against, and not an influence, nor any mere thing.
VII. WE ARE BAPTIZED AND BLESSED IN THE NAME
or THE Hoty Sprrtir.
To be baptized and blessed in the name of God, of
Christ, and of an attribute, or influence, of God, is
unintelligible. If baptism be a divine seal, we are led
to expect that the names impressed upon us by that
seal, one of them being divine, will be coéqual. The
benediction is a prayer; the name of God is confessedly
invoked in it; if the two other names be finite, let us
imagine other finite names substituted for them, and men
to be blessed and to be baptized in the name of the Father
and of any two of the Apostles, nay, of anye two of
the angels. The name of God and the names of angels,
God and his people, Christ and his church, God and
our country, are frequently joined together; men are
charged, conjured, in the name of God and of the holy
angels. Paul charges Timothy “ before God and the elect
angels;” but when we are baptized, and when divine
blessings are invoked, “‘who among the sons of the
mighty can be likened unto the Lord?” ‘Behold he
152 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
put no trust in his servants, and his angels he charged
with folly.”” Baptism is the initiatory rite of religion ;
any thing like vagueness in the formula of that ordi-
nance seems impossible.
Nothing can prevail to set aside the proofs that the
Holy Ghost is a person, except a demonstration that there
cannot be three persons in the Godhead. The same
proofs which establish personality in any case, are found
in connection with the Holy Spirit; so that we venture
the assertion that if his being proved to be a person
would not be followed, inevitably, by his being admitted
to be a person in the Godhead, men would no more
question his personality than that of any who are named
in the Bible.
The use of the term Holy Spirit, in places where the
idea of a person is not absolutely necessary, does not
prove either that the Holy Spirit, asa person, is not
intended, nor that there is no such divine Person. In
the Old Testament the personal distinctions in the God-
head are not expressly referred to with such distinct-
ness as in the New.
It is an interesting truth, im connection with this sub-
ject, that the mystery of the Divine nature has been
revealed more and more as the work of redemption has
been unfolded. But, as the Lord Jesus Christ is eyery-
where in the Old Testament, so that “ testimony concern-
ing’ Him is the very “ spirit of prophecy,” and as He is
acting and speaking in places where we cannot prove it to
-
DEITY OF THE HOLY SPIRIT. 1338
be so, we cannot doubt that frequently, where the term
Holy Spirit in the Old Testament suggested to the Jewish
mind only the idea of divine influence, the Holy Spirit as
a Person is intended,— He who was afterward to be
revealed in the initiatory rite of the Christian dispensa-
tion as one with the Father and the Son. The veil was |
not yet removed from his personality, nor wholly from
that of the second Person in the Godhead, though both
were performing their divine offices in the plan of redemp-
tion. Let us but suppose that there are Three Persons
in the Godhead, and that they from the beginning are
occupied with the work of human salvation. It will
necessarily follow that from the beginning they were
severally performing official acts, and therefore that they
are referred to in the earliest records of the divine trans- _
actions, though for wise purposes they were not then made
manifest, as they were at a subsequent period in the his-
tory of redemption. This will, of course, have weight
only with those who believe in the doctrine of the Trin-
ity. It is intended to encourage and confirm their belief
that the Old Testament, which is full of the Lord Jesus,
is also pervaded by the third Person in the Godhead, the
Holy Spirit. Let us not suffer the unbeliever to intimi-
date us by challenging us to prove that it is the
Redeemer and the Sanctifier who are intended in cer-
‘tain passages of the Old Testament, which we refrain
from using for proof-texts in arguing with others. Faith
does not, by any means, despise lexicons and grammars,
nor logic, but while honoring them, she also remembers
12
134 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
these words of Jesus, in his declaration concerning the
Holy Spirit — “ even the Spirit of truth, whom the world
cannot receive, because it seeth him not, neither knoweth
him; but ye know hin, for he dwelleth in yous and shall
-be in you.” When we consult a commentator on such
a subject as this, it will be well first of all to inquire
whether he gives evidence of having been himself born
of the Spirit; for if he “cannot see the kingdom of
God,” how can he lead others into it? ‘The things
of the Spirit of God” “ are foolishness’ unto him. The
manner in which the Holy Spirit is presented to our
minds in the New Testament, accords with the gradual
manner in which He is made known from the beginning.
It may be said that we are nowhere commanded to
pray to the Holy Spirit. But if we are baptized in
his name as in the name of a person, if his blessing is
invoked whenever the Christian benediction is pronounced,
if He is the author of regeneration, — to say no more, —
then worship addressed to Him is as truly warrantable
as in any case whatever. We cannot prescribe when,
nor in what manner, nor in what degrees, from time to
time, God shall make his revelations.
Perhaps we do not find in the Bible an express direc-
tion to worship Three, because our efforts to fulfil the
spirit and the letter of so important a prescription would
be likely to embarrass and confuse us. But suppose, in-
stead of this, that the supreme Deity of the suffermg and
dying Redeemer is revealed, that the personality and
Deity of the Holy Spirit are also made known, and that
DEITY OF THE HOLY SPIRIT. 135
we are baptized and blessed in their names, conjointly
with the name of the Father, while at. the same time
the Father has precedence among the Three ;— it is
plain that the worship of the Three, being thus left to
the secret impulses and frames of mind in each believer,
is more simple, less embarrassed by an effort to connect
the Three into one object of worship, and is paid in
proportion to our spiritual exigencies and discoveries of
the divine character, and its adaptedness to our wants.
Truly it can be said, as the testimony of believers, that
they appreciate the wisdom and goodness of God in thus
leading them on by faith into the green pastures and
beside the still waters of divine knowledge.
The Holy Spirit is the object of supreme worship in the
hymns of the Christian church in all ages. Let us refer
only to those which are now in common use, and we shall
see how perfectly adapted the worship of the Holy Spirit
is to Christian experience. ‘The hymns _ beginning,
“Come, Holy Spirit, heavenly Dove,” and ‘ Come,
Holy Spirit, come,” do not excite a thought of idolatrous
worship. Being told that, when we believed, we were
‘sealed with the ‘Holy Spirit of promise, which is the
earnest of our inheritance,” the pledge ‘ ofthe purchased
possession,” and reading the words of Christ respecting
the Comforter, we sing, we pray to Him; though, if chal-
lenged to produce a text of Scripture commanding us to
do so, we should be as much at a loss as we should be
for explicit words of Scripture enjoining the practice of
family prayer.
136 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
Secret prayer to the Holy Spirit is an indication of
erowing discrimination as to our wants. It shows that
we make special efforts against particular temptations,
and for the cultivation of particular Christian graces,
and it is a proof of special communion and _ fellowship
between the soul and God. As the only unpardonable
sin is a sin against the Holy Ghost, we may infer that the
relations of the Holy Spirit to man are such that the
more we have of communion and fellowship with Him,
the more we advance in the divine life. ‘ For as many
as are led by the Spirit of God, they are the sons ot
God.” ‘And hereby we know that he abideth in us,
by the Spirit which he hath given us.”
To us as a sinful race, Jesus, the suffering, atoning
Saviour, is now the most prominent object of faith. We
acknowledge Him as the procuring cause of pardon and
salvation. The Father pardons on his account; the
Holy Spirit comes in consequence of his death, — (the
Father sending Him, says Christ, “in my name.”?) But
how is it in those worlds and among those orders of
beings who have never sinned? None have returned
to inform us. We may not do wrong fo think that even
there “the Vgjord” is, in some way, the Revealer of
Deity, as a word is the exponent of the secret thought.
But it will help our conceptions with regard to the
blessed Spirit to think that in those unfallen worlds, if
such they be, the Holy Spirit may hold relationship to
the inhabitants, not indeed rendered pathetic as the
Saviour in his offices as Redeemer is to us, but con-
DEITY OF THE HOLY SPIRIT. KOT
nected with their advancement in likeness to God. The
intended use of such a consideration is merely to make
us remember that the Holy Spirit, if divine, is not a
temporary agent, employed only in our world; but that,
as God the Spirit, He reigns over the wide realms of
creation, thrones, dominions, principalities, and powers,
being the subjects of his Almighty power. This serves
to enhance our sense of obligation to Him as conde-
scending to these poor, sinful hearts of men, and in our
being made, as our bodies are said to be, the temples
of the Holy Ghost. And we may also consider, to our
great joy, that while the Lamb, who is in the midst of
the throne, shall forever feed us and lead us tow#living
fountains of waters, the blessed Spirit also will no doubt
continue his benign and boundless influences over our
sanctified natures, and be to us, it may be, personally,
an object of love no less distinct, no less dear, than the
Father and the Son. There is something inexpressibly
beautiful in the thought of his secret, gentle influences,
adapted now to the great purposes of probation so as
not to interfere with our accountableness, and deriving,
hereafter, a prominence in our grateful and admiring
love in consequence of his being now officially subordi-
nate, though, hereafter, it may be, becoming no less an
object of love and joy than Christ.
We cannot, therefore, but pray to the Holy Spirit;
for we were baptized, we are blessed, in his name. He
awakens us, and convinces us of sin. Except a man be
born of Him he cannot see the kingdom of God. If the
12 *
138 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
only sin which is unpardonable is a sin against the
Holy Ghost, it follows that all sins against Him must
be peculiarly heinous. We are warned not to ‘* quench”
Him, nor to “grieve” Him. By Him we are “sealed
unto the day of redemption.”
One word in concluding this whole subject of the
Divine Existence. —It is, of course, no more desirable
to us in itself than it can be to those who differ from
us, that this thick darkness of an impenetrable mystery —
the doctrine of the Trinity —should be round about God.
We do not create it; we find certain things revealed
respecting Christ and the Holy Spirit, and they are
such that one of two things is mevitable, namely, We
must believe in Three Gods, or, The One God has a
threefold distinction in His nature.
Valk
MAN.
He Liciee | ’ |
te es ae
ig’ i can “ids as
MPL. ee cy as “ st ae
iinet pes, oo a ——
a
ie < vie
oak
afte 2
VII.
MAN.
HERE is to every being and thing a Nature. It is
not character, — meaning by that the average result
of conduct; it is antecedent to conduct. The nature
may exist for a season without manifesting its intrinsic
qualities.
We see this illustrated in every thing that grows out
of the earth. Before a plant is old enough to have
qualities, either useful or hurtful, it has a nature, known
to the botanist, and physician, or to the florist, and upon
discovery of its nature, it is selected from the products
of a whole field to be transplanted, that its nature may,
by appropriate treatment, be developed. The feelings
of the botanist or florist partake of approbation towards
that undeveloped and at present useless, plant, as really
as though it had already put forth the qualities which
it is sure to possess. As his eye lights upon its feeble
form just appearing above the ground, he exclaims, This
is mint, or anise; this is a rose, or a grape-vine. He
imputes to that nature the qualities which it has not yet
142 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
manifested; it is an object of love with him; or if it
be a poisonous plant, he treats it accordingly.
This may be more strikingly seen in the feelings which
we all have toward the new-born of animals and rep-
tiles, before they have put forth their first actions. A
child finds an unfledged bird fallen from its nest; the
child’s parent is called, and the helpless thing is kindly
restored to its dam. The next moment a young, help-
less snake is seen in the grass; it is yet as harmless as
the sparrow; the feelings of the child are entirely the
reverse of those which the sparrow occasioned; the
parent is appealed to, with acry of terror, to kill the
reptile. But the reptile might well say, Why is this!
I have done no harm. Iam incapable of stinging. The
vessels formed to hold poison have no poison in them.
I am as innocent as the sparrow which you have so
tenderly restored to the nest.
We see in the children of the same family something
lying back of accidental circumstances, and manifesting
itself in a way peculiar to each child, though all were
watched over and nurtured by the same parents and
attendants from the beginning. This is the child’s na-
ture. Some, disregarding the distinction between our
nature as God originally made it, and as our first parents
depraved it, say, The child’s nature came from the
hand of God as truly as the color of its eyes and hair.
This is not correct. Interposing causes, it is true, have
not lessened God’s sovereignty as to the formation of this
nature, but, still our nature is not as it originally came
“MAN. 143
from God. Yet when one thoughtlessly ridicules ano-
ther for some natural defect or peculiarity, and the
reply is, I am as God made me, conscience echoes the
reproof, and no cavil about the intervention of earthly
parentage ever arises to diminish a consciousness of
reproaching God if we mock an unfortunate fellow-crea-
ture for his natural infirmity. Job says, without fear
of any speculative objections, ‘‘ Did not He that made
me in the womb, make him? And did not one fashion
us in the womb?” But we must never forget that
“God made man upright,” and that man voluntarily
departed from God, and that thereby ‘“‘ judgment came
upon all men to condemnation.” *
There is that in man when he is born, by whatever
name we designate it, which constitutes a certainty that
the man will sin. This condition of things in the man ‘
at his birth is commonly called his nature.
It appears from the narrative in the second chapter
of Genesis, that the first human pair were created with
a nature predisposed to holiness, and were placed on
probation. We know the result. Very many questions
have been asked, and will continue to be asked, in vain,
respecting this origin of evil in connection with the
race. ‘The testimony of the word of God is perfectly
simple; it is wise not to venture beyond it into the
unfathomable mysteries of the divine counsels.
Revelation informs us that of the angels some have
fallen, while others remain upright ; but nothing is said
to warrant, nor .to discourage, the inference, that all
144 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
intelligent creatures are, at some period of their exist-
ence, placed on probation. We only know that this
was certainly the case with man.
The object being to try him, whether he would obey
God, we perceive, by the narrative, that the trial was
as favorable to him as we could imagine a trial to be.
He had full proof of the goodness of God; his wants
were every way provided for ; one prohibition only was
made, and the promises and threatenings of God con-
nected with it were most explicit. The direful result,
and the manner in which it came to pass, are told
in the plainest terms.
That all their posterity were, in some way, involved
by this act of their first parents, is evident as well from
express declarations of Scripture, as from the nature of
_the curses which ensued upon their fall. The ground
was cursed; hard labor was imposed as the necessary
means of sustenance ; we know what was said to woman,
and how literally all these curses are fulfilled.
That there is a connection between the moral char-
acter of our first parents and their posterity, the Scrip-
tures assert in direct terms. ‘* By one man’s offence
death reigned by one.” By the trial and failure of
our first parents, all their posterity come into existence
predisposed to evil, so that all men inevitably sin.
As early as the time of Job, it was said, —‘“* How
can he be clean that is born of a woman?” Such
an indiscriminate stigma on woman would not have
been uttered, were she not incapable of giving birth
MAN. - 145
to offspring with an upright nature. Even the flood
failed to restore man to uprightness, for the Most High
said of him, after the flood, ‘“* The imagination of man’s
heart is evil from his youth.”
All is summed up when
it is said by the inspired prophet, ‘‘ The heart is deceit-
ful above all things, and desperately wicked, who can
know it?’’ Omniscience alone answers this question :
“‘T, the Lord, search the heart; I try the reins.”
Our Saviour’s testimony as to the natural state and
character of man, is terrible. Suppose that from the
door of a house, impersonated murder, theft, unclean-
ness of every shape should commonly proceed. We
could be in no doubt as to the character of the house.
Now Christ says, “‘Out of the heart proceed evil
thoughts, murders, adulteries, fornications, thefts, false
witnesses, blasphemies.”’ It would insure destruction to
a house or punishment to its owner to represent such
terrible things as its accustomed deliveries.
Paul in the Epistle to the Romans declares that
‘every mouth” is “stopped” from self-justification,
and “the whole world is become guilty before God ;”
and that “‘by the deeds of the law shall no flesh be
justified.” If the bias of man to good and to evil is
originally equal, it is unaccountable that ‘no flesh”
should have grown to man’s estate free from sin. The
Ephesian Christians are told by Paul that they were
‘¢by nature the children of wrath even as others.” The
current manner of speaking when the world of mankind
is referred to, shows how God regards them. ‘ The
13
146 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
world”? has a bad name in the Word of God. ‘The
friendship of the world is enmity with God.” ‘ Whoso
will be a friend of the world is an enemy of God.”
One of the names of the devil is, “the god of this
world.”’
If any thing more could be needed, we have it in
the declaration that ‘the carnal mind is enmity against
God, not subject to the law of God, neither indeed
can be.’’ “So then they that are in the flesh cannot
please God.” ‘The natural man receiveth not the
things of the Spirit of God, for they are foolishness
unto him.” It is said of us, ‘They are all gone out
of the way; there is none that doeth good, no, not
one.”
“There must be, and there is, in man,” says one,}
“something which is the ground and reason that the
will of fallen man does, from the beginning, act wrong, —
something anterior to voluntary action.” ‘ There must
be some ground, in the nature of the race, for the early
personal and actual sin with which they are all charge-
able.’ ‘To say that all men sin, actually, univer-
sally, and forever, until renewed by the Holy Ghost,
and that against the strongest possible motives, merely
because they are free agents, and are able to do so, and
that there is in their nature as affected by the fall, no
cause or reason of the certainty, is absurd. It is to
ascribe the most stupendous concurrence of perverted
action in all the adult millions of mankind, to nothing.
1 Rev. Lyman Beecher, D.D. Quoted by Dr. Woods, IT. 218
MAN. 147
The thing to be accounted for, is, the phenomenon of an
entire series of universal, actual sin; and to ascribe the
universal and entire obliquity of the human will to the
simple ability of choosing wrong, is to ascribe the moral
obliquity of a lost world to nothing.”
Dr. Chalmers says, “‘ Should it be found true of every
man that he is actually a sinner, should this hold univer-
sally true with each individual of the human family ;
if in every country of the world, and in every age
of the world’s history, all who have grown old enough
to be capable of showing themselves, were transgyress-
ors against the law of God,—and, if, among all the
accidents and varieties of condition to which humanity
is lable, each member of humanity shall betake himself
to his own ways and deviations from the rule of right
—then he sins purely in virtue of his being a man;
there is something in the very make and mechanism
of his nature which causes him to be a sinner.’? —
“To talk of the original sin of our species, thereby
intending to signify the existence of a prior and univer-
sal disposition to sin, is just as warrantable as to affirm
the most certain laws or soundest classifications in natu-
ral history.”
On this important and perplexing subject writers are
in danger of two extremes. They may attempt to
silence inquiry by enjoining upon us unconditional sub-
mission to God; or, they may lead us into speculations,
with the amiable purpose of vindicating the justice
of God.
148 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
"When we have ascertained the revealed truth on this,
or on any subject, it is not improper for us, in a humble
and cautious way, to point out reasons which we think
we see for adoring the wisdom of God; and yet, in doing
thus, we shall be in danger of prescribing rules to the
divine conduct, and of saying that one thing must be,
and that another cannot be, and, as the result, seeming
to bestow our poor approval upon the plans and ways
of God. We must be watchful against this, and, equally
so against the tendency to make our preconceived
convictions of what should be, and must be, the rule
by which we interpret Scripture, and construct our
theories.
Very many difficulties connected with the present
subject would be obviated, and the minds of many would
be relieved with regard to questions which never can
be determined, would. we but properly consider a cer-
tain question of the inspired Apostle in connection with
the subject. It is this: ‘‘Shall the thing formed say
unto him that formed it, Why hast thou made me
thus?”
Because we violate the letter and spirit of the truth
implied in this question, we fall into the mazes of specu-
lation about the existence and origin of sin. As to the
clay in the hands of the potter, we agree that the clay
has no right to call in question the wisdom of the potter.
But men have declared it to be inconsistent with the jus-
tice, or the wisdom, or the benevolence of God, to deter-
mine that we shall each be born with an inherited nature
MAN. . 149
which will inevitably develop itself in sinful disposi-
tions and actions. We, being intelligent creatures, it
is said, have a right to judge with regard to the justice
of God’s plan; and we object. that in the nature of
things, it is not right so to connect offspring with parents
that accountable creatures shall receive a nature which
will inevitably lead to sin, or to hold us responsible for
the acts committed under the operation of that pre-
arranged bias. Therefore, it is said, it cannot be that
God has connected the nature of each human being
with the sin of Adam, because it would be unjust.
The passages of Scripture which seem to assert. this,
must be construed in conformity with the dictates of
justice.
To get relief, some insist that the child is born free
from any bias to evil, and that the general depravation of
the race is owing to evil examples. Others reply that
God connected us with Adam in his trial, but meets us at
once with recovering mercy at our birth, providing a
Second Adam for us, to save us, if we die in infancy, by
that regeneration which comes as a consequence of re-—
demption, —a free gift, as our connection with Adam
was, also, without our choice. Moreover, they say that
if no one is finally lost merely for his connection with
Adam, and that in every case, the sinner will be held
responsible only for his own acts as though he were on
trial in Paradise, no injustice is inflicted upon him.
Happily for man, it is not-necessary, in order to know
and do his duty, that he should say to Him that formed
13 *
150 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
him, “ Why hast thou made me thus?” or that he should
know any thing beyond the plain truth that he sinned as
soon as he began to do any thing, and that he received
from his parents and through the sin of the first human
pair, a nature which would inevitably sin as soon as it
was capable of moral action. Here the Bible stops, and
here it would persuade us to pause. Ages of conflict
would have been prevented had man but hearkened to its
voice. We must be willing to admit that a sovereign
God is holy, just, and good while bringing us each into
existence with a nature which from the beginning of
moral action will certainly go astray from God; and that
this is in consequence of ‘one man’s disobedience.”’ We
shall fall into difficulties as great as those from which we
try to escape, if, in order to clear up the ground of human
accountability, we venture to bring the moving cause of
man’s universal sinfulness one step forward of his inher-
ited nature into his volitions. There is something back
of volitions which constitutes the certainty which there is
that every man will sin. But in connection with it there
is a mystery related to the will and agency of God in the
case, which has never been solved.
While, in order, as they think, to clear the way for ap-
peals to man as accountable for being a sinner, some deny
the original corruption of our nature, they, in common
with all men, involuntarily show, by some of the ordinary
modes of speech, that the badness of a nature is a proper
cause for humiliation and ‘self-reproach. If a youth sins,
and men can say of him, “The stock is bad,’ and can
MAN. honk
4
refer to the notorious wickedness of his immediate pro-
genitors, we feel that the sight of the evil done by his
parents, and its consequences, ought to have deterred him
from transgression, and that it does not palliate his sins.
The same principle appears in the declaration by the Most
High that no man doing righteously shall suffer for the
sins of progenitors ; thus indirectly asserting the ordinary
law which involves parent and child one with the other,
when both are transgressors. Experience and observation
everywhere teach us, that a consciousness of inborn and
inbred evil is a proper cause for humiliation and con-
fession. We all of us go back from our actual sins to the
source and fountain of them in our original depravity.
Weare more humbled at being capable of sinning, than
at the sin. Though David speaks of his mother to the
Most High as ‘thine handmaid,”’ yet he says, ‘ Behold
I was shapen in iniquity, and in sin did my mother con-
ceive me.” We may call such feelings and expressions
the suggestions of modesty, or the exaggerations of ori-
ental speech; but the concurrent voice of the human
heart groaning with a sense of sin and misery, utters the
same strain from age to age. When men feel intensely
on any subject, they resort to metaphorical language, and
on no subject is language laid under a more extreme con-
tribution than in the efforts of men to express their con-
sciousness of guilt and the evil of sm. Thus the theology
of the intellect, when it is clear and strong, resorts to the
feelings for help to express itself; and then the metaphors
which it employs, instead of being flowers of speech, are
152 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
agonies and wailings, illustrating the remark of Coleridge,
before quoted, that “the feeling is often the deeper
reason.”
But why, it is involuntarily asked, should God have
connected mankind with the sin of their first parents?
One consideration will serve to show, in answer to
all such inquiries, how utterly incapable we are of call-
ing in question the wisdom and benevolence of God in
-making judgment to come upon all men to condemna-
tion for the sin of their first parents. Let us. consider
how totally different was the treatment of our first
parents by their Heavenly Father from the treatment
which erring children would, upon their first offence,
receive from an earthly parent. He would naturally
say, As this is your first transgression, I shall pass it
by, and will forgive you. Instead of this, suppose that
he should at once eject them from their residence, given
them by himself; that he should station swordsmen to
keep them from it; that he should inflict injury upon
the very soil where they might fix their dwelling, and
thus subject them to painful labor in procuring the
necessaries of life; that sickness and bodily pain should
be their lot when it was in his power to prevent it, and
-that murder, and pestilence, and famine, and, in short,
every form of evil, should be allowed to prevail over
and all this as
a consequence of their first transgression, which he had
their posterity in all their generations ;
refused to pass by!
Now, whatever difficulties may, in any view of the
MAN. | 153
case, present themselves to our minds, on this subject
of original sin, we plainly see, in the way in which God
has visited the race for the sin of their first parents,
that we cannot apply to his administration, for its rule,
our moral sentiments, nor our instincts, nor the accus-
tomed modes of procedure which are proper in the
intercourse of men with one another. And we may as
well, therefore, first as last, give over any such attempt ;
we are as really at fault in our moral conceptions of what
is infinitely wise and benevolent, as the clay, if it could
speak, might be, in its colloquy with the potter as to
its shape and use.
It may serve a good purpose in some cases to show
that, so far as we can see, our condition might not
have been any more favorable had we each stood, as
Adam did originally, to try for himself the question
whether he would remain upright. This view of the
case, while it does not lead us imto speculation, will
serve to relieve certain painful thoughts which many
have on this subject.
It seems that God, instead of placing each of us on
probation to determine what the condition of our nature
shall be, whether upright or fallen, has tried that ques="
tion for each of us, and for all men, in the persons of
representatives, the first human pair.
But a part of the plan, evidently, was, to provide
redemption for the race, immediately upon the apostasy
of its representatives. We need not exercise ourselves
with supposing cases, and with trying to decide whether
154 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
it would have been just for God to have done certain
things in certain circumstances. We are to take
these two plain things together, namely, Man’s apostasy
from God as a race, in the person of his progenitors,
and, Redemption immediately provided, in the person
of another representative of the race, the Seed of the
W oman.
One thing is plain, even to reason unassisted by revela-
tion, namely, That we should all probably hesitate to try,
each in our own person, the question of our continuance
in original uprightness, if no Redeemer were to be pro-
vided for us in case of failure. For we perceive that
our nature, in the garden of Eden, in circumstances the
most favorable to a continuance in holiness, failed.
There were two of our race on trial. One yielded
to a tempter operating on her curiosity ; the other,
and the stronger nature, yielded at the solicitation, and
after the example, of the weaker. We must be well
assured of our strength to resist temptation if we. say
that we would have done better in the same circum-
stances than our first parents. And he must have a
superhuman fancy who can invent a more favorable
‘trial than was granted to them.
But one may say, Think of the millions of our
race who, coming into existence ‘with a bias to evil,
follow it, and live and die in sin. How much better
to have given them each a fair chance for himself!
One obvious answer is,—It cannot be denied that
as many might have perished upon that scheme as will
MAN. ~ Looe
~
now fail of salvation. Until we know that an equal
or greater number would not have apostatized from
original uprightness, we, leaving Revelation out of view,
are unable to “object, that the present plan was not
the most benevolent and wise.
It cannot be shown that our fallen nature will, of
itself, be the cause of any man’s perdition; nor that
any will be lost who would not have fallen, had every
one been created upright like Adam, to try for him-
self the question of perseverance in uprightness.
While we know that men do come into existence
with a nature which will inevitably sin, and therefore
that its preponderance is to evil, we are to recollect,
if we speculate, that redemption was immediately pro-
vided for man when he fell. If one proceeds to ask,
But would it have been just and benevolent if God
had entailed sin and future misery on men, in conse-
quence of the error of their progenitor, without pro-
viding a Redeemer ?— we may answer, Why should we
be disquieted in vain about that which is not? Enough
for us that, born with a nature absolutely inclined to
evil and not to good, we are born into a world and
under a constitution in which mercy, all over the earth,
meets us, when we come into existence. If God had
made any other arrangement, of course it would have
been just and benevolent; for, “as for God, his
work is perfect.” ‘I know,” says the wise man,
‘“‘that whatsoever God doeth, it shall be forever ;
nothing can be put to it, nor any thing taken from
156 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
it; and God doeth it that men should fear before
him.” While we bow to this, with love and trust,
we are not in the present case left on the dark sea
of speculation. The bestowment of mercy in the form
of redemption is as much a historic part of the trans-
actions in Eden as the “transoression ; and the two
things must be coupled together in our minds to com-
plete any just idea of the scheme. If, therefore, one
says to himself, Would it have been just to connect
our inherited nature with the sin of Adam, if no
Redemption had been provided, we may answer, Such
is not the case with man.
If one still insists, ‘I would prefer to have tried the
question, in my own person, whether to stand or fall ;’ —
we have already seen that Paradise and the discomfiture,
which it witnessed, of our nature in its best estate,
should admonish us to decline the risk. If we desire a
further admonition, we have it in the angels of God
themselves, whose experience in heaven, and the very
presence of God himself were not able to keep them
from apostasy, but a morning star among them fell by
transgression, and with him a host. Behold them with
no Redeemer. Such, we cannot deny, might have been
the consequences to each of us had we stood each for
himself, and had lost our original uprightness, as Adam
did, by one transgression. But to this it will be said,
True, yet it was possible to have brought each of us
into a state of probation upright, and to have provided
Redemption for those who should have apostatized. To
MAN. roe
this we say, Angels sinned, not in consequence of an
inherited evil nature, but each on his personal probation,
in an upright state; for them, falling as they did, no
Redeemer was provided. Man, too, falls in his personal
probation, but he is to have a posterity born in his
sinful likeness; for them a Redeemer is provided. All
this is from the Word of God. Adhering closely to the
information which it gives us, and remaining satisfied
with it, we cannot err. With regard to man, God has
declined to try each of us in a state of uprightness. Do
we raise the question whether it would have been more
just and wise for Him to have decided the other way ?
Supposing that angels and men, respectively, represent
the two schemes of the personal and federal probation
of original natures, and that to personal probation no
redemption can be annexed, but that it is a necessary
accompaniment, in the divine plan, when a nature is
tried in a representative, to provide redemption for his
posterity, we of the human race surely cannot bring
any complaint against the divine procedure in our case.
For, if the two things invariably go together, namely,
redemption, and the connection of a nature with the
act of a progenitor, or if, finding them together in our
case, we are at last led to suspect that there is no
Redeemer to those who are tried and fall in an upright
state, each for himself, alone, then-we are prepared to
say that instead of blaming Infinite Wisdom and Benev-
olence for suffering us to come into the world with a
nature already tried and fallen, we may perhaps see
14
158 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
reasons for gratitude to God that we are born into a
condition in which, if we are willing to comply with
the appointed method of salvation, not even a sinful
nature, and perpetual inability to keep the law of God,
will put us in jeopardy of eternal death; ‘for not as it
was by one that sinned, so is the gift; for the judgment
was by one to condemnation; but the free gift is of
many offences unto justification.” We say then, Before
a man impugns the present constitution, he is bound
at least to suppose a possible condition of thmgs which
would be for the better.
If there is to be risk as to our salvation, it is evidently
far better for us to take that risk under a constitution
of mercy instead of law ;—far better to let the question
be, Will I reject mercy ? than, Will I yield to no possible
form of temptation to sin ?—jit certainly is better, pro-
vided that one act of consent to sin would be followed
by consecutive transgressions without end, as in the case
of angels.
All this, however, is a mere defensive mode of state-
ment. It is not implied, and no one can say it, that
the only alternative before the Divine Mind was, the con-
nection of a race with its progenitor and a Redeemer, or
personal probation without a Redeemer. Knowing how
the case actually is with regard to man, the only proper
stand for us to take is upon the Word of God, and to
require of ourselves and of others implicit submission to
its unequivocal teachings. If we differ as to interpre-
tation, that is one thing; but if we interpret alike, and
MAN. - 159
then object to the revelation that there are insuperable
difficulties in the way of accepting it, we at once destroy
the authority of revelation. It is a legitimate use of
reason to show that those who dissent from the plain
declarations of God’s word involve themselves in no less
difficulties than those from which they profess to flee.
And it is not unsuitable to persuade others, who are
tempted to forsake the Bible, that they are no better off
on any other scheme than that which, in the Bible, tries
their confidence in the wisdom and goodness of God.
7 a 7~y
7 , 7 wh ae
: Reid Pid 9; ih ~- on ,
Po —— 5 >|. 7 1 aad . ' 2
A TE shins ui rte Sa
q se “eo > Raat:
2 ine
“aan oat i Geta ae me am
7 Ne am, oe ‘in’ ey +e ae tsps
an
a4 6)
= v a4 "Tey
‘
wy. ting ae § : nvi san ky ro ’ ewe
HAA
MAN.
CONTINUED.
14 *
VIII.
MAN.—CONTINUED.
F human nature be thus determined beforehand as
to its depraved condition when man enters upon
this probationary state, and if he receives from the hand
of God a nature with a bias to sin, how is he account-
able? Why should he not act out his nature?
The Bible being our only source of information with
regard to these questions, we may say, that the account-
ability of men is everywhere assumed in Scripture as
fully as his guilt. But the Bible does not go behind
the sinner’s consciousness im its charges and in its
demands upon him. God has connected the nature of
every human being with the fall of his first parents ;
yet every one is dealt with as being fully responsible.
~One maxim, remembered and applied, will help us
ereatly in connection with this subject. It is this:
Though, in debating with regard to theories, it be lawful
to say whether this or that is consistent with the divine
attributes, yet, when we find that God has actually
done any thing, all question about its justice, wisdom, -
and benevolence, is forever out of place. We may
well employ ourselves in showing forth the wisdom and
164 . EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
benevolence in his actions, if we are modest, and confess
how little, after all, we know, even in this direction; but
to debate whether the appointments of the Most High
are wise and good, is not within our proper province.
The difficulties connected with the subject of human
accountability always lead us back to the original deter-
mination of the Most High to create moral agents,
with liability to sin and to perish. We are compelled
to resolve every thing at last imto the sovereign will
of God, taking things as we find them, and receiving
his revealed will as the only, and the sufficient, rule
of our duty.
‘Tt will in some way assist us to do this, to ask our-
selves the following question: How, if God saw fit to
create us free to choose, and personally responsible for
our final salvation, would it now appear to us most
wise and benevolent for Him to bring us into our state
of probation? Shall it be on our own personal respon-
sibility for continuance with an upright nature, with no
provision in case of our fall? or, shall He try the ques-
tion for us all in the person of a federal head, we,
then, coming into the world with the fallen nature of
our progenitor, and having this for our probation, Will
you accept redemption, and be saved, on terms pro-
pounded by God your Saviour ? .
In choosing for us this latter method of being placed
on trial, no man can say that God has done him any
wrong, or that He has been unkind, unless it was
wrong to create him; for to prove this, he must show
MAN. 165
that he would certainly have fared better had he been
allowed to stand originally upon his own righteousness,
and to take the risk of keeping or losing his integrity.
Or, he must show that the chances would have been
in favor of his remaining upright. Surely he cannot
say this with the example of our first parents before
him, and knowing, too, that angels in heaven left their
first estate.
As to the mode in which we are now severally tried,
it may be observed, in illustration of the kindness and
fairness which marks it, that we are told: “ God is
faithful, who will not suffer you to be tempted above
that ye are able; but will, with the temptation, also
make a way for your escape, that ye may be able to
bear it.” From the very first, conscience, God’s vice-_
gerent, is set to protect and keep us. ‘There is placed
before us a suffermge Redeemer, a sacrifice for our sins ;
this is made the source of the most pathetic appeals to us
that we deny ourselves and, * forasmuch as Christ hath
suffered for us in the flesh,’’ that we ‘‘ arm. ourselves
likewise with the same mind.” His aid is promised:
‘For in that He hath suffered, being tempted, He is
able also to succor them that are tempted.” The
Holy Spirit is specially intrusted with the work of
making and keeping us holy, and promises exceeding
great and precious are made to him who overcomes. |
It is plain, then, that our sinful nature of itself will
never be the cause of any man’s final perdition; and it
cannot be shown that one will be lost who would not
166 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
have been lost had he been created upright, like Adam,
to try the question for himself, without a Redeemer in
case of failure, whether he will forever resist temptation.
The ancestors of every nation once had the knowledge
of salvation by Christ. The vast majority “did not
like to retain God in their knowledge.” ‘Then the
great law by which parents and children are connected
and involved as to moral character and condition, comes
into view; but, at the same time, every individual is
declared still to be without excuse for irreligion, ‘* because
‘that which may be known of God is manifest in them ;
for God hath showed it unto them.’ ‘The absence
of the Bible will not affect their condemnation, for their
consciences, the works of God, experience of goodness
notwithstanding their sins, furnish perpetual lessons as
to the character of God and his disposition towards
them. “So that they are without excuse ;’? — which
words are a rebuke to unjust commiseration.
We come, therefore, to. consider more minutely the
actual effect of Adam’s sin upon the character of his
posterity.
On this point the Bible is explicit. ‘By one man’s
disobedience many were made sinners.” This is bold,
unequivocal language. The obvious meaning is, that
they were placed under a constitution of things by which
they come into the world with the same fallen nature
which man had after his first transgression. “ By: one
man’s offence death reigned by one.” ‘In Adam
all die.”’
co
MAN. 167
So that, as a consequence of Adam’s sin, the nature
of every man-is in a fallen condition, averse to the
moral character of God; and its first moral acts will
inevitably be wrong. Every infant, therefore, has a
nature as really apostate from God as the nature of
Adam was upon his fall.“ Death reigned from Adam to
Moses even over them that had not sinned after the
similitude of Adam’s transeression.’”’ No infant is ever
known to develop a sinless nature; its immediate parents
do not transmit to the child their regenerated state, but
its connection with the first human pair asserts itself,
without exception. An infant, therefore, needs regener-
ation as truly as an adult. An infant has a nature,
and it is a nature which is not in conformity to God.
It is the view of some that an infant comes into the
world with its nature equipoised as to sin and holiness ;
that it no more needs regeneration than a rosebud; only
let it develop fairly, and it will be holy.
~ It is remarkable, if this be so, that the race has not
improved. from age to age, or that we do not see in chil-
dren instances of entire freedom from the predisposition to
sin. If men at any period of their lives are destitute
of a nature, there is a period when they are not capable
of regeneration, for then there is no evil tendency, no
predisposition needing to be cured. Should the child
die in that condition, what assurance is there that in
heaven it will be forever holy, seeing that angels in
heaven fell? If it goes to heaven on the ground of its
own personal constitution, it may leave its first estate
168 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
like them. If infants are not depraved, they have no
moral connection with Adam. It is to them, in that
respect, as though he had not sinned. When _ they
die, they have nothing to do with Christ. It is incorrect
to speak of them as being “ saved;’’—indeed, why is
it not as incorrect as to say that a ministering angel,
returning from earth to heaven, is “saved”? We shall
find it difficult to allow that the vast proportion of the
human race who have gone to heaven in infancy, are
not, in any sense, under obligations to redemption, that
they are not and cannot be of those who speak of
Christ as ‘“* Him that loved us and washed us from our
sins in his own blood.’ There is much to ponder in
these lines:
“ Bold infidelity! turn pale and die!
Beneath this stone four infants’ ashes lie.
Say, are they lost or saved ?
If death’s by sin, they sinned, for they lie here;
If heaven’s by works, in heaven they can’t appear ;
Reason, ah! how depraved, revere the sacred page,
They died, for Adam sinned; they live, for Jesus died.”
It is a sad view of the infant world to regard them as
separated from the adult race in the participation of
benefits flowing from the Saviour.
The Bible, in maintaining its silence on the subject
of our relation to Adam, and its consequences, except
to declare that a relation exists such that, in conse-
quence of it, “all have sinned,” forbears to utter a word
with regard to the state of infants after death. There
MAN. 169
is much unholy feeling manifested on this subject,
indicating a querulous temper, an unsubmissive heart.
Human relationships in their depth and strength are
offered as arguments which it is felt by many should
control our views of the “livine. administration. But it
is very strange that, standing in their desolated homes,
where death has trampled on their tenderest affections
and cut asunder ruthlessly their very heart-strings, men
should not see that the natural affections which God
has implanted in us are not the rule for his dispensa-
tions ; else, why do the children die? Whatever, there-
fore, we may feel or say with regard to the salvation
of infants, we should not suffer ourselves to prescribe
our natural feelings as a guide for the divine conduct.
Some believe that there are elect infants; others, that
all of them having, without their choice, fallen in Adam,
and having no personal probation, are, without their
choice, made partakers of redemption by Christ. This
may be-said to be the present universal hope and belief
of the Christian world. In expressmg it we should
remember that the Bible is silent on the subject, and
we should not be moved, by the fear of being made
odious, to venture assertions, nor to adopt a mode or
tone of reasoning which, in kindly sympathizing with
human instincts, may really take part with man against
God.
How are the common representations of human depray-
ity consistent with all which is confessedly amiable and
praiseworthy in men? In what sense is man depraved ?
. 15
170 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
There are amiable and benevolent instincts, social
virtues, affections which give a charm to the domestic
relations, courtesies, acts of kindness, which make human
intercourse pleasant, self- denial for others, and self-sacri-
fice, and the highest cane of cultivation, and eyen a
certain fear of God, leading to a sense of dependence
and obligation, and to acts of worship.
But every human being is by nature averse to the
moral character of God. We are capable of perceiy-
ing, appreciating, and loving all forms of moral good-
ness. We see children happy at the reception of gifts,
and grateful for them, and fully capable of appreciating
thém. They listen to tales and show that they discern
between good and evil. Every created object, and every
character, according as it is good or bad, excites a cor-
responding emotion.
God is an exception, and He is the only exception,
in the effect which his character has upon us. The
Author, Source, and Sum of all excellence is the only
- object who is not, as a matter of course, loved and
sought after. Is it natural to be filled with enthusiasm
at the thought of God? But there is no natural
impossibility in the way of this. His mountains, his
ocean, his waterfalls, his firmament, excite enthusiasm ;
why not their Maker? If it be said that his natural
greatness cannot be so appreciated as to excite such
feelings, it may be replied that some men do become
enthusiastic in their feelings about God. David is an
example, and Isaiah, and Daniel, and Paul, and the
i MAN. 171
number is great of those since their day, to the pres-
ent hour, who, like them, having experienced a certain
spiritual renovation, love God supremely. Why, there-
fore, is it not universally the case that men love God?
Why is not the literature of the world imbued with
these feelings toward God ? Why could not Lord Byron
have written in such strains as these by Dr. Watts ? —
“My God, my portion, and my love!
My everlasting all !
I’ve none but thee in heaven above,
Nor on this earthly ball.”
We find the poets filled with rapture about nature,
human beauty, art, Switzerland, Italy ; they are devotees
of genius in music, sculpture, painting, eloquence ; but
equal love and zeal with regard to God our Maker
would make their works, as a general thing, distasteful.
If any one says, Can man be permitted to love God
in the way described? We reply, Not only is he per-
mitted, but the Saviour tells us, ‘‘ The sum of all the .
commandments is, Thou shalt love the Lord thy God
with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all
thy strength, and with all thy mind. This is the first
and great commandment.”
Is it natural for men to love God in this way? Is
it natural for fathers to pray with their families? It is
a dictate of reason that God should be acknowledged ;
and the appointed es acknowledging Him is by
prayer. Yet men are extremely averse to this duty
172 EVENINGS WITH THE.DOCTRINES.
and privilege. They talk with their families, freely
and enthusiastically, about every thing which interests
them, but toward God their hearts are cold, their lips
are sealed.
It is not pertinent to say, I am as good as multi-
tudes of my kind. It is nothing to the point.that we
love men, that we are endowed with every social virtue.
It would be easy to show that love to God is the
necessary foundation of love to man, and that we are
as really degenerate as to our feelings and duties toward
our fellow men as toward God. But even if we could
keep the second table of the commandments, namely,
“‘’Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself,” still the first
commandment is greater than all, ‘Thou shalt love the
Lord thy God;” and our perfect compliance with other
requirements, could we fulfil them, would only show
how perfect is our natural ability to keep the first,
and therefore how inexcusable we are in failing to
keep it.
The depravation of any thing whatever cannot be
expressed, the idea of it cannot be conceived of, if it
be not apparent from all this that there is entire depra-
vation in man as to his natural feelings toward God.
In addition to this, the mind of man is not subject to
the law of God, and the Scripture is most explicit
which says of it, in its natural, unrenewed state, —
‘“‘ Neither indeed can be.’? Suppose a machine, or a
ship, or an animal, or a tool, or a servant, to be as
totally degenerated from its original appointment and
MAN. ie
use as man is from supreme love and obedience to
God ;—the terms commonly applied to the depravity
of man would not be too strong to express our just
opinion of them.
The first subjects of the first transgression were utterly
degraded from their original intimacy with God, conscious
oulf and shame took possession of them, the ground
was cursed for their sake, the multiplication of the species
was to be “in sorrow,”
and by that one man’s offence
judgment was to come upon all men to condemnation.
Now we cannot doubt, in view of all this, that human
nature received, in the persons of our progenitors, an
injury which cannot be measured; for what have its
consequences already been, in the history and the present
condition of the human family ?
But man’s condition under the remedial dispensation
which ensued upon the fall is such that his natural
depravity is qualified in many of its presentations ; things
in him which contribute to happiness are strengthened
and developed, and much that is charming supervenes
upon his state of natural aversion to God. But when
we consider who God is, and that supreme love and
perfect obedience in thought, word, and deed, are natural
duties, no one of ordinary intelligence can fail to see
that language fails in expressing the utter depravation
of our human nature. And when we see how this
human nature, unrestrained by law, custom, cultivation,
and self-interest, runs riot in every form of transgression
against men, we are made to confess that the descriptions
15 *
4
174 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
of human nature by inspired pens are not the work of
fancy, nor mere oriental rhetoric.
It is not presumption to believe that the fall of angels
and of man are lessons to the unfallen universe as to
the inherent weakness of a created nature, the terrible
nature of sin, and its awful consequences in the indi-
vidual and to the race, both in its immediate effects and
in its penalty, so that God will forever administer his
government over his creatures by the help of these creat
illustrations. A moral government is a government of
motives, instead of force. ‘These sad and terrible histories
may not be without their effect.
As to ourselves, we cannot fail to see the evil of sin
when we contemplate the effect of one transgression.
But the effect of Adam’s sin in its wide-spread devas-
tation was not owing to any inherent hemousness of
that sin beyond those which we ourselves have com-
mitted; for had each of us stood, as Adam did, in the
same relation to a race, we too might have looked forth
forever on a numberless progeny ruined by our fault.
Such is sin, and we are each a sinner.
The world, for us, is full of trees of the knowledge
of good and evil, that is, of forbidden things, abstinence
from which in obedience to God will be followed with
the knowledge of good, and indulgence in which will
entail the knowledge of evil.
And when we see what it is for a nature to be fallen,
and to continue fallen, we have still further illustrations
of sin. We see in the New Testament those who once
MAN. 175
filled thrones in heaven, now saying to the Saviour of
the world, “If thou cast us out, suffer us to enter into
the swine.”’ Such is sin, when it is finished. The time
may come when any human being retaining a sinful
natureg would be capable, if permitted, to go forth and
ruin a race, as he, that former morning star, who fell
from Heaven with his angels, ruined this world. Surely,
we need not merely to be kept day by day from
transgression ; we need not only a good character; we
need a new nature— we must be born again.
There is a cheerful view of this subject which deserves
a brief allusion. Notice in the fifth of Romans, where
this subject of our connection with Adam is dwelt upon
at length, how the Apostle turns it into a_ prospect
and a promise of enhanced blessedness through redeem-
ing wisdom and love. In five different places, after
describing the wisdom of God in his plan and_ opera-
tion on the dark, mysterious side of the scene, he points
across to a bright and animating view, and uses the
expression five several times, “much more,” assuring
us that the result of this whole economy relating to
the fall of man will, to those who avail themselves
of the offered salvation, result in stupendous blessings.
This is the Apostle’s presentation of the subject :
‘But God commendeth his love toward us, in that,’
while we were yet sinners, Christ died for us. Much
more then, being justified by his blood, we shall be saved
from wrath through him.” —“ For if when we were
enemies we were reconciled to God by the death of
176 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
his Son, much more, being reconciled, we shall be saved
by his life.” —“ But not as the offence so is the free
gift. For if through the offence of one many be dead,
much more the grace of God and the gift by grace,
which is by one man, Jesus Christ, hath aboundeg unto
many.” —‘‘ For if by one man’s offence death reigned
by one, much more they which receive abuhdance
of grace and of the gift of righteousness shall reign
in life by one, Jesus Christ.” — “* Moreover the law
entered that sin might abound ; but where sin abounded,
grace did much more abound; that as sin hath reigned
unto death, even so might grace reign through righteous-
ness unto eternal life by Jesus Christ our Lord.”
Great questions relating to the existence of sin and
suffering under the government of a benevolent God,
their consistency with the increased happiness of the
universe as a whole, and the vast problem of divine
sovereignty, and the perfect accountableness of man,
will probably task human ingenuity and put faith and
submission to the test in time to come, as heretofore.
But all which is necessary to human happiness and
welfare is, nevertheless, as plain as noonday, namely,
that we are, individually, guilty of sins by our own free
consent, against express commands and restraining influ-
ences of every kind, and against the love of God, so
that every mouth is stopped, and no flesh can be jus-
tified; that God is willing to forgive sin; that He has
provided a way in which to justify us and yet be just;
that God will not suffer us “to be tempted above that”
MAN. a yi
we “are able;” but that He “will also make a way to
escape that” we ‘“‘ may be able to bear it;” that “ who-
” in the Son * shall not come into con-
soever believet
demnation,” and that him “that cometh unto” Him He
‘¢ will in no wise cast out.” Knowing these things, which
it is the object of the Gospel to set forth, if we forget
our personal responsibility and our personal probation
under the Gospel, and insist on receiving explanations
as to the existence of sin, we shall fail both of satisfac-
_ tion and of final salvation. It is good to place ourselves
and the government of the world, of men, of angels,
-and of devils, in the hands of the Supreme God,
expecting that there will be inscrutable mysteries in his
administration, and leaning always to such interpreta-
tions and conclusions as exalt God and humble man.
It has already been noticed that when the Almighty
condescended to reason with Job on the mysteries of
his administration, He gave him ‘hard lessons in the
science of the most familiar things, — the rain, the
snow, the ice, the balancings of the clouds, the flight
of birds. “Then Job answered the Lord and said, —
Who is he that hideth counsel with words without
knowledge? ‘Therefore have I uttered that I under-
stood not; things too wonderful for me which I knew
not.”
These things, then, seem to be established:
We come into the world with a nature which will °
inevitably develop itself as depraved.
Notwithstanding this, our accountability is in no wise
lessened.
178 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
We are born under a constitution of mercy.
It cannot be proved that the chance of endless hap
piness is not as great, to every man, as though he had
tried the question, in a state of innocence, whether he
would stand forever, or fall, like angels, without re-
covery.
Many questions as to the justice and wisdom of the
present constitution of things result in questions as to
- the justice of creating immortal beings liable to sin.
When we reach questions of this nature, if not before,
we are met with these interrogatories: ‘* Who hath
directed the Spirit of the Lord, or, being his counsel-
lor, hath taught him? With whom took he counsel,
and who instructed him, and taught him in the path
of judgment ?”
IX.
ATONEMENT.
IX.
*
ATONEMENT.
SCRIPTURAL PROOFS.
NSTEAD of beginning with any thing like specu-
lation upon this subject, speaking first of the necessity
of an atonement, and so finding our way into this great
central truth as revealed in Scripture, we will follow
the course which has been pursued with the other topics,
and begin at once with the plain and simple declarations
of the Bible with regard to a Sacrifice for the sin of the
world. The use of reason in connection with this subject,
and others like it, is, first of all, to ascertain whether it
be revealed. This we do by interpreting the teachings
of Scripture according to the acknowledged laws of
language in any writing.
Christianity bemg the doctrine of Christ, the religion
of Christ, a system of which Christ is the centre, we will
suppose a stranger from a distant region, speaking our
language, but totally ignorant of Christianity, to ask for
one of our Sacred Books, which will most readily.
acquaint him with the essential truths of the Christian
religion. We should, perhaps, select for him the Gospel
by John. There is sufficient historical information in
16
182 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
it for his purpose, but, more peculiarly than in the other
evangelists, every thing is made subservient to doctrine.
“But who is this John? he would first inquire. — He
was the beloved disciple of the great Founder of the
Christian religion, enjoying peculiar opportunities to be
intimately acquainted with the,very heart of the system.
The stranger opens at John’s Gospel and reads: ‘ In
the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with
God, and the Word was God. ‘The same was in the
beginning with God. All things were made by him,
and without him was not any thing made that was
made.” ‘And the Word was made flesh and dwelt
among us, and we beheld his glory, the glory of the
only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth.”
Supposing this inquirer to be as honest and as humble
as those who, having no theory to maintain, have in all
ages agreed in the impression which these words have
made upon them, we are sure that he will now say,
Here is a disclosure of One who is evidently supernatural,
who is associated with Deity, and who, it seems, became
a man and dwelt familiarly among men.
But it seems he had a herald, divinely appointed, —
‘a man sent from God,” “to bear witness’? of this
mysterious Being, “that all men through him might
believe.” It will be important to attend while the herald
announces him. It seems that the people were expecting
the coming of this heavenly visitor. They sent messages
to the herald to know if he were the expected one, or
whether He was yet to come. ‘“ The next day”’ the
ATONEMENT. : 183
herald “saw Jesus coming unto him,” and he thereupon
made this public annunciation: ‘ Behold the Lamb of
God which taketh away the sin of the world.’ The
next day he was standing with two of his disciples, when
the Messiah again was in sight, and. “looking upon
Jesus as he walked, he saith, Behold the Lamb of God.”
This was a remarkable designation. He at first called
Him “Lamb of God.” ‘The expression seems meta-
phorical ; perhaps he will explain it. But in his second
annunciation of Him, and that in a more private way,
evidently for the imformation of the two disciples then
with him, he repeats the self-same word, —‘ Behold the
Lamb of God.”
The name by which a stranger is first made known
in a community, we all know, is of special importance,
and care is naturally taken that it should convey a defi-
nite and a correct idea of the individual who is to be
the object of public attention.
Why, says our inquirer, did the herald affix to this
mysterious One the title of ‘“ Lams?’ —He replies to
himself, perhaps, that the word intimates innocence,
meekness, mildness; and so, it may be, the meaning’ is,
that this new messenger of God is one whose chief char-
acteristic is innocence and meekness.
But this is not satisfactory ; it does not meet all the
requirements of the case. It gives an inadequate idea
of him who is thus heralded. Innocence, meeckness,
mildness, are’ good qualities in their place, but they are
not the working qualities of a character. A lord com-
184 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
missioner, or a plenipotentiary who should be announced
at court as a lamb-like man, or a founder of a new
system of philosophy or religion who should be charac-
terized above all things as preéminently a harmless,
mild character, would hardly be grateful to his herald
for such an announcement, nor would he awaken proper
expectations in the minds of men.
But soon the mysterious Being himself begins to elk
and act. Our inquirer reads the conversation between
him and Nathanael. He gets the impression of preter-
natural knowledge on the part of the Messiah. The con-
versation with Nicodemus ensues. The Great Teacher
does not receive his confession of him, — ‘‘ we know that
thou art a teacher come from God,” —as sufficient, but
proceeds to teach him the necessity of a supérnatural
change to be experienced by every man in order to be
saved. He did not need to inform ‘a master in Israel’
with regard to the necessity of moral improvement in
order to enter heaven, nor would Nicodemus then have
‘ marvelled.’ |
Now the Great Teacher begins to assert his own
supernatural origin. “And no man hath ascended into
heaven but he that come down from heaven, even the
Son of man which is in heaven.” Here is food for
thought ; and the wonder is, how, or in what. sense,
this ‘Son of man’ is now in heaven while He is talking:
on earth with Nicodemus. But He proceeds, apparently,
to announce some great purpose for which He came
into the world: “And as Moses lifted up the serpent
ATONEMENT. 185
in the wilderness, even so must the Son of man be
lifted up; that whosoever believeth in him might not
perish, but have everlasting life.’’ The impression seems
to be conveyed that this Son of man is to do something
by reason of which men ‘“ should not perish.”
The mind of the inquirer recurs to the name by
which the ‘Son of man’ was first announced, — ‘*‘ Lamb
of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.”
What must the hearers of this annunciation have under-
stood by this term? Was there any thing peculiar in
their associations with the word ‘ Lamb’ ?
Their great Oe ea celebration had a lamb for its
central object. It was a sacrifice. Its blood was the
procuring cause of their salvation on that night which
is “‘much to be remembered,” when the destroying
angel in Egypt saw the blood sprinkled on the lintel
and door-posts of Israelitish dwellings, and passed over
them when he cut off the first-born of the Egyptians.
The death of an innocent victim was necessary to the
salvation of the Hebrew household; in every one of
them a lamb must bleed, or, if households were small,
two might join atid use the blood of the same lamb.
This naturally gives our inquirer some new view of
the divine character, — suffering, death, and blood being
required of innocent victims to be the instrument of
saving the lives of the first-born among nearly three
millions of people, every ten of whom, upon an average,
must take the life of one lamb, an almost incredible
number of victims, therefore, bleeding and dying in one
16*
186 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
night, to save the first-born of each Hebrew dwelling
from death. The lamb would, therefore, naturally
become, with the Jew, an emblem of sacrifice and sub-
stitution; so that when the Son of man was called
“the Lamb of God which taketh away the sin of the
world,” and his being “lifted up” was spoken of as
that in consequence of which men “ might not perish,”
it is easy to see that his sufferings and death were, in
some way, to be a substitution for men.
Our inquiring friend anxiously turns to the account
of the Messiah’s death. He notes the stupendous mira-
cles which accompanied it. The account of it by John
is full of prophecies fulfilled. He tells us what *one
‘Scripture saith,’ and another, and how it was fulfilled.
Inquiring for these prophecies, the stranger is directed
~ to Isaiah, and to the fifty-third chapter, which seems —
now to him like a description of the crucifixion itself
by an eye-witness. He is also pointed to that passage
where an Ethiopian eunuch, sitting in his chariot, is
reading the same passage, and asks the Evangelist
Philip, “I pray thee, of whom speaketh the prophet
this ? — of himself, or of some other man? Then
Philip opened his mouth and began at the same scrip-
ture and preached unto him Jesus.” Isaiah proceeds
to say, “* All we like sheep have gone astray, we have
turned every one to his own way, and the Lord hath
laid on him the iniquity of us all.”? “He was wounded
for our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities,
the chastisement of our peace was upon him, and by
ATONEMENT. 187
his stripes we are healed.” ‘Turning over the prophets,
the inquirer reads in Daniel, *“ And after threescore
and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off; but not for
himself.”
But He died. Was that the end of Him? Lo, He
rises from the dead; He stands on a mountain with his
friends: “ All power is given unto me, in heaven and
in. earth ; ”
‘““oo ye therefore and teach all nations,
baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the
Son, and of the Holy Ghost.” ‘He that believeth
and is baptized shall be saved, and he that believeth
not shall be damned.’ Is the commission executed ?
His Apostles begin to offer pardon in his name to all
men; ‘ neither,”
say they, “is there salvation in any
other; for there is none other name under heaven
given among men whereby we must be saved.” Has
He appointed any ordinances? One;—it is a memo-
rial of his death, with symbols of his body and blood,
to be observed by all men until his final coming to
judge all mankind at his bar.
But wonder upon wonder succeeds. The new religion
and its friends being persecuted, the chief persecutor,
in the full tide of his career, is arrested by a voice
from heaven, is kindly treated, is made the preéminent
friend and advocate of this Jesus and his religion. He
writes to believers in Rome, and Corinth, Ephesus,
Galatia, Thessaly, and Philippi. Here is a man who
believes something, and positively; he declares this gos-
pel to be essential to salvation, and that any perversion
188 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
of it subjects a man to the curse of God. ‘ Though
we or an angel from heaven preach any other gospel
unto you than that which we have preached unto you,
let him be accursed.” ‘That this might not seem an
ill-considered expression, he repeats it, in the same words.
Some of his converts in Galatia are seduced from the
faith. He writes to them, and first establishes the
proofs ‘of his own apostleship, showing that he received
it directly from Christ, not having seen the other apos-
tles for three years after his conversion; and then he
breaks out: ‘¢ O foolish Galatians, who hath bewitched
you, that ye should not obey the truth, before whose
eyes Jesus Christ hath been evidently set forth, cru-
cified among you.” But he was not literally “ cru-
cified”? in Galatia; he means,— The prominent idea
of my preaching among you was the crucifixion of
Christ; and he goes over the whole ground of salva-
tion, and shows it to be not by merit, but by pardon
and free justification through faith in the suffermgs and
death of the Son of God. He shows how that-Abraham
was justified by his faith; that ‘the Scripture, fore-
seeing that God would justify the heathen through faith,
preached before the Gospel unto Abraham ;” that
‘* Christ hath redeemed us from the curse of the law,
being made a curse for us ;” and thus having expounded
afresh the doctrine of salvation through a suffering
Redeemer in this Epistle, which seems to have been
written expressly for those who had begun to doubt
_ respecting the atonement, he says, ‘Stand fast, there-
a
*, f
ATONEMENT. 189
fore, in the liberty wherewith Christ hath made us
free.” ‘Christ is become of none effect unto you,
whosoever of you are justified by the law.’ —‘ But is
it so, that if we do as well as we can, and worship
God according to the dictates of our consciences, and
continue to be Jews in our practice, we may not be
saved?’ ‘ Not if you know better and disobey,’ he
seems to reply; ‘and now I tell you the way of God
more perfectly. ‘God forbid that I should glory, save
in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ.” ’
The inquirer, we may suppose, is by this time satisfied
as to what constitutes the distinguishing peculiarity of
the Christian system; but, for confirmation, he is pointed
to the Epistle to the Hebrews, where the doctrine is
taken into the hands of a master, who, by the help of
the long age of types and shadows, illustrates and enforces
the doctrine of salvation by the sufferings and death
of the Lamb of God. There ee no writing which
begins in a more elevated strain, and proceeds with a
more majestic march, than this: ‘* God, who at sundry
times and in divers manners spake in time past unto the
fathers by the prophets, hath in these last days spoken
unto us by his Son, whom he hath appointed heir of all
things, by whom also he made the worlds; who, being
the brightness of his glory and the express image of his
person, and upholding all things by the word of his
power, when he had by himself purged our sins, sat
down on the right hand of the Majesty on high; being
-made so,much better than the angels as he hath by
190 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
inheritance obtained a more excellent name than they.”
Then says he, “we see Jesus, who was made a little
lower than the angels for the suffering of death, crowned
with glory and honor; that he by the grace of God
should taste death for every man.” ‘“ For the suffer-
ing of death.” Death, then, was not simply an incident,
nor an accident, of his life, nor merely “the debt of
nature ;”’ but the great purpose of his coming was, to
die. Not so with men; but this Infinite One became
flesh to die. In pursuance of this fundamental truth,
the writer turns the whole sacrificial dispensation, priest,
altar, victim, into a prophecy of this death, and he
makes it the end and fulfilment of the whole, as the
flower or fruit is the accomplishment of a plant’s life,
or, to use his own inspired figure, as an object is thé
fulfilment of its shadow. In that one figure, of the
“shadow,” not used, be it observed, as a_ transient
metaphor, but treated in an exhaustive manner, con-
trary to all rules as to the use of rhetorical figures
when mere expression or rhetoric is the object in the
writer’s mind, he shows that the whole sacrificial system
was a “shadow,” with Christ and his atoning sacrifice
behind it projecting that shadow. The Lamb of God
and his sacrifice were coming; they threw theig
)
fy e
‘‘shadow”’ before them; the shadow was, ,“ sacrifices:
and offerings for sin”; if these were the ‘shadow ”
of “the things to come,”
of course the things to come
were themselves “sacrifice and offering for sin,” since
., —
the ‘** shadow” must duly represent that which | pro-.
jects it. rac
ATONEMENT. 191
It violates the most common laws of interpretation
to a degree which could never be justified in ordinary
speech, to represent the old dispensation as a system
of sensuous observances constructed for the taste and
capacity of a rude people, and Christianity as merely
borrowing illustration from this old scheme to assist the
understanding of the converts. No one can maintain
this theory with any plausible arguments in the face
of the following deliberate, studied declaration of the
reverse: ‘ For Christ is not entered into the holy places
made with hands, which are the figures of the true ;
but into heaven itself, now to appear in the presence
of God for us; nor yet that he should offer himself
often, as the high priest entereth into the holy place
every year with the blood of others; for then must he
often have suffered since the foundation of the world;
but now once in the end of the world hath he appeared
to put away sin by the sacrifice of himself. And as it
is appointed unto all men once to die, but after that the
judgment, so Christ was once offered to bear the sins
of many.”’
With the same particularity, the writer shows that
the high-priest was the “‘shadow’’ of Christ; not that
Christ the * teacher,’ the:**example, * thei *' cuidé,”, 18
presented by bold metaphors in accommodation to the
old system, but that the great official personage of the
old system was ‘“ shadow,” ‘ outline,” thrown forward
by a divine and infinite High Priest who, in the fulness
of time, would atone ahd make intercession for us, ‘ not
192 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
with the blood of others, but ‘ by his own blood.” Not
to quote further on this point, let us merely consider
the literal emphatic assertion of the sufferings and death
of Christ as being instead of sacrifices: ‘* Wherefore,
when he cometh into the world he said, Sacrifices
and offerings and burnt offerings thou wouldest not —
but a body hast thou prepared me.— He taketh away
the first that he may establish the second.— By the
which will we are sanctified through the offering of the
body of Jesus Christ once for all.”
The Apostle Peter speaks of the prophets as ‘* search-
ing what or what manner of time the Sprit of Christ
which was in them did signify when it testified beforehand
he sufferings of Christ and the glory that should follow.”
He tells us we are ‘* redeemed — with the precious blood
of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without
spot.” ‘Who his own self bare our sins in his own
body on the tree: —by whose stripes ye were healed.”
So, as the inquirer turns the pages of the Epistles,
he finds Christ, the atoning Saviour, alluded to in that
common and incidental way which influences the mind
of a candid reader as much as direct assertion. He
began the inquiry with the beloved disciple. He comes
to the last book of the Bible, and finds the same disciple
finishing and sealing his testimony in exile. His book
is full of the Son of God, on the throne of heaven,
worshipped, the crowns of redeemed men at his feet,
swaying the sceptre of universal empire, but still conde-
scending, and saying to every child of Adam: ‘ Behold,
ATONEMENT. 193
I stand at the door and knock; if any man hear my
voice and open the door, I will come in to him, and
will sup with him, and he with me.” But what was
the first impression which the first glimpse of Christ
in heaven made on this seer? “And I beheld, and
lo, in the midst of the throne and of the four beasts,
and of the elders, stood a Lamb as it had been slain.”
Thus we have seen Christ announced to the world,
at his appearing, as the Lamb of God. He was proph-
esied of as such, He declared himself to be such, He
suffered and died, was preached, believed on, loved,
and is adored in heaven, as Lamb of God. He was
“lifted up”? on a cross; He himself uses the double
meaning in that expression to signify his exaltation as
a Saviour, and as the object of universal worship.
It has also appeared in these scriptural representa-
tions of ‘Christ that there is a view of Him, whatever
it may be, which is declared to be essential to salvation.
We must try every thing concerning Christ, therefore,
by this test. This will help us to reduce the number
of systems which are proposed for our acceptance. If
one says of his system, You may believe it or not, and
you will, in any event, be saved ;— he does not speak
like Christ and the Apostles. Honest endeavors in
ignorance are accepted, but knowledge makes unbelief
inexcusable. It will be well to bear this in mind in
all our inquiries.
We have seen that atonement by sacrifice was the
only way, formerly, of forgiving sin; we are expressly
17
194 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
informed that this was so. The following distinguishing
passage makes emphatic mention of this by contrasting
two things—the merely ceremonial, and the expiatory ;
—‘and almost all things are by the law purged with
blood ; and without shedding of blood is no remis-
sion,’ —in which passage the absolute necessity of
blood in atonement is in antithesis to the exceptional
omission of it In mere purifications.
We have seen that Christ is expressly declared to be
substituted for all such things; that he came in their
place, as a thing approaching us supplants its shadow.
We will next consider the nature of the atonement, to
make which, as the fulfilment of all these things, was
the great object of his coming.
dhe
ATONEMENT.
CONTINUED.
pat
oe ?
X.
Pest OnNET Mi GENT <= Cooreiariinrc an ae
ITS NATURE.
e
OME, granting that atoning sacrifices for sin were
a part of the former dispensation, take the ground
that they were adapted to a rude state of society, but
that in the present state of the world sacrifice for sin
is as useless as they declare it to be repugnant.
That Christ directed his Gospel to be preached to
every creature according to the Scriptures of the proph-
ets, for the obedience of faith, among all nations, none
will deny. But now the question arises as to the
nature of the representations made in “the Scriptures
of the prophets’? concerning Christ. If any thing is
palpably true, it is, that the writers of the New Testa-
ment, and Christ himself, are continually referring to
the prophets as being “ fulfilled’? by Him. ‘This were
absurd if those prophets had themselves fulfilled their
design in being outgrown by the age. But when Paul
directs a young Christian minister as to his studies, he
. 17 * .
198 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
places “all Scripture’? before him as still “ profitable,”
“that the man of God may be thoroughly furnished
unto every good work.”
It has been publicly said that “the New Testament
should no more be bound in the same volume with the
Old Testament, than a volume of American History
with that of Herodotus.” Paul was evidently of a
different mind. The Old Testament was not, in his
view, obsolete, for then he would have djrected Tim-
othy to wait for the New Testament before he began
to preach Christ. An exploded system of astronomy
wguld not now be given to students for a text-book,
nor would a guide-book of travel, written before steam-
power came into use, be thought suitable for modern
travellers. All the disesteem and neglect of the Old
Testament which prevail in some quarters at the present
day, are not inappropriate if the ancient sacrifices, and
the fundamental idea in them of atonement for sin,
be outgrown by the world.
Turning to the few last verses of the first chapter
of the Epistle to the Romans, we find Paul describing
the moral condition of the world in his day. We have
in these verses a description of the lands of Plato and
Demosthenes, of Cicero and Seneca. The people of
Greece and Rome surely prove that ‘ culture” cannot
bring men into a state of acceptance with God.
But in this Epistle, Paul tells us that he does not
describe one age, nor one class of men; but that “no
flesh shall be justified’? before God on the ground of
_ ATONEMENT. 199
their works; that “every mouth” may be “stopped,”
“and the whole world become guilty before God.”
God alone can fix the terms of pardon. It is not
for the transgressor against any law to determine
whether he shall be forgiven, nor in what way.
And when God has appointed the way of forgive-
ness, it would be strange if there should not be, as
there are in all other things connected with his admin-
istration over us, some things which are unfathomable.
What relations to the other parts of his empire our
forgiveness may have, we cannot tell,’ but involving,
as it does, the principles of justice and mercy, regard
must of course be had to other interests in the universe
besides our own. The principle which lay at the
foundation of ancient sacrifices was substitution ; — the
victim suffered in place of the sinner. ‘This is called
vicarious atonement, the word being derived from the
Latin word vice, — instead of. When we speak of
the sufferings of Christ being a vicarious atonement,
we mean, they were in the stead of the sinner’s pun-
ishment, and not merely for example and persuasion.
But what proportion is there between the death of
a ram, a lamb, a scape-goat, and sin? . Surely, none;
we are expressly told that the blood of bulls and of goats
could never take away sin; for then, the Apostle says,
they ‘‘ would not have ceased to be offered.” This is
a conclusive proof that they were employed, while they
continued, in connection with the forgiveness of sin,
but were, for some reasons, incomplete, or not in
200 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
themselves efficacious. They were, nevertheless, the
occasion, and one of the terms, of pardon.
Now we come again to the question whether these
sacrifices, and the principle involved in them, of the
substituted suffering of others in the place of the sinner,
were annihilated, no more to come into mind except
as helpful illustrations to people in a transition state
from the “gross practices’’ of sacrifice to the “ higher
culture’’ of a more refined age? All such, phraseology
and the ideas contained in it involve the melancholy
error that we have advanced in morality beyond the
Hebrews, and that human nature now is more refined
and cultivated. Paul, in return, declares that the He-
brews are no ‘“ better”? than the Gentiles. ‘* What then,
are we better than they? No, in no wise; for we have
before proved, both Jews and Gentiles, that they are
all under sin.” His objeet im saying this, which he
insists upon and establishes with such demonstrative evi-
dence, is, to show that all nations and all ages alike
need the principle of vicarious atonement in their inter-
course with God, however superior some may be to
the rest at carving in marble and painting in oils; and
that God deals with them all upon this principle when
He forgives their sins. Instead of its being annihilated,
he shows that the principle of substitution, or vicarious-
ness, was set forth by the use of victims under the
law for the purpose of preparing the world for the
better understanding and higher appreciation of it in
the offerimg up of “the body of Jesus Christ once for
ATONEMENT. 201
all.” We may, if we choose, set aside the Epistles
of Paul as erroneous, or as propounding sentiments
which are obnoxious to what are called the human
instincts, as, for example, that God cannot forgive sin
without an atoning sacrifice; but that Paul declares
Christ and his death to be a fulfilment, the carrying
out, of the principle, applyimg to all times and to all
conditions of men, is manifest, unless he utterly fails
as a master of language by overloading his meaning
with cumbrous metaphors, drawn, too, from that which
some now say is repugnant to the instincts of well-
informed human nature.
But granting that Paul meant to teach that the prin-
ciple of sacrifice for sin was to be perpetual, through
the sufferings and death of Christ (reserving the further
proof of this for another place), How is the death of
Christ an atonement? And what propriety is there in
it? How could his sufferings and death be an equivalent
for the punishment of sin, or a substitution for per-
fect obedience to the law? How is this consistent with
the parental character of God? Do fathers deal with
their children on such a principle? These questions
are continually rising in the thoughts of many in con-
nection with this subject. Let them be considered
candidly and patiently.
The doctrine is this: The suffermgs and death of
Jesus Christ are a substitution for the endless punish-
ment of all who truly believe on Him.
This isa simple proposition. There is no mystery
202 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
in the doctrine until we attempt to inquire into things
connected with it which are not revealed. All which
is essential to salvation is as simple and plain as was
the laying of the sinner’s hand upon the head of
the victim, and offering up the victim’s life, which, by
God’s appointment, was instead of the punishment which
the sinner should have suffered. We cannot view the
scriptural representations of the sufferings and death of
Christ too literally ; mdeed, Jesus Christ is more lit-
erally and more fully a substitution for the sinner than
a victim could ever be; so that instead of feeling jealous
of ourselves lest we strain the emblem and push the
type too far, we ought rather to fear lest we withhold
somewhat from a perfect acceptance of Christ, as, in
all respects, dying for us, redeeming us by his blood.
Let it be repeated, nothing can be more literally a sub-
stitution for another than the sufferings and death of
Christ are for our punishment.
On a hill near Jerusalem, One dies by crucifixion.
That death is the ground on which God has ever par-
doned sm and will pardon it. The “* Lamb,” we are
told, was “slain from the foundation of the world; ” —
the meaning is,—the government of the world began
with the atonement in view; it was administered from
the beginning under the influence of the atonement to
be made by Christ.
Whoever feels that he is a sinner and seeks forgive-
ness, must confess that he is lost and ruined, and he
must ask for pardon on the ground of the’ Saviour’s
ATONEMENT. 203
sufferings and death on his behalf. Doing this, he is
freely and fully forgiven. To illustrate this, we may
take a dying malefactor, who, in despair of all other help,
throws himself upon his Redeemer, even while the fatal
cord is round his neck, or his hands and feet are nailed
to a cross. Believing in that moment in Christ as the
substitute for his endless punishment and the procuring
cause of pardon through his sufferigs and death, the
malefactor receives forgiveness as freely and fully as
he who in health and strength repents, and has a life
before him in which to testify his obligations. Such
is salvation by grace, through faith. This we under-
stand to be the Gospel. It is level to the comprehension
of the dying child; it has mysteries “‘into which angels
desire to look.” It was this which gave all their efficacy
to ancient sacrifices; they derived their value from it,
as truly as a bank note derives its value and currency
from the coin which it represents. Few think of that
coin while they are using the paper note, and fewer
still understand the connection between the two; so it
may have been with many who offered sacrifices, —
they may not have understood clearly their relation to
that which gave those sacrifices their value and efficiency.
But it will be said, “* May we not be allowed to ask,
without being accounted sceptical, and without wish-
ing to intrude into things beyond human knowledge,
how the suffermgs and death of one human being are,
in any sense, an atonement and propitiation for the sin
of the whole world?”
204 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES. —
Is Christ ‘‘a human being” and no more? Now
we shall perceive that the question of his Deity is not
a useless speculation, but that it has infinite importance.
Who is dying upon yonder cross? Should God tell
us that He will accept the sufferings and death of a
mere man as an atonement for sin, we could properly
make no objection. Reason must judge of the evidence
which establishes such a disclosure; but how or why
it could be so, i8 a question which might not be submitted
to our judgment.
We assume that which we have heretofore endeavored
to prove, namely, that the Lord Jesus Christ is Supreme,
underived Deity in one of its incomprehensible distine-
tions, united with a perfect man,—two natures in one
person; and that this one Person made atonement by
voluntarily suffering the death of the cross. Very
many things were contributory to this, such as his
humbling himself to be made flesh, his obedience, his
sufferings; but his dying is the one essential act by
which he atoned for sin.
We rely for proof of this on such passages as these:
“For God so loved the world that he gave his only-
begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should
not perish, but have everlasting life.””—‘“ The Son of
man came not to be ministered unto, but to minister,
and to give his life a ransom for many.”’ ‘ Whom God
hath set forth to be a propitiation through faith in his
blood.” ‘In whom we have redemption through his
blood, even the forgiveness of sins.” ‘* While we were
ATONEMENT. 205
yet without strength, in due time Christ died for the
ungodly.” ‘God commendeth his love toward us in
that while we were yet sinners Christ died for us.”
“ Bemg justified by his blood, we shall be saved from
wrath through him.” He “loved me, and gave him-
self for me.” ‘* Ye were not redeemed with corruptible
things, as silver and gold, — but with the precious blood
of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish.” ‘* Worthy is
the Lamb that was slain ;”—“ Thou art worthy, for
thou wast slain, and hast redeemed us to God by thy blood
out of every kindred, and tongue, and people, and nation.”
The Scriptures enter into no explanations on this
subject. We are told, indeed, that this propitiation was
made “that God might be just and the justifier of him
which believeth in Jesus.” We are everywhere taught
the displeasure of God against sin, and are told that it
was “Jesus that delivered us from the wrath to come ;”’
— that “we shall be saved from wrath through him; ”
that he that believeth in the Son “shall not come into
condemnation.”” And we are constantly assured that
God provided this way of saving us; that it was because
‘¢He so.loved the world;”’ and the contrast is drawn
between man and fallen angels ;— “for verily he took
not on him the nature of angels” (literally, he did
not lay hold of angels), “but the seed of Abraham.”
The sinner is encouraged to approach God, because
‘¢God is in Christ reconciling the world unto himself,
:
not imputing their trespasses unto them;” and it is
said, ‘“‘ having, therefore, brethren, boldness to enter
18
206 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
into the holy of holies by the blood of Jesus, — let
us draw near.”
It is wrong to think of God as implacable, and of
Christ as interposing and prevailing upon Him to let
Him take the sinner’s place; nor are we to think of
Christ as having taken us out of the hands of an angry
Judge, and that to Christ alone we owe our. pardon ;
that God was a stern creditor who needed to be satis-
fied, and that Christ was our true friend who kindly
discharged the claim.
The death of Christ was not the procuring cause
of willingness on the part of God to forgive sin; it
was the means chosen and appointed by God himself
by which it would be consistent for Him to forgive sin.
It is nowhere represented as the object of the atone-
ment to make God willing to pardon.- A great mistake
is often made in so representing it. The Bible, like
other books, employs dramatic representations to impress
the truth most forcibly upon the mind. The second
Psalm, which represents a colloquy between the Father
and the Son, and the tenth of Hebrews, where the Son
addresses the Father, and other well-known instances,
are illustrations of the same thing. But the truth which
underlies all this, is, that “* God so loved the world that
he gave his only-begotten Son.” ‘“ And we have seen
and do testify that the Father sent the Son to be the
Saviour of the world.”
The importance of tliis representation, namely, that
redemption is the work of the Father equally with
ATONEMENT. 207
the Son, is seen when we reflect how singular it would
be, and what a proof of earnest love toward us, for one
at variance with us to go and make arrangements for
reconciliation. Complying with his offered terms of
peace, we could neither say nor feel that he had been
prevailed upon to be reconciled; and therefore we
see, if God provided a way of pardon, that He is “ not
willing that any should perish, but that all should come
to repentance.”’
Nothing is more repugnant to many than the idea
of an “atonement” for sin,—that God should be rep-
resented as needing it in order to forgive; that it
should have consisted in such a dreadful sacrifice, the
surrender of ‘the only-begotten’”’ and ‘“ well-beloved
Son;” that his sufferings and death should be regarded
as an equivalent for the punishment of sinners; and
that the want of personal righteousness should in any
sense be compensated for by the acts of another.
Yet it is not denied that the phraseology of the
New Testament abounds with such representations; and
the explanation of some is, that Jewish writers naturally
fell into that way. of expressing themselves from having
been long addicted to sacrificial observances. It is
said that they could not be expected to abandon those
associations of ideas which were interwoven with their
religious practices; that if they endeavored to lay them
aside they would still tincture their thoughts ;_ their
writings would continue to show the ritualistic school
in which their authors had been trained.
208 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
There is one complete answer to this in the mind
of every one who can understand and appreciate, the
character of the Apostle Paul. No trait in that noble
man is more conspicuous and more wonderful than
his perfect deliverance from all Jewish prejudices and
attachments. Neyer was there an instance, perhaps,
in which the human mind was so completely exorcised
of all denominational bias and of preferences for old,
familiar habits lingering about the mind‘and projecting
their hues upon any subjects which happened to be
in hand. His protestations to those whom he addresses
with regard to. the utter inefficiency of the ancient
sacrifices and ritual observances of every kind in our
approaches to God, show that he did not. still think
in the old channels through invincible attachment. or
even habit. Indeed, we could prove this in another
way. We might confidently ask, Would Paul go to
the Romans and preach Judaism? No more than he
would address them in Hebrew. His doctrine was
that Judaism was superseded by Christianity ; would
he employ the symbols of a system which he was
trying to put aside while seeking to insinuate | the
new religion into those to whom Judaism was abhor-
rent? Yet to the Romans he speaks of the sufferings
and death of Christ precisely as though he were speak-
ing to Jews. So in addressing the Galatians and the
Ephesians, and, which is still more noticeable, the
Corinthians. For we know that Corinth, “the eye
of Greece,” was in Paul’s day the city of lecturers
ATONEMENT. 209
and schools in every department of learning and art,
and that as to all possible forms of pleasure it was the
Paris of the pagan world. But Paul says to the
Corinthians, “ And I, brethren, when I came to you,
came not with excellency of speech or of wisdom, de-
clarmg unto you the testimony of God, for I deter-
mined not to know any thmg among you save Jesus
Christ and him crucified.” In view of such consid-
erations it is difficult to see how an intelligent man
ean think that the New Testament is, in its sacrificial
language, merely an accommodation to ancient and
exploded rites.
Take such a passage as the chapter in Romans which
begins thus: .‘* Therefore, being justified by faith, we
have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ.”
Then it is shown how by one man we fell, and how by
one man we were redeemed; ‘* who was delivered for our
offences, and raised again for our justification.” ‘* Who
is he that condemneth? It is Christ that died”? —
‘‘ When we were enemies, we were reconciled to God
by the death of his Son.””—‘ When we were yet
without strength, in due time Christ died for the
ungodly.” — “ For scarcely for a righteous man will
one die,” —‘ but’? —‘ while we were yet sinners, Christ
died for us.’’ —‘ Being justified by his blood, we shall
be saved from wrath through him.’’— To the Corin-
thians he says, {I delivered unto you first of all that
which I also received, how that Christ died for our
sins, according to the Scriptures.” Think of such
18 *
210 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
things being said in Rome and Corinth, such perpetual
allusions to the death, the sufferings, and the blood
of Christ, if all which the writer meant was the moral
precepts, or the example, or the doctrines, of Christ.
He has professedly repudiated Judaism; he would not
be constantly using, nor obtruding upon his fastidious
hearers, the symbols of the system which had been done
away. And therefore, when we find him constantly
insisting upon the sufferings, the death, the blood of
the Son of God,-as the foundation of pardon and salva-
tion, it must be that it is because these are literally
the ground of acceptance with God, the old system
having been designedly in preparation for it, and the
language of its ritual being still the most impressive
mode of conveying to the human mind vivid conceptions
of the way to be saved.
A modern scheme of ‘ Atonement,’’ which is fre-
quently proposed to explain the scriptural representa-
tions, is this: God is willing to pardon sin upon the
ground of repentance alone. He therefore appointed
Christ to come as his special messenger; and after a
life of spotless purity, and having set a perfect example,
and leaving to the world a perfect system of morals
and instructions concerning the true character of God,
he died in attestation of all, showing thereby his love
to us, and the Father’s love to us, and so assuring us
that God is perfectly willing to pardon gin upon repent-
ance.
This scheme makes the death of Christ merely an
ATONEMENT. 211
incident, though an important one, in his work. Thé
Scriptures evidently reverse this order. It is his death
which has the preéminence. He “came —to give
his life a ransom for many.’ We “have redemption
through his blood, even the forgiveness of sins.” We
‘are sanctified by the offermg of the body of Jesus
Christ once for all.”> He ‘washed us from our sins in
his own blood.” We might fill pages with such phrase-
ology. To call it ‘“‘ metaphor,’’ ‘ accommodation,”
> is not’ to deal with language
‘““mere Jewish phrases,’
as we do in every other case. We always regard the
figurative language of one who is in earnest as indi-
cating an effort to express most vividly and forcibly
the meaning which the figures naturally convey. We
never reject the figurative, impassioned words of a man
as mere metaphor.
Neither does it do justice to the abounding phrase-
ology of Scripture on this subject to say that Christ
died in the cause of mankind, like a patriot, or
martyr. To see this, let us but substitute the name
of Stephen, for example, in passages which speak of .
Christ as dying for us, redeeming us by his blood. All
would at once feel the inconsistency in so doing.
In reply to the representation that an atonement
was necessary to make it consistent for God to pardon,
it is said that instead of being necessary In any way
to enable the divine Ruler to pardon us, it was we who
needed to be reconciled, and therefore the only effect
which the death of Christ was intended to have upon
212 EVENINGS WITH ‘THE DOCTRINES
as, was, to make us willing, not to assist the divine
administration. ‘Be ye reconciled to God.” Hence,
it is said, the atonement is merely an at-one-ment, a
means to persuade us to be reconciled.
The use of the term “reconciled,” by Christ himself,
shows us that it is properly applied to the offending
party when not he, but the offended one, needs to be
satisfied. The argument just quoted is, that God does
not need the atonement, because it is we who are called
upon to be “reconciled” to God. But Christ says to
an offender, in the case of variance with another, — “ if
thy brother hath aught against thee, leave there thy gift
before the altar, and go and be reconciled to thy brother.”
This, be it observed, assumes that to satisfy another 1s
being “reconciled”? to him. Hence we may be said to
be “reconciled to God by the death of his Son”? when
satisfaction is made to God for our offences. In being
“reconciled” to our brother, it is not enough that we
lay aside our enmity,—we must make satisfaction to
him.
But many protest that it is not consistent with proper
conceptions of God to think of Him as needing any thing
to make it suitable for Him to forgive. In saying this,
we assume too much for our finite understanding. God
must tell us whether it is consistent to forgive sin with-
out an equivalent for its penalty. If He requires a
sacrifice, or if He ‘provides one, in order that He may
forgive, He does no more now than when He told
the friends of Job that his wrath was kindled against
ATONEMENT. ci
them, and that they must go to his servant Job, who
would offer sacrifices in their behalf. Let us not be
found prescribing to our Maker on what principles He
shall govern the world. Let not a sinner dictate the
terms and the method of forgiveness. %
But some say that this whole plan of atonement makes
confusion in their conceptions concerning the Godhead.
The Father sends the Son to atone; but the Son is God
equally with the Father and the Holy Spirit.
It may be useful to apply here the remark which was
made in connection with the doctrine of the Trinity, that
instead of wondering that we are confused by any con-
ceptions of God, the wonder should be that the most
simple conception of Him does net discompose our minds.
For there is as much, to say the least, to confound us
in the thought of existence without any beginning, as
there can be in any thing which may be revealed con-
cernng Him. Jf one is troubled by the thought of a
distinction of persons in the Godhead, let him reflect
if it be less overwhelming and distracting to think of
an Infinite God who always was, and of whose being
there can be said to have been no cause. This con-
tradicts all our experience and observation; and there
is nothing within us which answers to it.
We must therefore resort to revelation on this subject.
Finding, as we have endeavored to show in previous
lectures,-that there is that which we call a distinction
in the Godhead, we are certainly assisted by it in see-
ing how an atonement can be made. We refer now
214 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
mere y to our conceptions respecting the subject, and we
say that, if sin could not be forgiven without an atone-
ment, it is difficult to see how an atonement could be
made, which could be in its nature divine, unless there
were some personal distinction in the Godhead. The
idea would, however, be more suitably expressed, if we
say that the personal distinctions in the Godhead make
it seem practicable that a divine atonement should be
made. We do not speculate, nor offer conjectures on
this great mystery of godliness) We are to take the
facts as they appear in the New Testament, which
seem to us to be these, that of the Three who are
One God, One (whether from original causes related
to his divine nature as distinguished from that of the
Two, we cannot tell) acts as Lawgiver, and represents
to our conceptions Gop, without reference to personal
distinctions. That it is a ‘* Person” of the Godhead
who thus acts, has strong confirmation Jin the fact that
the Saviour does not use the word God in addressing
Him, but usually Father; moreover, it is noticeable that
Paul, in speaking of God and Christ in connection
with each other, very frequently adds the word Father
to the word God. He does not speak of “* God and
Christ,” but it is, for example, ‘“‘ God, even the Father,
and our Lord Jesus Christ.” We do not see that the
offices which the Father fills are in consequence of any
original superiority in nature, inasmuch as all divine
attributes, names, works and worship, are ascribed equally
to the Three.
ATONEMENT. 215
The Father being, officially, Gop, for the purposes
of redemption, the Second Person becomes the Re-
deemer, acting in subordination to the Father; and the
Holy Spirit in subordination to both, as the great
administrator in the work of redemption. This per-
sonal distinction makes incarnation practicable, while it
leaves, on the throne of heaven, to our apprehension,
One whom we may still regard as Supreme Deity,
whose law is violated, who makes provision for pardon,
who sends his Son, who receives confession, and
repentance, and submission. We must not say that
redemption could not be made were there but One
Person in the Godhead ; but we do say that the system
of redemption which is thus represented in the Scrip-
tures as employing the Sacred Three is to our minds
infinitely sublime, as well as beautifully appropriate,
awakening in us every affecting and ennobling senti-
ment of which our nature is capable. It must not be
forgotten that in saying this we do not speculate ; we
do not insist that things must be as they are, and
that they cannot be otherwise ; but we take them as
they appear to us in the Bible, and we see in them
the “depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowl-
edge of God.”
And we certainly go very far beyond our measure
when we think to show how it is, in the nature of
things, that the suffermgs and death of Christ are the
most appropriate method of making an atonement for
sin. No doubt they are so, or something better would
216 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
have been employed; but, alas! for our presumption,
if we think to sit in judgment upon the. divine plan,
pronouncing either that the scheme is imperfect, or,
on the other hand, that it is, becawse we so judge, the
best which could be devised.
Though we cannot say, from our own power of
comparison and judging, that this method of atonement
was, in the nature of things, the best which was pos-
sible, we see reasons for regarding it as infinitely wise
and. good.
He who becomes the Redeemer “ was in the begin-
ning with God, and was God.” This lays the foundation
for confidence; it makes men feel that ‘ their Redeemer
e . na 99
is mighty ;
whatever He promises and undertakes is
guaranteed by his infinite strength, with which all other
divine attributes associate themselves to fulfil all the
good pleasure of his will. Men readily pray to Him;
in moments of shipwreck and sudden fear, for example,
it is perfectly natural to call on Christ for help; and
this without any process of reasoning going beforehand,
but because the Saviour has already commended him-
self to the confidence of the soul through the revela-
tions made in the Bible respecting his Godhead.
If such a Being goes to the cross for us, we feel
that there is in his view an importance in our salvation
warranting his interposition; if He interposes, we feel
that an adequate provision is made for our necessities,
and, moreover, that He is able to carry into effect his
desion on our behalf.
ATONEMENT. m P17
We also feel that not only are our interests regarded
and, provided for, but, which we perceive to be more
important, the divine character and the interests of
the divine government are most fully considered. For
this Redeemer is not one who, touched with sympathy,
has interfered to save us without due regard to other
interests; He is God, and will take care that the
divine glory and all the interests of the universe are
included when He acts in behalf of one portion of his
creatures. If He has seen it wise and good thus to
become our Saviour, it must be that He himself will
be honored by it, and therefore that it will promote the
happiness and welfare of other beings, so that forming a
part of the great plan of divine government, we perceive ©
that our salvation through this Divine Mediator, in
union with the Father and the blessed Spirit, is and
must necessarily be a plan in which the Godhead is
engaged, and if so, man, the sinner, becomes an object
of divine regard to a degree which exalts him to a
condition far above that from which he fell.
Compare with this, as a foundation for confidence
and joy, the sinner’s own consciousness of being sorry
for sin and his trust in the general or even specific
promises of pardon to the penitent, which promises,
his conscience tells him, he forfeits every day by
imperfection and sin. We need some ground of hope
and confidence out of ourselves. Our repentance and |
our purposes of reformation, and our endeavors after
goodness, are no sufficient ground for peace and com-
19
918 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
fort; they are rather like a sand-hill to the feet of
the weary. But this train of remark is related to
the subject of repentance as a supposed ground of
pardon and salvation, which is a topic of sufficient
importance to be considered by itself, inasmuch as
the acceptableness of repentance alone without atone-
ment is the theory which is most generally main-
taimed by those who reject the sacrifice of Christ.
A few things will be stated here on which there is not
room to dwell.
Pardon and justification are not synonymous. says Paul to the Corinthians,
““T delivered unto you,’
“first of all, that which I also received, how that
Christ died for our sins according to the Scriptures.”
On reading the Bible, passages without number occur
which accord with the idea of atonement for sin by
the sufferings and death of Jesus Christ; and to inter-
pret them as referring to example, teachings, kind
interest in our behalf, and the mere loss of life as a
consequence of steadfastly adhering to the truth, or to
mere benevolence, makes the Bible false to the rules of
good writing, and to the ordinary laws of language.
The deeply seated principle in human nature which °
makes it look for and crave atonement for sin, and
which has showed itself in the offering of sacrifices in
every nation at some period of its history, interprets
the language of the Bible in accordance with the idea
of atonement as a satisfaction to justice.
In reply to the feeling that such a sacrifice for sin
implies too much consideration for such a world as. this,
we have only to think of the capacity for endless joy
and sorrow in one immortal soul, and we shall find
cause to reflect whether any thing which God can
do for man is disproportioned or excessive. Besides,
though taking place on this little earth, we know not
how far in the universe the influence of the atonement
may extend. This earth may be to the universe that
which one battle field, or even a bridge successfully
defended, has been to empires.
240 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
Whoever Christ was, and whatever his death was
intended to effect, all that He was and is, and all that
He did, was for every individual, as well as for the
race, and all this is as necessary for the redemption and
salvation of one as of the race. ‘The principles of the
divine government would be as really violated in the
pardon of one without atonement, as in the pardon of
all. ‘He tasted death for every man.” ‘That was
the true leht which lighteth every man that cometh
into the world.” The Sun which ripens the products
of one field must be, as it is, ninety-six millions of
miles from the earth, the plane of the ecliptic must
‘be at just such a slope, to ripen those fruits, as though
it had only that work to do for one husbandman. The
Sun is all his, the sweet influences of the heavens are
all his, as though he alone were the “object of provi-
dential care. Thus the Apostle says of Christ: ‘ He
loved me and gave himself for me.”
But the death of Christ, sufficient for all men, had
special reference to his covenanted people. If some
were given to Him that He might give them eternal
life, He must have had a design in dying for them which
He had not in dying for Judas. He had not the same
zeal to die for his chosen and for those who, He knew,
would reject Him and have their condemnation aggra-
vated by His death. The atonement is sufficient for
all, but its design may be learned from its result, which
is, the salvation of God’s elect.
XII.
ELECTION.
21
dd ldie
ELECTION.
4 eae subject is confessedly a great deep. When we
come to consider the secret purposes of the infinite
God, modesty and humility are preéminently becom-
ing in those who know so little of themselves. All
which we can know of the subject is, of course, the
little which God has been pleased to communicate. So
that if we venture to speculate upon such premises, we
are at once in danger of stepping beyond our province
and becoming the counsellors of an Infinite and sover-
eion will.
Far better is that frame of mind which leads one to
place not only his eternal destiny, but his will also in
the hands of God to be directed as He shall please, than
that feeling of jealousy lest God encroach upon our lib-
erty which makes us try to prescribe the operations
of the Most High.
But the Bible is as careful to guard the liberty of man
as the sovereignty of God; for, unless man be a free
agent, God has no government over minds differing from
244 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
his government of the planets. ‘There is an essential
difference between the two. To govern free, intelligent
minds, — doing all his pleasure, and causing his counsel
to stand, while the subject of his government is per-
fectly accountable, is the crowning glory of the divine
administration. Now, there is that in the soul of man
with which God never interferes; He never makes one
feel that he is crushed, or made to act against his will.
In all his dealings with us as accountable creatures,
there is an evident purpose on the part of God to make
every one feel that he is wholly responsible for his future
salvation or perdition. There can be nothing in any
scriptural doctrine inconsistent with this, and any teach-
ings of men which are contrary to it, are not true.
No devout mind can entertain the least prejudice
against the doctrine of Election when properly under-
stood ; but misapprehensions and caricatures of the doc-
trine fill many with alarm and horror.
- The exercise of God’s free and sovereign grace in
the conversion and salvation of a part of mankind, is
the only alternative to the endless sin and misery of the
whole. Election, or electing and saving grace is, there-
fore, the exercise of infinite wisdom and mercy.
Kivery one who is saved will owe his recovery from
sin and his eternity in heaven to Election, that is, to the
purpose of God from all eternity to save him.
Now, if Election is the necessary antecedent in the
redemption of a multitude which no man can number,
if every human being who escapes the second death
ELECTION. 245
will ascribe this salvation to Election, it should not,
surely, be viewed with suspicion and hatred. What
evil hath it done ?
There will be no objection to any good which it may
do; but the reply is, It is partial; it saves a part and
leaves others, no worse than they, to perish. Not
only so, it is alleged that ‘it prevents the salvation
of a large part of mankind. None can, of course, be
saved but the elect. They will be saved, do what
they may; and others, do what they may, will perish.’
Never was there a greater misunderstanding of any
truth.
It is not true that the elect will be saved, do what-
ever they may, nor that the rest will perish, do what
they may.
This will be made to appear in the proper place. Let
it merely be observed here, that Election, instead of
being our enemy, with an austere, forbidding look, is our
friend. It is the heart and hand of a Redeemer effect-
ing the salvation of every one who will finally be saved,
and leaving those who are not saved, in no worse a
condition than though none were saved.
The doctrine of Election involves the following
truths, namely :
1. All men if left to themselves will continue to
sin and therefore will perish.
2. God has resolved that he will rescue a part of
mankind from perdition by persuading and enabling
them to do their duty.
21 *
246 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
3. His influence on those who are saved is in perfect
consistency with their freedom.
4. No injustice is done to those who are left, salva-
tion is consistently offered to them, and their state is
no worse than though all, like them, had perished. )
5. God purposed from all eternity to do that which
He has actually done and is to do.
If these things can be shown to be true, this doc-
trine, so far from being obnoxious to prejudice, is a
proper cause for thanksgiving and adoration.
Without burdening our memories with the foregoing
propositions, let us proceed to inquire whether they are
scriptural.
That all men left to themselves would persist in sin
and perish, is proved by the inefficacy of means, in
themselves, to convert the soul.
For suppose that there were an inherent efficacy in
truth, afflictions, mercies, public judgments, warnings,
and personal entreaties, to withdraw men from sin
and to renew the heart. It would follow that if we
could only bring a sufficient amount of such influences
to bear upon the sinner, he would necessarily be con-
verted. It would be as it is-with powder in blasting, —
while a small quantity fails of any effect, a proper
amount breaks the rock in pieces. Very few in Chris-
tian lands, to say the least, would be left unconverted,
certainly very few children of truly Christian parents,
or hearers of faithful, evangelical preaching. Imagine
a juryman listening to an argument from the bar for
ELECTION. DAT
the length of time that he has heard the Gospel preached
without yielding himself to its power. The thing is
impossible. In every thing but religion appropriate
means, suitably used, succeed. While God is, never-
theless, pleased to exercise his grace through the use
of means on our part, and while this is the ordinary
rule, and we are therefore encouraged to use them, we
are made to feel that where they are followed with
success, their efficacy is not in themselves but in God.
alone.
The Bible declares the utter inefficacy of means in
themselves to change the heart. “But the natural
man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God, for
they are foolishness unto him; neither can he know
them, because they are spiritually discerned.” ‘ Be-
cause the carnal mind is enmity against God; for it
is not subject to the law of God, neither indeed can
be.”? ‘* Peter answered and said unto him, Thou art
the Christ, the Son of the livmg God. And Jesus
said unto him, Blessed art thou, Simon Barjona, for
flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but
my father which is m heaven.” ‘No man can come
unto me except the Father which hath sent me, draw
him.” —‘* Which were born not of blood, nor of the
will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God.”
The appointment of the Holy Ghost, the third person
in the Godhead, to regenerate men, and the assignment
to Him of this work, to be as peculiarly his as the atone-
ment is the work of Christ, leads us to believe that
248 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
man can no more regenerate himself than he can atone
for his sins.
God has purposed from eternity, that he will inter-
pose and rescue some from perdition.
““These words spake Jesus and lifted up his eyes to
heaven and said — Father — glorify thy Son ;—as thou
hast given him power over all flesh that he should give
eternal life to as many as thou hast given him.” “ Ye
have not chosen me, but I have chosen you, and
ordained you, that ye should go and bring forth
fruit ;’? —‘*for without me ye can do nothing.” ‘ And
when the Gentiles heard this they were glad and
glorified the name of the Lord; and as many as were
ordained to eternal life, believed.”?” ‘And we know
that all things work together for good to them that
love God; to them who are the called according to
his purpose. For whom he did foreknow, he also did
predestinate to-be conformed to the image of his Son.”
“Elect according to the foreknowledge of God the
Father, through sanctification of the Spirit and_ belief
of the truth.”
It is said by some that this foreknowledge and choice
on the part of God had reference merely to national
arrangements, —to the bestowal of the Gospel on one
people and not on another. But if God has commanded
that the Gospel be “*made known to all nations for
the obedience of faith,”? those who adopt the foregoing
interpretation cannot, on their premises, show that one
nation is ‘elected according to the foreknowledge of
o
ELECTION. 249
God the Father,” more than another. Besides, if it
were so, this would only be a removal further back
of the difficulty in election. For why is it less partial
for God to elect one nation to receive the Gospel, than
one individual? Such “election” of a nation will
result in the salvation of a great multitude, while the
nation not “elected” will not be saved. In which case
there is as much ground for suspicion of partiality as
there could be in the case of diye ‘ election.’
There can be no objection to individual ‘ election,’
unless it interferes with the freedom of the individual, or
does injustice to others.
That it does not necessarily interfere with the freedom
of the individual, may be shown by such analogies as
these. God has decreed, we will say, that there shall
be a crop of wheat in yonder field. No one would
venture to say, ‘If God has decreed that the wheat
shall grow there, it will certainly grow, let the husband-
men do as they please.’ No, for if the grain is decreed,
so is the planting, and the necessary tillage. Such, to
be consistent, ought also to say, ‘If the passengers and
crew in Paul’s ship were destined to be saved, they
would have been saved, do whatever they pleased.’ But
this was not so; for though Paul had told the ship-
master and all on board, that he had had a divine revela-
tion, and ‘there shall not a hair of your head perish,’
yet when he saw the men letting down the boat to escape,
he said, ‘Except these abide in the ship, ye cannot be
saved.’
250 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
If we are elected, it is also ‘elected’ or decreed that
we shall be perfectly voluntary in our repentance and
faith ; that we shall act as of our own accord.
Here, some make a great mistake who strive to explain
the consistency between these two things, attempting to
show how it is that man works out his salvation while
God works in him both to will and to do. No metaphy-
sical explanations can make this plain. It is far the best
way to prove both of these things, and then leave the
explanation of their consistency as something beyond
our reach. We may prove that they coéxist, that God
has foreordained whatsoever comes to pass, and that man
knows himself to be perfectly responsible for his actions.
We never doubt this in the ordinary affairs of life ; for
example, we make no question that a political cabinet
is perfectly free as to any consciousness of supernatural
control, in making war or peace, at the same time that
the God of nations is ruling in those affairs, that his
counsel will stand, and that He will do all his pleasure.
It is no misfortune surely, in any respect, that God
foreknows every thing, though the objections of some to
his election of those who are to be saved, and his having
any thing to do with the question who are to be saved,
would lead us to feel that it would be more just if God
would be ignorant of some things. We prefer to have
One on the throne who cannot be disappointed nor sur-
prised by any sudden turn of affairs, who cannot be
countermined by the ingenuity of his enemies, and whose
plans, instead of being shaped by what his creatures
ELECTION. 951
will do, shape their plans for them, in perfect consistency
‘with their utmost freedom.
But the great difficulty on this subject lies in the
consistency of promises and threatenings, and the full
and free offers of salvation to all men, with the secret
purposes of God to overcome the opposition of only a
certain number. It is asked how we can reconcile those
secret purposes with the unconditional and unrestricted
calls upon men everywhere to repent. Rather than
believe in this alleged inconsistency on the part of God,
many prefer to believe that there are no acts of election,
that nothing is fixed beforehand with regard to the ques-
tion whether one or another shall be made willing to
repent ; but that every individual receives the offer of
pardon, and God, foreseeing how he will treat it, decides
accordingly with regard to his future condition. All
this proceeds, no doubt, from a sincere desire to preserve
the liberty of the individual, and to secure for a preacher
the greatest freedom in offering salvation to men, —
which it is said no one can offer if he believes that it
is already determined who shall be saved.
To this it may be replied that since no one will be
saved who does not repent and believe, and since no
one in repenting and believing is conscious of any inter-
ference with his perfect freedom of choice and act, and
since neither preacher nor hearer knows who, if any, in
- the congregation are chosen to salvation, the preacher
has nothing to do but make proclamation of the Gospel,
and treat his hearers as God treats them, as responsible
?
258 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
and free. If they are converted it will be in the exercise
of their constitutional powers of thinking and reasoning
and feeling; those powers are stimulated through the
action of one human mind upon another, presenting
motives; this, as the channel of his influence, God has
ordained, as truly as he has ordained pistils and stamens -
and pollen in flowers as the means of fulfillmg his pur-
poses in the fructification and propagation of plants.
But it pains many to think that God offers salvation
to those from whom he has purposed to withhold that
grace which alone can make them accept it.
Before replying to this, let us ask ourselves, Are we
not all at liberty to accept or to reject the offers of God,
as we choose? Wherein consists the inability of any
hearer of the Gospel to go from the house of God to his
chamber and there yield himself up to God? Is there
any more power implied in doing’ this, or inability in
not doing it, than if one of the two parties were an
earthly parent, or master, instead of God? If it be
true that no one will do this unless God constrains him,
is it not owing wholly to the force of his disinclination ?
And if so, who is responsible for it save the sinner
himself? The greater such inability, the greater the
cuilt.
’ We are always instructed and greatly satisfied with
regard to this subject on listening to the prayer, after
sermon, of one who has been repudiating the idea of
election while calling upon his hearers at once to repent
of their sins and accept Christ.’ “* Lord,” he says, ‘“* we
=
ee —————————— EE
ELECTION. Zoe
have done as thou hast commanded, and yet there is
room. All has been said which we can say to convince
and to persuade; but such is the blindness and hardness
of our hearts that unless Thou interpose, all will be in
vain. Now, Lord, stretch forth thy hand to save; open
their eyes, change their hearts, make them willing in
the day of thy power.’ So prays the fervent, zealous
opposer of Election, and no believer in the doctrine
does any more. Prayer after sermon is out of place,
when the object of its petitions is a blessing upon the
Word, unless we feel that Paul may plant and Apollos
water, but God giveth the increase; but if this be so,
there is nothing in the doctrine of Election inconsistent
with prayer. The doctrine of Election is a greatly
injured friend. It represents God as doing just that
which every lover of souls beseeches God to do when
all reasoning and persuasion appear to be utterly in vain.
But we will meet the difficulty in the most explicit
manner. As to any injustice toward those who are not
made willing to repent,let us suppose the following
case: A teacher is remonstrating with some pupils, in cir-
cumstances where remonstrance seems the only suitakle
means of influencing them. Everything is said which
a reasonable being would think necessary to effect the
purpose, or to make resistance inexcusable. All is in
vain. ‘There is a unanimous rejection of the teacher’s
endeavors. In a private way he calls one and another
to him, one by one, and plies him with further consider-
ations, appeals to things in his private history and cir-
22
254 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
cumstances, and he gains the submission of a number.
This is followed by some great advantage, which makes
these few the objects of envy. Now let us imagine the
obstinate and persevering part of the company drawing
near to upbraid the teacher, saying, ‘ Had you employed
further influences with us, we too might have yielded.
You were partial. On you be the blame of our loss.’ —
They would be justly scorned for their impertinence.
The teacher did all for them which as reasonable beings
they could properly ask or expect. He sincerely desired
the submission of all. It might have been as easy
for him to have subdued them all, one by one, as to have
secured the assent of the few. He exercised ‘ sover-
elenty,” “election,” in what he did. He did not hate
any, he did not prefer their continued rebellion, though he
chose not to interpose with them all, but to leave some
under the influences of truth, reason, and their con-
sciences. True, he saw that no one would turn without
some special act on his part; but this did not make
them less criminal; it rather illustrated their guilt; nor
did it abate their accountableness, nor his righteousness.
If it be said that the foreknowledge of God makes the
case wholly different between Him and sinners, we reply,
Would we have God ignorant as to the results of his
conduct, in order to save his consistency in his offers ?
The difficulty is as great in supposing God not to know
who will accept or reject his proposals, as in the present
case, which but in part illustrates our subject.
One of the most injurious and dishonorable views of
ELECTION. 255
the divine government is that which seems to represent
God as doing the best He can against sin, as against
an unexpected adversary. It seems, according to some
representations of the divine character and conduct, as
though God would look upon the redeemed at last and
congratulate himself that He had succeeded so well,
better perhaps than He feared, though still there are
multitudes who have disappointed Him and have not
been won. This theory makes the Most High an object
of pity. He has been invaded by an adversary, who
has disputed his throne; He gains a partial success,
but the killed, the wounded, and the missing are fearfully
numerous, to his great disappointment and loss. This |
cannot be. We cannot fully revere one whom we pity.
We prefer to place every man, angel and devil, with
every holy and sinful act, and the eternal happiness or
“misery of every one of us, in the hands of an infinitely
wise and powerful God, and pray that He would order
every thing with a view to the highest interests of his
universal kingdom, knowing as we do that ‘He is
excellent in power, and in judgment, and in plenty of
justice.” We would make God supreme, and not
the creature; and if there be conflicting theories with
regard to the divine government, we incline to that
which exalts God. We must make our thoughts and
feelings on this subject chord with the tone-note of
such passages as these: ‘* My counsel shall stand, and
I will do all my pleasure.” ‘ But our God is in the
heavens; He hath done whatsoever He pleased.”
256 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
‘¢ And all the inhabitants of the earth are reputed as
nothing; and He doeth according to his will in the
army of heaven, and among the inhabitants of the
earth, and none can stay his hand, or say unto Him,
What doest thou?” ‘* Whatsoever the Lord pleased,
that did He in heaven, and in earth, in the seas, and
all deep places.”
The idea that God elected some because He foresaw
that they would repent, is not sustained when we con-
sider that God could not foresee any thing which was
not certain, and that nothing but God’s decree makes
it certain. For there can be only two causes of cer-
tainty ;— the thing itself, or God’s purpose. A future
thing cannot be the cause of its own existence, for that
implies existence before the thing exists. If a thing
can be the cause of its becoming future, then it might
exist of itself, and there is no Great First Cause of
all things. God cannot foreknow that a thing will
exist, until it is certain that it will exist. Hence, speak-
ing after the manner of men, the decree of God must be
prior to his foreknowledge. He foreknew all things which
would come to pass, by foreknowing his purposes.
How did God foreknow that one soul would be
saved as a consequence of the Saviour’s death? that
the whole plan would not be a failure? If it were
dependent on human choice, it might follow that
Christ would not see of the travail of his soul in one
convert. Can we suppose that the Almighty Ruler
would thus leave his great plans contingent upon the
ELECTION. yay (
choice and conduct of his creatures? We perceive
that this was not so, if we consider the express decla-
ration of the Apostle Peter, in which, with fearless
disregard of cavil and utter forgetfulness of all seeming
contradiction, he represents the Jews as fulfilling the
purposes of God in the crucifixion of Christ: “Him
being delivered by the determinate counsel and fore-
knowledge of God, ye have taken, and with wicked hands
have crucified and slain.’’ ‘For of a truth,” said the
assembled Church, on a memorable occasion, “ against
thy holy child Jesus, whom thou hast anointed, both
Herod and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles, and the
people of Israel, were gathered together, for to do
whatsoever thy hand and thy counsel determined before
to be done.” This scriptural way of treating divine
decrees and free agency is surely safe — namely, to
believe them both, and to leave out of view all question
as to their consistency. ‘The wicked are charged with
guilt in fulfilling God’s purposes in their voluntary
transgression, while all merit is taken away from faith
by saying of it,—‘‘and that not of yourselves, it is
the gift of God.” “The Lord hath made all things
for himself, yea even the wicked for the day of evil.”
Not one more, not one less, will be saved than God
purposed. At the same time, in every case, ‘the
work of a man’s hands shall he render unto him, and
cause every man to find his own way.”
It is important to bear in mind that the decrees of
God are not the rule of our duty. It must of necessity
22, *
258 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
be that God shall have his plans and purposes. It is
no misfortune to Himself nor to us, that He is all-wise
and almighty. But while God is sovereign, and while
nothing can arise to disappoint Him, it is equally true
that every man has his choice, and will ‘eat the fruit
of his own ways and be filled with his own devices.’ It
is no more decreed whether each of us shall be saved
or lost, than it is whether or not we shall spend the
coming night in the places where we now are;— we
shall no more fulfil a purpose of God by spending
eternity in heaven or hell, than by being found here
or elsewhere at midnight. We are as free to choose
and to act in one case as in the other.
We, conclude that the two things are true— God’s
electing purposes, and man’s perfect free agency. One
is as true as the other. In a moral government, one
is as important as the other. The two things exist
together, not only in religion, but in planting, and study-
ing, and in commerce. But the consistency of the two
things is called in question only in religion. God may
justly condemn every objector out of his own mouth;
for why do we cavil at divine agency in connection with
the voluntary conduct of men in religion, when we
believe in it and fully admit it in every thing else per-
taining to human conduct ?
It is asked, ‘Why does not God save all men by
choosing them? He does this for some, He could easily
do it for all. It would be so beneficent, and it is so
easy, as we see in the case of those who are chosen
ELECTION. 259
and called, that the wonder is why all are not made
willing ?’ |
Two answers are given to this question, and they
mark respectively two opposite systems.
One theologian says, ‘God cannot convert all men,
any more than he can make two and two five, or create
mountains without a valley between them. We do not,
in saying this, limit his power; He has himself chosen
to. be governed by laws, and there are laws which abso-
lutely prevent Him from converting all men. Some
sin and resist i such ways and to such degrees that
God cannot consistently overcome their opposition. He
judged best from all eternity to leave some to them-
selves who should oppose his efforts for their good with
certain kinds or degrees of resistance.’
To this many objections may be made.
One is, It makes conversion, or the bestowment of
special grace, somewhat merited on the part of those
who are converted. It represents God as trying all
men up to a certain point with the question whether
they would submit to Him, and then deciding their
future condition by the degrees of their opposition or
the readiness of their submission. ‘ But,” says the :
apostle to the Thessalonians, “‘we are bound to give
thanks always to God for you, brethren, beloved of the
Lord, because God hath from the beginning chosen you
to salvation through sanctification of the Spirit and belief
of the truth.”? Again, another says, “ Elect, according
to the foreknowledge of God the father, through sancti-
260 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
fication of the Spirit, unto obedience and sprinkling of
the blood of Jesus.”’ ;
Then, again, it makes the choice of God depend
wholly on one thing, leaving out of view the wide range
of considerations on the part of God which would make
the salvation of one soul more illustrative than another
of important principles, and more influential in his goy-
ernment of others.
But the followmg answer to the question, Why God
does not secure the salvation of all men by overcoming
their opposition to Him, is to be preferred, namely,
God, for infinitely wise reasons, does not choose to do
so. He prefers, in certain cases, not to interfere with
the sinner’s chosen course of rebellion. Enough is done
to convince and persuade him, in the ordinary means
of religious instruction, if he will yield his criminal
aversion to God. But God does not, in certain cases,
see fit to interpose.
If this be not so, why did not God interpose and
prevail over Pharaoh, and Saul, and Rehoboam? why
did he not prevent the revolt of the Ten Tribes? This
leads to questions about the existence of moral evil,
where we soon lose ourselves, and our wisdom is turned
to folly. But it is no part of wisdom to assign a reason
which dishonors God, for the sake of accounting for
any thing which may after all be inscrutable. “ Even
so Father, for so it seemed good in thy sight,” said the
Saviour in view of God’s sovereign choice. We do
not assign reasons for this choice; we only say that
ELECTION. 261
there are reasons for it in God’s unrevealed purposes
and plan, and that the sinner does not himself limit
or control the power and grace of God by his obedience
or disobedience, in any such way as to interfere with
the perfect sovereignty of God.
We may safely ask any unconverted man if he has
not, thus far, had his own secret choice; whether he
has felt himself to be debarred from opportunities to be
at peace with God, and whether, in short, he has not
obtained as much in religion as he has ever desired or
endeavored to possess.
It is not so with regenerate men. Their language is,
‘My soul followeth hard after thee.’ The panting
heart, the thirsty land, are emblems of believing souls.
We shall obtain our wishes in this respect; every man
will “find his own way;”’ but no doubt the unrea-
sonable complaint at last of many will be, that God
suffered them to have their own choice. But as- rational
creatures they were perfectly capable of choosing for
themselves, and ‘“reprobation”’ will consist simply in
abandoning some to their chosen way, our decisions,
all unconsciously to ourselves, coming out at last in
perfect accordance with the eternal purposes of God. —
To change the strain of such remarks, — We can
readily perceive what perfect joy it must be to feel that,
if -we are believers, God has, from the beginning,
chosen us to salvation, through sanctification of the
Spirit and belief of the truth.
REGENERATION. Ve
for vicious indulgence is at once and wholly destroyed,
when regeneration takes place. A remarkable and well
attested illustration of this may be found in Doddridge’s
Life of Col. Gardner. There are many well known
cases of the same kind in modern times, and among
inebriates. It is an error to speak of ‘eradicating a
propensity ;’ this cannot take place in this world except
by unnatural violence done to the human system. The
law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus sets us free
from the body of sin and death, in proportion as that
law gets ascendency. ‘Our lusts its wondrous power
controls.” But in most cases the warfare continues
through life; yet instead of being a proof of unregen-
eracy, as some, dismayed by temptation, conclude, it is
a proof that a work of grace has begun, and is making
progress in the soul.
This change is denoted by Christ as being “ born of
water and of the Spirit.” Zo be born of any thing,
is to partake of, and to represent, the nature of that
thing. ‘Born of light,’ is a phrase to denote truth,
transparency of character ; ‘born of contention,’ indi-
cates disquiet and disagreement; ‘born of water’ ex-
presses the idea of being radically cleansed, and to be
‘born of the Spirit,’ is to receive a radical change by
the influence of the Holy Spirit. To ‘be born of
water and of the Spirit,’ therefore, is to have a radical
change, the character, and the source, of it being indi-
cated by the terms water, and the Spirit.
This change is permanent;—as permanent as the
24
278 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
natural creation of the soul itself; this moral reno
vation can no more become annihilated than the soul
itself. The proofs of this will be presented under an-
other subject.
But it may be observed here, that few things are of
greater practical importance. The question whether a
real change of heart is necessarily and always permanent,
has a very great influence on Christian character and
happiness.
While no new powers and faculties are implanted in
the soul, this change makes a man capable of things of
which he was morally incapable before. Distaste of sin,
love of holiness, both from a perception of their respective
natures, and not merely with a view to their consequences,
delight in God, the love of holy pleasures and pursuits,
new governing motives and ends in life, are the fruits of
this change.
But there is constant resistance in the soul to this
new principle. Life now is a conflict. Two streams
tending opposite ways now frequently meet; before, the
current of the soul ran one way. Hence, the stronger
the resistance between the new nature and the old, the
more manifest is the proof that regeneration is asserting
itself, though the subject of the conflict is ready to con-
clude that he can never have been renewed. With the
mind he serves the law of God; with the flesh, the law
of sin; but the result, on the whole, is victory, though
every hour, if judged according to his works, he would
utterly fail of justification, and he needs continually the
righteousness which God has provided in Jesus Christ.
REGENERATION. 29
Regeneration is the work of God. Man is active in
the change, he is not conscious of any supernatural
power, he cannot distinguish the operations of the Spirit
from his own thoughts and feelings. But every one
who is regenerated, is ‘born not of blood, nor of the
will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God.’
It is not mere help given to deficient, but almost com-
petent, streneth, in the sinner while trying to do his
duty ; from first to last it is the sovereign work of God ;
He takes the first step; every thing in the soul is natu-
rally averse to God, and it is overcome and changed by
divine power, all, however, in perfect but mysterious
consistency with the freedom and entire responsibility
of the soul itself. True, there is in man a love of hap-
piness, and this is made use of, appeals are made to it,
but of itself it never leads man to God, notwithstanding
the sure conviction that sin will be followed by endless
misery.- There is no passion in the human soul which
man will not, at some time, indulge at the risk of life ;
in like manner, eternal life is placed at jeopardy in the
pursuit of sin. There is no claim which a fellow man
would need to urge so long and so strenuously, by a
ten thousandth part, as ministers urge the claims of God
upon the human soul, where they have labored in vain.
No man ever repents of his sins and turns to God but
by divine power. He who is capable of loving and of
discriminating between good and evil, and has a perfect
appreciation of duty and justice, and of claims upon his
gratitude, is nevertheless totally averse to the just claims
280 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
of God upon him; and this is not owing, therefore, to
any inability which makes him excusable, but to a want
of in¢élination; so that instead of his inability being an
excuse, the guilt is in proportion to the mability ; hence,
he who is most unable, is under the greater condemna-
tion, if, indeed, there could be degrees in an inability
which is everywhere total, or in the lost condition of
one who is ‘ condemned already.’
While all this is true, Regeneration, as the gift of
God, is obtainable by every one.
Here we will confine ourselves to the simple repre-
sentations of the Bible, and to the analogy of human
experience in common things.
We everywhere find in the Bible appeals made to
men, in the form of commands, invitations, entreaties,
expostulations; their hopes and fears are addressed ;
their love of happiness, their dread of pain, their sense
of duty, their shame, are appealed to with a view to
convince them of sin and persuade them to repent.
The consistency of this with the alleged utter inability
of man to act without divine power first moving him
to do his duty, has always been the subject of discussion,
and it probably always will be while human nature
remains the same. One obvious consideration is of
service in this connection. ‘The power of God may be
equally great and sovereign in influencing the human
mind and in starting one of the orbs of heaven in its
career; but this power is evidently far more different
in the two cases than the power which makes a planet |
OO
REGENERATION. 281
move is from that which makes the corn to grow or
a bird to fly. In both these cases, established laws
exist, regulating growth or action, and God, who appointed
those laws, observes them. But in causing a soul to act
agreeably to his will, He brings a nature into. existence,
with its established laws; He falls in with them; and
instead of compelling obedience, involuntarily, He treats
men as free agents, influences them through consider-
ations, and makes them willing. Because He does
this, some say He cannot and does not exercise any
sovereign control over the mind. But they who say
this do not consider that to influence and govern a will
is not in the nature of things the same as to govern a
cloud or storm. If the will of a free agent is governed,
it will be governed in the use of motives. It is true
that in using these motives in regeneration a power is
exerted to make them effectual, yet this power is truly
consentaneous with the act of willing. Does any one
maintain that God cannot make us willing without
interfering with our perfect freedom? If he asserts
this, he assumes to know that to which Christ referred
when, using the figure of the wind, He said, —‘“ thou
canst not tell whence it cometh nor whither it goeth;
so is every one that is born of the Spirit.”
With divine simplicity, fearless of the metaphysicians,
Paul says, ‘* Work out your own salvation with fear
and trembling, for it is God that worketh in you both
to will and to do of his good pleasure.”, God works
in us “to will;” He makes us * will;’? He makes us
24 *
282 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
willing; He works in us to will, and we, at the same
time, work out our salvation. There are some who
profess that they can explain this; it is generally most
clear to some who are fresh from their academical
studies; as they advance in knowledge, however, some
of them happily conclude that it is best to show the
sovereignty of God in conversion, and the conscious
freedom of man, and to leave the manner of their
codperation where the Saviour cautioned Nicodemus to
leave the infinite mystery. Until we know the nature
of the Spirit’s operation in the soul, we cannot assert
that it is inconsistent with the perfect responsibility of
man. ¢
The simple duty of man is to repent and believe on
Christ. Doing this (by the operation of the Holy
Spirit, for it is the gift of God), a mysterious divine
work is done in the soul by the Holy Spirit, which
constitutes Regeneration. Repentance is not regenera-
tion; faith is not regeneration; they “accompany and
flow from’’ regeneration. There is a work of the
Spirit in the nature of the soul, and not merely among
its volitions; something is done which causes those
volitions to be otherwise than they are by nature.
What it is, no one can tell us; good and able men try
their skill in efforts to explain it; ‘“‘the balance of the
sensitivities is changed,” says one; ‘the bias of the
will is deflected,”’ says another; “the substratum of the
soul is renovated and fertilized,’ says a third; and a
fourth thinks that nothing is done which is constitutional,
REGENERATION. 283
but God is the author of every holy volition, by a direct
act. But, “as thou knowest not how the bones do
grow ’’ —or what life is, we may well be silent, and
lay our hands upon our mouths.
We must establish in the mind of every man the
belief of his perfect accountableness for his character
and conduct. This we can do without being able to
explain to him the mysterious connection between his
freedom and divine influence. We can satisfy a reflect-
ing mind by showing that we all believe ourselves to
act freely in the most vital affairs, while we know that
God rules in them; that we are never hindered by the
thought of his decrees from planting, that we never
impute our failures to Him when we have been either
neglectful or unwise. If one says, I cannot repent
nor believe in Christ without divine aid, therefore I
must wait till the power of God shall come upon me;
we can satisfy him that he remains inactive for such a
reason only in religion, while his objection would be
equally true in other things which never awaken the
least suspicion of his not being wholly free.
As the Holy Spirit influencing the soul in regenera-
tion acts wholly in accordance with the nature and
laws of the mind and will, so it is true that there are
means to be used by ourselves in regeneration, prepara-
tions for it, and hinderances, in all of which human
liberty is never invaded, and,the result makes every
one see and’feel that he receives according to his work.
To see the conscious liberty of men in all that relates
284 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
to this change, we have only to consider, What is there
to hinder any one from retiring to read the Word of
God, with meditation? What is there in the way of
his asking God to teach him and lead him while he
inquires as to his duty? If he is tempted to stroll, or
to be slothful, or to work, on the Sabbath, what pre-
vents him but his own inclination from resisting such
temptations and from taking his place in the house of
God? And on going home, is there any miraculous
agency, of which he must be conscious, necessary to
make him kneel in prayer and acknowledge before God
the truth and obligation of such things as have been
impressed upon his conscience and heart ?
He who should do these things, seeking that repentance
and faith which the Bible requires, would be more sure
of experiencing the regenerating grace of God than he
can be of success in any mercantile or agricultural
pursuit by the use of the most promising means. Risk
and misfortune wait on every thing else, but “ him that
cometh unto me I will in no wise cast out.” ‘ Ask
and it shall be given you, seek and ye shall find, knock
and it shall be opened unto you.” Let any one reflect
whether there is any thing in these common acts above
alluded to in striving to exercise repentance and faith,
which calls for any greater measure of conscious aid
from on high than his daily enterprises? Surely not;
yet at the same time evgry such act is as truly the work
of the Holy Spirit as though we saw or felt his agency,
or were conscious of being utterly passive in these
——————————
OO ——
a = a
REGENERATION. 285
experiences and actions. We think on our ways; we
turn to God; we feel unhappy and in need of a more
than human love; we feel ourselves to be sinful and
lost, and we draw near to Him who alone can help us.
We should repel one who should tell us that we are
mere machines in feeling and acting in this manner ;
but still all his emotions have been the gracious operation
of the Holy Spirit. If they are ‘sovereign,’ they are also
connected in the divine plan with the use of means
on our part; but if one says, I have no heart to use
such means, and am therefore excusable if I fail to be
saved, we need only watch him when, the next hour,
perhaps, he rouses himself to perform some unpleasant
duty with vigor and success, to tell him that one such
act in relation to his soul and to his God would be
for his everlasting peace. Men every day do that in
their worldly affairs which will appear at last to their
condemnation if they lose their souls.
But here we must guard ourselves against two mis-
takes, — one, that if we use the means of regeneration
and are not converted we are not to blame; and the
other (which leads to this), that preparation to comply
with the Gospel may be substituted for repentance and
faith. We must neither enjoin nor try to do any thing
in doing which we should perish if sudden death should
overtake us. ‘‘ Except ye repent, ye shall all likewise
perish.’ ‘¢ He that believeth not is condemned already.”
Some, who have confident hope that»they love God,
tell us that they have never experienced any thing cor-
286 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
responding to such a change as has now been described.
To such our reply must be, with all humility, but with
gratitude to God, We have experienced it, unless we
are wholly deceived. We everywhere meet with those
who have experienced it, when we go from place to
place. It is not mere agreement of belief; it is the
experience of a change such as we can designate best
by the words, “born again.” —AIt is an obvious law
of testimony that the witness of those who did not see
a certain thing cannot countervail the testimony of
those who, being equally credible with them, did see
it, and who take their oath upon it. Many ground
all their hope of heaven on this work of the Spirit in
their hearts as the result of the Saviour’s death and
intercession. ‘They are not. enthusiasts. They enjoy
the confidence of their fellow-men in every thing which
requires implicit trust. |
Wonderful are the terms by which the New Testa-
ment sets forth the greatness of this work of regenera-
tion in the soul of man. It is “being quickened,”
93
from being ‘‘dead in trespasses and sins;” ‘ created
> and the power which accom-
anew in Christ Jesus ;’
plishes it is said to be that which the Father “ wrought
in Christ when he raised him from the dead and _ set
him at his own right hand in the heavenly places.”
To a weak, sinful, erring creature, who, at his best
estate, is altogether vanity, the doctrine of Regeneration
is full of consolation and joy. God does a work in
his soul when, by the mercy of God, the sinner is led
REGENERATION. 287
to repentance, which will survive amidst all the fluc-
tuations of his experience, be a source of recovery and
strength to him, a guarantee of final victéry and salva-
tion. Others who appeargd well, but in whom the
Holy Spirit never wrought the great change, will fall
away. But he will be like a tree by the rivers of
water. He may be shaken and tossed, and will often
judge himself to be forgotten of God, and given up to
Satan; but, we are ‘confident,’ says Paul, “of this
very thing, that he which hath begun a good work
i you will perform it until the day of Jesus Christ.”
‘‘ Being born again, not of corruptible seed, but of incor-
ruptible, by the Word of God, which liveth and abideth
* forever.”’
he
ey
[Vvne
¢
5
57
inne
4
.
.
a?
i then
one ine a
‘ -
,
«* :
' a, id 7
‘ LP
y ie if
, :
»
124") ie
Le a
-
rer
XIV.
THE CERTAIN
PERSEVERANCE
OF THE
REGENERATE.
25
ALV.
PERSEVERANCE.
E read in the Bible of an older book than the
Bible itself, and which is said to have been
written from the foundation of the world. . It is men-
tioned seven times in Revelation, and once in the
Epistle to the Philippians. It is called “the Lamb’s
book of life,” —the book of “the Lamb slain from the
foundation of the world.” Since the acknowledged
meaning of this last expression is, that the government
of the world began with the work of Christ in view,
and was based upon it, ‘the Lamb’s book of life written
from the foundation of the world’ implies that there is
a part of our race who, to say the least, were fore-
known from the foundation of the world as those who
should be saved. For it is perfectly obvious that the
book is not represented as containing the names of
all men. |
Now is this record, in the book of life, a mere histor-
ical record of those who will be saved, or is it decretive,
and the record of an enactment? Plainly the latter ;
for the mere recording of those who were, of their unas-
292 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
sisted choice, to be saved, would have no moral effect ;
the book might as well be written the day after the
final judgment as from the beginning of time if it were
a mere historical account. But it will be said, We
are told that if any man shall take away any thing
from the inspired book, God will take away his part
out of the book of life. How can this be done if the
book of life is, in his case, a decree that he shall be
saved ?
For the same reason, and on the same principle, we
reply, this can be said as when warnings and threaten-
ings are’ addressed to those who, God foresees, will
certainly be saved. If God has decreed their salvation,
He has also decreed the means to be used in effecting
it, and those means in the case of all free agents are,
among other things, appeals to their hopes and fears ;
in short, they are to be governed by motives, and not
like inanimate matter.. Hence it is proper to address
those who are certainly heirs of heaven as though they
might come short of it, falling away, and never being
restored. By recognizing this and applying it in read-
ing the Bible, we shall understand how it is that the
elect are addressed as being, in this world, always in
danger of perdition. This is one of God’s chosen
methods to secure their salvation. If it be said, It is
not consistent with truth and sincerity thus to address
them, holding up the idea that they are in peril when
God knows that they will certainly reach heaven, a
perfect answer is found in the account of Paul’s ship-
PERSEVERANCE. 993
wreck. Paul tells the ship’s company that there stood
before him in a night vision the angel of God assuring
him that he should certainly stand before Cesar, and that
God had civen him all them that sailed with him. Here
was a fixed decree. But when the shipmen were about
to flee out of the ship, ‘“‘ Paul said to the centurion
and to the soldiers, Except these abide in the ship ye
cannot be saved.” The means of accomplishing a
decree are as truly ordained as the result itself. If
writing the names in the book of life has no effect to
secure the event there recorded, it is of little conse-
quence whether the book were written before or after
the event. |
Let us see what the consequence is if we do not
believe that God from eternity purposed that some should
be brought to repentance and be saved. We must then
suppose that it was with the Most High as it is with
us when we send out, for example, two hundred invi-
tations to an entertainment, calculating that about one
hundred and twenty-five will accept them. There are,
it is well known, certain laws of proportion in all such
things. It is so in life insurance. A company issues
a thousand policies, feeling sure in reckoning that a given
proportion of lives will be so long continued as to make
the premiums pay the losses occasioned by the deaths.
There is a science of risks, laws of averages; they
enter largely into the business of the world.
Some appear to think that the plan of human redemp-
tion was undertaken and is prosecuted in this way.
25 *
294. EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
If in human affairs we could substitute something like
God’s foreknowledge for human sagacity, or increase
our power of calculation up to a certain degree of per-
fection, the result, they seem to think, would be the same
as the effect of God’s foreknowledge upon the salvation
of men. In fact, that which on the part of God is
certain knowledge, it is held, is on the part of man
ingenious calculation, which, on a large scale, arrives
safely at the same point as absolute knowledge. In
neither case is it allowed that it is any thing more than
knowledge, no efficiency being exerted by the all-wise
God, nor by the sagacious calculator, in bringing to pass
the things foreseen or anticipated.
This, we think,‘is a comfortless and chilling view of
redemption. What if God has merely written down
already the names of those who will, of themselves,
choose to repent? This makes the Lamb’s book of
life a mere score. It affords little personal advantage
or consolation. It is like this: A company of sixty
men are going to jom the army in time of war. Let
it be certainly known that the commander has had a
revelation that, of the sixty, fifteen will fall, and forty-
five will return. You may be one of the fifteen. True,
it is some comfort to know that the chances are in
every man’s favor, yet fifteen must die, and each is
‘as likely as another to be one of them. Of a thousand
lives insured, yours may be one of the few which will
go to make up the item of losses.
And is this all which God can do for us, namely,
PERSEVERANCE. 995
send a recording angel to keep a reckoning of those
who repent, and if we do so, put our names among
them? And has He merely told us that, instead of
doing this progressively through time, He has done it
all at once and beforehand? and that this constitutes
the Lamb’s book of life ?
One objection, among others, to any such interpre-
tation, is surely the one already noticed as made against
the decretive nature of the Lamb’s book, an objection
which now returns with force upon this opposite inter-
pretation. For if the Lamb’s book of life be a mere
historical record, how are we to understand that which’
is said about blotting out, or not blotting out, one’s
name from that book? Blotting out a name from a
record cannot in any sense be possible, if the record
of that name be the mere record of something which
has taken place, namely, repentance and faith. We
cannot blot out an historical fact. If we choose to say
that the meaning is, God will not suppress the name
of one who has repented, that would merely be saying
that God would speak the truth. It cannot be a subject
of reward or threatening, any more than for the annalist
to say, I will not blot out the present year from the
world’s records, or, I will not suffer this year to remain
as an historical fact.
Candor will oblige every one to say that whatever
theory he may adopt on this subject, questions may
be put to him which he cannot answer. We find the
fewest difficulties, however, in our own minds, by adopting
296 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
the theory which gives to the Most High supreme control
over the volitions of men, instead of taking a stand, as
it were, to defend human liberty against Divine encroach-
ments or the exercise of arbitrary power. We must
believe in the perfect accountableness of man, and the
infinite sincerity of God, or we have no heart to preach
the Gospel; at the same time, we would adopt any
plausible theory rather than feel that the ruler of the
tniverse and his plans are at the mercy of his creatures.
Let us see how offensively this latter part of the alter-
native strikes the mind of a Calvinist; for the pictures
which Rev. John Wesley draws of Calvinism are not
more repulsive to him, than this is to us. Perhaps by
looking at these difficult subjects with each other’s eyes,
we shall be led to the conclusion that we need forbearance
and modesty in expressing our opinions. ‘This, then,
is the way in which, perhaps, a Calvinist would repre-
sent his opponent’s theory : '
All men being left wholly to themselves, and God
doing nothing to make certain the salvation of one or
more souls, for fear of doing injustice to the rest, and
to avoid the charge of partiality, the scheme of redemp-
tion by the incarnation, sufferings, and death of the
Son of God is undertaken without any certainty derived
from the purposes of God that one soul will accept
the offers of mercy and be saved. Redemption, then,
was undertaken as men prosecute commerce, the fish-
eries, hunting, and the search for gold. Some returns
must, in the nature of things, be obtained; but it
PERSEVERANCE. 297
depends wholly on our choige whether one, a few, or
many, or all, will be saved. After the judgment, God
will sum up the results of the great scheme, and the
holy universe will feel happy that things have turned
out as well as they have done; they might have been
worse, but thanks to the human race that so many of
them concluded to accept the offers of eternal mercy.
God’s government, therefore, is administered by his
subjects, — He, however, having infinite foresight and
being able to adapt his measures so as to make the best
of that which the perfect free-will of his creatures may
choose to do. He decrees nothing relating to the con-
duct of men; He merely foresees how they will act,
and then He acts, accordingly. For example, it was
indispensable that the Saviour should be crucified as a
sacrifice for sins ; a good being could not be crucified
by good men; wicked men must therefore do it. But
will they do it? It would be wrong that Christ should
be ‘ delivered by ,the determinate counsel and _ fore-
knowledge of God,”’ for then how could * wicked hands”
be to blame for the act? Here is a predicament. But
the Most High looks forward and discovers that, hap-
pily for the great scheme, wicked men, if left wholly
to themselves, will accomplish the deed. . . ihe é . bg (aide Ba!
id
‘ r - ‘ ~~. = yy ey
.* t L.@ r 2) a hy oe ae =
F, .
- -
‘ 3 .
: .4 i e
.
! mo : r
? ‘ i.34 iat s 'S + ‘t
y 5 e
= ‘ * tt “4 0 ae ia
=F) t
4 f , ’
° a
- } é * 7 @ +
’ . .
“a rh
. f i F : ; if . q 4. ; é fi € is
‘ | b a MARIS A € j
itn bi ed #1 CMBR SF . >»
i ” Ln be ec"
7 Wag: ” > | f } 54 be P
® ,
m A ¥ =
¢ i. ¥. et. Cte YR aa NP Rz
? . ' > 4
‘ ry A £ Ce
: , ;
; ™ . j
; 5 2 J ;
~ ;
y’ hs k “4 ta
ro a ty =m : t)
f - J
iy ; iis i :
; : , ' +
i ~~
7 4
7.4 ) ia
.<§ i ' bey,
m4 ed > tek al }
‘ , »@ea,*
= i ’ 4 44g I
eAT S sae 4 art |
J © . » ia
: ¢ .'s y pve ’
is ~~. T
r
me » . ‘ ,
‘ <~s » + + * Pd
, 1% ~
rol F ’ .
.
ce Mas: Fipaty st Nags
bes, 75 eed Wier zt Ny a ee i KTR
ha J LS - , “4
iu Solel eS) i a ee Me BORO LCE Fass pts ae]
iy Pr Ld ‘ 7 ‘
boy's Mf efit A < P " d =
' % pial’ Ses % 7 ’ >
, . ;
WEN, t . ee
sat ee eae, Neate ay rey ute [
4 r at Pua : '
- s >
ne mA Aw _ . is
mi * 5 A ae
: 7 arr © a ‘as
rt 7 @ =| re .
>
XV.
CHRISTIAN PERFECTION.
*
HE Bible tells us of perfect men since the apos-
tasy, and they are designated as such even by the
Most High. Noah ‘was perfect in his generations.’
Of Job, it is said, —‘ And that man was perfect and
upright.’”— We are told that ‘God will not cast away
a perfect man.’ ‘Mark the perfect man and behold
the upright.’ The New Testament says, ‘ Let patience
have her perfect work, that ye may be perfect and
entire, wanting nothing.’ ‘That ye may stand perfect
and complete in all the will of God.” “ That we may
present every man perfect in Christ Jesus.’ We read
of ‘perfecting holiness in the fear of God.” ‘In him
is the love of God perfected.’’ “If we love one another,
his love is perfected in us.”’ ‘* Put on charity, which
is the bond of perfectness.”
Is sinless perfection intended in these expressions ?
And, Is sinless perfection attainable in this life ?
Some say that these expressions imply that men
can attain to a sinless state before death ; that it 1s 1m-
5 Pp EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
plied in some of these phrases, and in others like them;
and that they themselves have attained to that state.
A principal argument relied upon by the advocates
of sinless perfection in this life, is, that God commands
us to be perfect, and that God would not command that
which we cannot perform.— Moreover, it is said that
God has promised to effect this sinless condition in all
who will comply with the condition, which is, Absolute
faith in the justifying righteousness of Christ.
We meet this argument in favor of sinless perfection,
at once, by an explicit denial of the assumption on
which it rests, which is, That God will not command
us to do that which we have no moral ability to per-
form. This we hold to be a delusion. For if God
commanded men to do only that which they are
morally capable of doing (bodily and mental incapacity,
of course, being out of the question), it would follow
that the law of God must adapt itself to every man’s
disposition, and there is no one perfect standard of
obligation. Let a man be so far indisposed to do right
that custom and habit shall become a second nature;
then, an proportion to this sinful inability his obliga-
tion diminishes. A man has, therefore, only to become
exceedingly wicked, and he will annihilate all moral
obligation?
Granting our nature to be in a depraved condition,
and that no mere man, since the fall, has kept the
commandments of God, but ‘doth daily break them in
thought, word, and deed,’ shall God propose a lower
.
—— o_O
Ee ee LS ee eee
CHRISTIAN PERFECTION. pac
standard of duty? Shall it be said, ‘Take the patri-
archs and prophets for your standard ; ‘you cannot
excel them; dim at their attainments’? or, shall it be
said, ‘“*Be ye holy, for I am holy”? “Be ye there
fore perfect, even as your Father in heaven is perfect” ?
Every good man, however conscious of imperfection
and of inability to reach the standard of divine holi-
ness, would naturally regard it as a calamity to have
a human standard of excellence proposed to him. In-
stead of its being a reason for despondency, it is hon-
orable to man that the divine nature is made the stand-
ard to which he must aspire.
We must bear in mind a self-evident truth, that obli-
gation is not limited by moral ability. A man may be
under obligation to do that which he is morally unable
to perform. It never can cease to be Satan’s duty to
love God, though he will forever be morally incapable
of doing so.
But we read, ‘“* And the very God of peace sanctify
you wholly, and I pray God your whole spirit, and
soul, and body, be preserved blameless unto the coming
of our Lord Jesus Christ. Faithful is he that calleth
you, who also will do it.”
Other passages may be quoted, of the same tenor,
which, however, prove conclusively that something
other than sinless perfection is here contemplated.
‘*¢ Who shall also confirm you unto the end, that ye
may be blameless in the day of our Lord Jesus Christ.”
“That we may present every man perfect in Christ
324 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
Jesus.” ‘That we should be holy and without blame
before him in love.’ There is also a class of passages,
referred to in the opening of this lecturé which, to say
the least, are as strong as these,—men being called
“perfect” by the Most High himself. We also read
of an express command from God addressed to an indi-
vidual, requiring of him perfection: ‘“* And when Abram
was ninety years old and nine, the Lord appeared
unto him and said, I am the Almighty God; walk
before me and be thou perfect.’’
Now the Word of God which contains these things,
declares that ‘by the deeds of the law shall no flesh
be justified.” We find proofs of imperfection in the
very men who are expressly called “perfect.” If Job
deserved to be called “perfect” when God began to
afflict him, he surely was no worse when God had tried
him in the furnace; yet even then we hear him say,
‘¢T abhor myself and repent in dust and ashes.” Even
such a man as the beloved John, in his old age, says,
‘“‘If we say we have no sin, we deceive ourselves and
the truth is not in us.” If Paul could ever have arrived
at sinless perfection in this world it was time that he
should have reached it at the date of the Epistle in
which he says, ** Brethren, I count not myself to have
apprehended.”’ ‘+ Not as though I had already attained,
either were already perfect, but I follow after.” — He
says, long after his conversion, and when he had such
experience in religion that he could write the Epistle
to the Romans, ‘I find a law in my members warring
CHRISTIAN PERFECTION. 325
against the law of my mind, and bringing me into cap-
tivity to the law of sm which is in my members.’ It
is a point in controversy whether he is here describing
a regenerate or an unregenerate man. One thing is
certain: All who have not, in their own esteem, arrived
at sinless perfection, testify that their own present expe-
rience is expressed in those words.
How can it be that a man is designated as « perfect,”
when it is expressly denied that a sinless. condition is
reached here? For Job himself said, “If I say, I am
perfect, it shall also prove me perverse.” And another
says, “There is not a just man on earth that doeth
‘good and sinneth not.” Are we to understand that
an imperfect condition in a good man is counted for
perfectness ; that the law of God has lowered its stand-
ard; that the precious metal is now so comed that a
mixture of the pure and the base passes at the original
value of the unalloyed currency ?
The word “ perfect,’’ as used in Scripture in speaking
of human character, means, An upright, pious life.
As applied to human nature, perfectness does not mean
the same as when applied to angels. The artificial
light in a room may be perfect; but it is not the per-
fectness of sun-light. An image of plaster may be
perfect; the marble statue has perfectness of a different
order. Human perfectness is, under the Gospel, con-
sistent with being destitute of any thing which could
be a justifying righteousness; that is, a man may be,
in the scriptural sense, “a perfect man’’ who, judged
aime, 228
326 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
by the perfect law of God, is atterly condemned. Noah,
Daniel, and Job, judged by their works, could no more
claim heaven than the penitent thief; yet the Most
Hich refers to them as “ perfect” men. One who dis-
allows sin, whose enlightened and sincere endeavor to
please and serve God gives character to his daily life,
is a “ perfect’? man, even while he is condemning him-
self and when if tried by his conformity to the law of
God he would utterly fail of salvation. Perfect men in
the sense in which the Bible calls them such, are de-
scribed in the first verses of the hundred and nineteenth
Psalm, in which there is no higher proof of possessing
the thing described than the verse which represents
the writer as yet striving after it, —‘¢*O that my ways
were directed to keep thy statutes.” All this is con-
sistent with imperfection and frailty, and with self
loathing and shame. The prayers of Daniel and Ezra
are illustrations.
There is an ‘ Evangelical obedience,” that is, a com-
pliance with the terms of the Gospel, which leads to
justification. ‘They who have evangelical obedience
have that perfectness of which the Bible speaks. Peter
refers to it when he calls his Christian brethren, ‘‘ Elect
—unto obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Jesus.”
Leighton, speaking of these words, says, ‘This obedi-
ence, though imperfect, yet hath a certain (if I may
so say) imperfect perfection.”
But sinful men, relying on the sufferings and death
of Christ as the ground of their justification, are deliv-
CHRISTIAN PERFECTION. 327
ered from condemnation ; they are accepted as righteous.
This is not because the’ obedience of Christ makes up
their deficiency ; but they are “justified,” in conse-
quence of their faith in him. We have already, at
the close of the preceding subject, considered the dif-
ference between pardon and justification. But men
are not called ‘perfect’? merely because they are ‘ jus-
tified ;”’ perfectness, in the scriptural sense, implies and
requires endeavor, and sustained endeavor, but without
any specification of time before which the endeavor
cannot be verified. A young convert may as- truly be
called “ perfect”? as an aged Christian; for his endeavor
to walk so as to please God may be as uniform and
sincere.
The meaning of justification is, There is no con-
demnation. This justification is not the same as per-
sonal goodness, though it is a means of effecting it. It
is not a declaration of innocence, but of satisfaction on
the part of the law, its requirements having been met
by something which is accepted as an equivalent; the
sinner is not condemned, because his faith is ‘* counted
to him for righteousness.’’ Neither is there any thing
progressive in this; it is Instantaneous, it is begun and
finished in a moment. ‘“ He that believeth is passed
from death unto life.’ Christ is not our personal good-
ness; his character is*not transferred to us, but his
sufferings and death are imputed to us; not ascribed,
but, reckoned to our account, in the way of acquittal.
When this has taken place, there remains yet a work
328 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
to be undertaken. It is hard to say how much imper-
fection may remain, and the man be regenerate. Here
is the region of sanctification. In some, there are low
measures of conformity to God, while, nevertheless, faith
in Christ is sincere, and the man is, for his faith, jus-
tified.
It might be in the power of God to create holiness
as He creates gravitation, or electricity. But it would
be a different thing from the holiness of a moral agent.
Holiness is a union of divine agency, and of moral
action on the part of the creature. However much
we may ascribe to divine efficiency, the action of
an accountable being is, of course, indispensable in holi-
ness; for God cannot repent for us, nor believe, nor
obey. It is evident, therefore, that conformity to God
must vary in those who are, nevertheless, justified ; —
justification admitting of no degrees, but sanctification
being progressive, and in all conceivable measures.
When one is making endeavors after conformity to
God, striving that his life shall be governed by the
divine precepts, his conscience also being enlightened,
and in accordance with the revealed rule of duty, he
is called “a perfect man,” notwithstanding imperfec-
tions, inconsistencies, and failures. But how far hese
things may continue without a just forfeiture of that
name and character, omniscience alone, which sees the
heart, can decide. One thing is certain (if the his-
tories of the very best men and women are a guide), —
the perfect man will have a continual sense of failure,
CHRISTIAN PERFECTION. . 329
and will be always deploring his unworthiness. Every
one may have the highest opinion of him, while he lies
in the dust before God, on account of his deficiencies
and sins. And, indeed, he is never freed from just
condemnation, if judged by the state of his heart and
life, not even for a single hour. He deserves con-
demnation even while he is in the act of trusting in
Christ. ‘The Saviour’s merits, as already said, do not
make up a deficiency, strike a balance; the man’s works -
are no part of the ground on which he is justified.
‘“* Justification is an act of God’s free grace, wherein
he pardoneth all our sins and accepteth us as righteous
in his sight only for the righteousness of Christ imputed
to us and received by faith: alone.”
Conformity to God, in its different degrees, is the
ground of reward, but not of justification. Good works
are, in their place, as essential as faith, for there is no
faith without good fruit. But who would build his
house on plaster of Paris, or lime-stones, or glass, or
pine, for a foundation? Yet when we come to the
ceilings and stucco-work, the windows and the whole
of the inside, these materials are as indispensable as
the foundation ; but they cannot take its place. ‘ Other
foundation can no man lay than that is laid, which is
Jesus Christ.” The law, which cannot justify us, is
still the only rule of duty. The atonement removes
our condemnation when we accept it, and it also pre-
pares the way for our increasing conformity to God, but
it does not make up a balance for us with which to
28 *
- 330 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
discharge our indebtedness. Christ atones for the first
sin, and for the last, and for all. Should any one of
us live as long as Methuselah and be preéminently good,
still he must come to the same point with the penitent
thief and be saved by grace; at the same time his
goodness would be most largely rewarded, while it
could not be the ground of his pardon.
Some earnestly long to arrive at a state in which
they will no more be subject to the power of temptation
and to failure. There is no such state in this world.
We might as well say that there is a state of not slip-
ping on ice. Our walk through life must be like
walking in slippery weather, and we shall constantly
need to bear in mind the exhortation, ‘* Let him that
thinketh he standeth, take heed lest he fall.”” We shall
never have as much sanctification in this world as we
desire, unless we get to be, in our own esteem, sinless.
We must make up our minds that this longing after
entire goodness, this **O for a closer walk with God,”
this panting for the water-brooks, this *‘ following hard
after Thee,” is to continue, and to increase, while we
live; while justification is without degrees; and so is
regeneration. Paul intimates our constant liability to
sin, when he describes the Christian soldier: ** Where-
fore take unto yourselves the whole armor of God—
and having done all, to stand,’ —not go into tent, but
“stand, therefore,’? — sword in hand, the shield ready,
like a man in a battle, having disposed of one foe, pre-
pared for the next assault.
CHRISTIAN PERFECTION. 5 th
As to those who wish to arrive at a comfortable,
easy state, in which they will be free from the power
of temptation and spiritual trial, we say, It would not
be well for them in this probationary and disciplinary
state. A canal passage to heaven, free from storms
and danger of wreck, is not good; an ocean voyage
is better for the character. We need conflicts to
develop the spiritual susceptibilities, and to strengthen
us. But there is a way in which those who long for
peace may obtain it. It is by crediting the assurances
of the Bible with reoard to perfect justification through
Christ; by believing that one word, ‘ Therefore, being
justified by faith, we have peace with God through
our Lord Jesus Christ.” A book was written many
years ago by Rev. Mr. Stoddard, of Northampton,
the title of which, in the style of those days, contains
a great truth: “ The Safety of Appearmg Before God
in the Righteousness of Jesus Christ.” If we should
see the man Christ Jesus at the bar of God, we should
have no fears for the result as it regarded Him. We
shall be as safe there as He, if “found in him, not hav-
ing our own righteousness, but the righteousness which
is of God by faith.” All our goodness, were it a
thousand times more than it is, cannot begin to save
us; but, saved through Christ’s righteousness, our
goodness, our works, will be the ground of reward,
and in no sense of justification. But some appear to
be unwilling thus to depend on Christ; and they seek
for a consciousness of being perfect as the ground of
Soe EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
‘\
their peace. They should distinguish between a con-
science void of offence, and freedom from a degenerate
nature; between a heart fixed on God, seeking his face,
mourning at departures from Him, and a consciousness
of being sinless, or perfectly conformed, in heart, word,
and deed, to the “commandment which is exceeding
broad.” David, in the eighteenth Psalm, dwells on the
joy of a good conscience; he exults in it; he represents
God as riding in a chariot and flying to his aid on
the wings of the wind, and rewarding him according
to his ways, ‘‘according to the cleanness of my hands
in his eyesight.” But this was perfectly consistent
with a sense of utter unworthiness, and of being in a
perishing state without the mercy of God.
Sinless perfection, as a prevailing error in a community,
very soon cures itself, by degenerating into looseness of
life, or ceasing under the corrective power of experience.
It is like the self-limiting diseases of childhood. But
the error is pernicious, because it lets down moral obli-
gation to our own low attainments. ‘Then, if tempted,
the perfectly sanctified man is liable to reason in this
way: I have done thus and thus, but it cannot be sin,
for I am sinless; hence it cannot be wrong. Such
persons are either deceivers or deceived. They may
be both. Yet many of those who dream of sinless
perfection in this world are amiable, and of a suscep-
tible, tender spirit, who sincerely desire to be delivered
from the painfulness of a state in which they must ever
be conscious of coming short of the divine requirements.
CHRISTIAN PERFECTION. jou
These must learn that this degenerate nature will go
with them to the grave, With a hurt which regeneration
does not cure; that in being born again they have
new tastes, new desires, new hopes and fears, which
will meet with resistance from their natural appetites
and passions, and that there will be long war within
them, between the house of David and the house of Saul,
the tide of affairs, however, being turned and gaining
strength m the right direction. In such a state they
must be willing to live, —a state of watchfulness, prog-
ress, and of perpetual endeavor to be conformed to
God. They must not think that degrees of sanctifica-
tion follow inevitably from one first act of faith with-
out intermediate efforts, for such a theory is a fruitful
source of presumption. They must account that when
they are “ called,” and “justified,” they are ‘‘ sanctified ”’
in the same sense in which they are “ glorified ;” “ for
whom He called—them He also glorified ;’’ — that is
something yet to be obtained, though in a sense already
conferred ; so with being “sanctified.” They must
never think to arrive at a state in this world in which
they cannot use every petition in the Lord’s Prayer,
daily, saying “ Forgive us our trespasses,” so long as
they say “Give us this day our daily bread.” They
must live in a state of justification continually; for as
the blood must this moment pass through the lungs and
be oxygenated, as it did when we drew our first breath,
so faith in Christ must be continuous, its first act not
sufficing for the present hour, though by the arrange-
334 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
ment of grace there was connected with it a promise
that it will be performed ‘ untff the day of Jesus Christ.”
Instead of murmuring that they are under obligations
to be perfect, while they “cannot be so in this world,
they should esteem it, as before remarked, an infinite
honor to have it said to them, ‘‘ Be ye holy, for I am
holy ;” and, “*Be ye, therefore, perfect, even as your
Father in heaven is perfect.” What lower standard
would they desire should be proposed to them? Shall
the law of God come down to every man’s several
ability ?. If our inability be culpable (which is proved
by our being able to love every thing but God), it is
right for God to command that which sin may disen-
able us to do. "
‘He that overcometh shall inherit all things ;”’ — but
we have not “overcome” till the end, and when we
are dying, however near to God we may have lived,
there will be a necessity for overcoming faith to resist
temptation. In proportion to successful efforts in con-
quering self and sin, and in being conformed to God,
will be his love and approbation. Here is the field
for discipline, growth, attainment; here we ‘lay up in
store a good foundation against the time to come,’ and
‘lay hold on eternal life ;’ here we determine the degrees
of our likeness to Christ and of our future reward;
while we come to a common level when the question
is, How shall man be just with God? Dr. Watts well
expresses this idea :
CHRISTIAN PERFECTION. 335
“ Among thy saints will I appear
With hands avell washed in innocence;
But when I stand before thy bar
The blood of Christ is my defence.”
There is no such thing as “Second Conversion,”
if the word be used as synonymous with Regeneration.
We cannot be twice spiritually “ born again,’ any more
than we can twice have natural birth. But some Chris-
tians do experience, from time to time, marked eleva-
tions in their Christian character and life; they seem
to reach higher levels, and they proceed upon them with
joy. In this sense they may experience ‘ quickenings’
through life, rising to higher measures of love and
obedience. We may all experience this, according as
Christ dwells in us and we in Him. But one evidence
of it will be that we discover more and more our sin-
fulness and unworthiness ; for if there is one concurrent
testimony of Christian experience in the church of all
ages, it is this, that progress in holiness is marked by
a more profound sense of our lost and ruined state,
and by the renunciation of our own state or works as
the ground of acceptance with God. And when we
speak of rising to a higher state in the Christian life,
we are not to delude ourselves with the idea that we
have got into a new zone, where temptation cannot
come, and where imperfections and frailties will be less }
we properly mean by it that, by the help of Christ, we
are, for the time, more susceptible to spiritual motives,
that earthly things disturb us less; but we are sadly
336 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
blinded if we do not perceive that, even then, we need
the justifying righteousness of “Christ as truly as we
did when we were dead in trespasses and sins.
Paul never appears before us with expressions of
satisfaction at his Christian attainments; the idea does
violence to all our associations with his character. Job
asserts his innocence of certain imputations; David ex-
ults in being vindicated from unjust charges; but the
thought of pretending to a sinless state on the part of
any good man in the Old or New Testament is not
encouraged by any thing in their words or actions.
President Edwards says, ‘“‘I call that a profession of -
godliness which is a profession of the good things in
which godliness consists, and not a profession of our
good estate.”
It would be strange indeed if, while the works of
man are all of them stamped with imperfection, he could
himself be perfect in his conformity to God. He can-
not even draw a straight line, nor walk far upon one;
how shall he keep that law which reaches even to “the
thoughts and intents of the heart” ?
XVI.
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE.
e.
XVI.
Cok FNTERM ED PA TE Seal) E.
ANY appearances certainly favor the idea that
the soul does not exist separate from the body.
This is materialism. The operations of the human
mind are now observed only in connection with a human
body, and it is easy to argue that they exist only in con-
nection with the body. We see one faculty after another
disappear in consequence of injury to the brain. In
a swoon, or trance, there is apparently a total suspension
of mental exercises. ‘The inference of some is that the
soul cannot exist without the body, and therefore that the
soul is indeed only the brain itself in an active state.
Dr. Priestly and others say that sensation and thought
are properties of the brain, and the brain being stimulated,
thought is'an inherent function, as much so as the circu-
lation of the blood.
But we are continually admonished that the intimate
connection and dependence between two things do not
prove the two things to be the same. It is well said that
one who had heard a violin but had never seen the
player, perceiving that when the instrument is broken,
340 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
or when the strings are gone, there is no music, might
infer that the violin alone made the music. But the
intelligent hand which played upon thosé strings con-
tinues, independently of the violin, although, in making
the music, it depended upon the instrument.
It is certain that in this world the manifested action
of the mind depends upon the brain. All that we
contend for is, that thought is not the same thing with
matter, that the soul is immaterial, and that its existence
does not depend upon its union with matter. ;
Materialists say that if the soul be separate from matter,
and independent, we might expect that it would fully
assert this before death; that in sleep or in a swoon
it would give rational, coherent signs of its being able
to act independently of the state of the body. They
say, moreover, that if the soul be immaterial and can-
not be destroyed, this must be true of all its faculties ;
whereas one and another faculty, as we often observe,
may perish, while others remain unimpaired.
Dr. Priestly, and those of his school, maintain that there
is no separate state of the soul; that the body is the seat
of all perception and action; and that the resurrection
is merely the starting up of the powers of body and mind
after an interval of inaction.
Dr. Priestly held that these three doctrines were insep-
arable, namely, Materialism, Socinianism, and Philosoph-
ical Necessity (or a literal mechanism in the human will,
as opposed to freedom of the will, or its government
through motives). Socinianism was the source of his -
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 341
other theories. Socinianism is the denial of any thing
supernatural in Christ, and Dr. P.’s materialism was
intended to justify such denial; for if materialism could
be proved, of course it would establish Socinianism, that
is, it would destroy the doctrine of the Saviour’s Deity.
Spirit and matter, having no property in common, cannot
coexist. Dr. P. allows that God is a Spirit, but he asserts
that man is only organized, thinking matter, with no
separate soul, it being impossible for spirit to be conjoined
with matter; hence, of course, Christ has not two
natures. His human mind, even, was only his brain
in a state of excitation.
He does not tell us how the Infinite Spirit could act
on matter in creation, and in the organization of things,
nor explain why spirit cannot reside in matter and act
by it, as well as act upon it.
Moreover, if spirit and matter have no properties in
common, and therefore cannot exist in connection one
with another, nor -act one upon the other, he does not
tell us how God could create all things out of nothing; .
for, what properties have spirit and nothing in common
with each other ?
Dr. Samuel Clarke’s argument against Mr. Dodwell
is regarded by many as an able confutation of ma-
terialism. It is a doctrine of materialism that matter
can be organized so as to think.
Says Dr. Clarke, for substance, If matter can think,
if the power of consciousness be inherent in it, thought
and consciousness must belong to its parts. For illus-
29 *
342 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
tration of his meaning we may say, Here is a piece
of bread. It has certain properties which are inherent.
We break the bread into two, or twenty, pieces. Each
piece is as really bread as before it was broken, and
therefore each piece has all the imherent properties of
the whole.
Now we take the human brain. If thinking be an
inherent’ property of the brain as a whole, if thought
is essential to matter existing as human brain, why
should not parts and particles of the brain possess and
exhibit all the properties of the whole, as in the case
of the bread? Then all its parts must be composed
of innumerable consciousnesses. That being so, the
union of its parts cannot make one individual con-
sciousness. ‘There must be as many consciousnesses as
there are particles of matter in the brain. Their be-
ing arranged into one organism cannot destroy the
original properties of the particles, for no foreign quali-
fying power comes in among them, and therefore if
matter can think, its particles must think, and there
can be no individuality in thought.
He argues from this that the soul, whose power of
thinking is undeniably one individual consciousness, is
not matter. — Perhaps the argument is not unworthy |
of the objection, and that it is all which the objection
deserves. am
Mr. Farmer, of great repute in the theological world
for his writings on subjects kindred to the one before
us, derives a strong argument for the immateriality and
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 343
separate existence of the soul from the ‘“‘ General Prey-
alence of the Worship of Human Spirits,’’ —the title
of one of his works. He says in the Introduction, that
if human spirits were worshipped in the days of Moses,
the word death could not then have denoted more than
the cessation of bodily life, for if death had implied the
extinction or insensibility of the soul, the dead would
not have been worshipped as gods. And if Moses
knew that the_soul became insensible at death, or that
it had no independent existence, he could most unan-
swerably have opposed the practice of spirit worship ;
but we never find him resorting to this mode of refu-
tation. So far from adopting this theory of the materi-
ality of the soul, he expressly tells us that after the
bedy of Adam was created, he did not become a living
soul till God had breathed into him the breath of life.
This language is not used in connection with the brutes,
showing that something was imparted to man by the
Creator besides a bodily organization. ‘This is important
in connection with the subject of the annihilation of the
wicked, — to which reference will be made in the next
Lecture.
Without discussing the question whether the people
of God were ignorant of the doctrine of immortality for
four thousand years, it is beyond a doubt that life and
immortality are set in the clearest light by Christ in the
Gospel. It is a relief to escape from speculations, to the
infallible source of truth. The world at large does not
appreciate nor even understand these philosophical dis-
344 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
putations; the Bible has none of them; it settles every
thing without explanation, leaving us to exercise our
ingenuity as we please in philosophical speculations.
To begin with passages of Scripture which come first
to mind, we hear the Saviour on the cross say, “ Father,
into thy hands I commend my spirit.” In his case,
surely, there was something besides a material substance,
something more than the thinking head, something which
was to exist and to be cared for separate from the brain
which was fast becoming insensible.
“And I say unto you, my friends, Be not afraid
of them that kill the body and after that have no more
that they can do; but I will forewarn you whom ye shall
fear: fear him which after he hath killed, hath power
to cast into hell, yea, I say unto you, Fear him.”
The separation of the soul from the body, and
its distinct existence, appear in these words: ‘ And
it came to pass that the beggar died, and was carried
by angels into Abraham’s bosom; the rich man also,
died and was buried; and in hell he lifted up his eyes
being in torments.” Grant, for argument’s sake, that this
is only a parable;—in which of the other parables
is any thing supposed, or employed as machinery of the
story, which is not literally true? Not one.
‘¢ Handle me and see,”
says Christ to his disciples after
his resurrection ; “for a spirit hath not flesh and bones
as ye see me have.”’
“Lord Jesus, recelve my spirit.”
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 345
‘‘The Sadducees say that there is neither angel nor
spirit, but the Pharisees confess both.” Paul at Jerusalem
used this to turn the popular feeling in his favor.
“ Knowing that while we are at home in the body, we
are absent from the Lord.” ‘We are confident, I say,
and willing rather to be absent from the body, and to
be present with the Lord.”
‘““T knew a man in Christ—whether in the body
or out of the body, I cannot tell; God knoweth.”
‘‘ Having a desire to depart and to be with Christ,
which is far better.”
‘The spirits in prison — which some time were disobe-
dient —in the days of Noah.” :
‘¢ And to the spirits of just men made perfect.”
‘‘T saw under the altar the souls of them that were
slain for the word of God.” ‘ The souls of them; —
this is a hard saying for the materialists.
‘¢ Blessed are the dead that die in the Lord from hence-
forth ; yea, saith the spirit, that they may rest from their
labors, and their works. do follow them.”
Such passages leave nothing to be said, nor to be
desired, in the way of proof, by those who receive the
Bible as the Word of God. Allowing the Bible to be
only the excellent production of uninspired men, we see
in these passages the constant and natural assumption
of the truth that the soul may be separated from the
body, that it is not dependent upon it for its existence,
and that it survives the body. As to difficulties and
objections, Paul’s course of reasoning with regard to the
346 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
difficulties attending the doctrine of the resurrection of
the body, will apply here. It need not be quoted.
But how does it follow from this that the soul is to
exist forever ?
_ However strong and conclusive we may deem the
common argument in favor of immortality, drawn from
the analogy of nature, from the desires of the soul,
its dread of annihilation, ‘and from the affections which
God has implanted in us,— which would be a reckless
waste if we were to perish, life with its toils and aspira-
tions being a mockery if we exist only for a few years,
we must acknowledge that ,it is only by the light of
Revelation that we arrive at certainty on this subject.
‘““T oive unto them eternal life,’ says the Saviour,
‘“‘and they shall never perish.’ ‘To them who by
patient continuance in well doing, seek for glory, honor,
and immortality, eternal life.’ ‘For this corruptible
must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on
immortality.”’ But to multiply such quotations were
needless. ,
The immortality of the soul may be said to have
been, with scarcely an exception, the belief of every
people on earth, though mixed in many cases with
theories of transmigration. The knowledge of the
one only living and true God, in some cases, perishes ;
but the belief in existence after death remains. Soc-
rates has been made by some to contradict this position.
This has been ably answered. As to the opinion of
Socrates himself, we read that, in his last hours, though
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 347
doubts mingled with his hopes, he said, ‘I derive con-
fidence from the hope that something of man remains
after death.” ‘Is it not strange, after all that I have
said to convince you that I am going to the society
of the happy, that Crito still thinks this body, which
will soon be a lifeless corpse, to be Socrates? Let
him dispose of my body as he pleases, but let him not,
at its interment, mourn over it as if it were Socrates.”
» Massillon puts the argument of existence after death
in an interesting light; his words may be quoted here
simply for this reason, and not because Scripture needs
confirmation. He says,
“If we have nothing to expect after this life, why
are we not happy ? Whence comes it that riches serve
only to make man uneasy, honors fatigue him, pleas-
ures exhaust him, sciences confound his curiosity ; how
is it that all these cannot fill the immensity of his
heart, and that they still leave him something to wish
for? All other beings are contented in their lot, ap-
pear happy in the situation in which the Author of
nature has placed them.” ‘The animals, insects, and
birds, he says, are happy when their natural wants are
supplied. ‘‘ Man alone is uneasy and discontented, a
prey to his desires; he allows himself to be torn by
fears, he finds his punishment in his hopes, and _ be-
comes gloomy and unhappy in the midst even of his
pleasures. Man alone can meet nothing here to fix
his heart.” !
DPV ole lL. 227.
348 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
We come now to the question, What is the state
of the soul after death, previous to the Resurrection ?
Three theories have been proposed, and they now
have their respective adherents.
One theory is, The soul is insensible between death
and the resurrection.
Another is, The souls of men go neither to heaven
nor to hell immediately after death, but remain happy
or miserable, till the resurrection, in two departments
of a region commonly called Hades.
The third theory is expressed in the language of the
Westminster Assembly’s Shorter Catechism: ‘“ ‘The souls
of believers are at their death made perfect in holiness
and do immediately pass into glory, their bodies, being
still united to Christ, do rest in their graves until the
resurrection.”’ ;
The first theory which we will consider, is that of
Insensibility between death and the resurrection.
This doctrine has been revived of late years, and it
prevails to a considerable extent. It has found an advo-
cate in Archbishop Whately, of Dublin, in his work,
“A View of the Scripture Revelations concerning a
Future State.’’ He thinks, indeed, that the Scriptures
have left the question undecided; but his own mind
is strongly inclined to the theory of insensibility. It
is a disagreeable necessity to examine this theory; for
the reader, who is not already familiar with it, will
shudder and be in distress till he has passed through
this dismal region of silence.
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 349
Dr. Whately says, “It is common to hear persons,
when speaking of those of the departed of whose final
salvation they are confident, speak of them as in
heaven, as admitted to that blessed state in which they
are to continue forever, as made partakers of the king-
dom of hegven. And yet you are expressly told in
Scripture that it is at the end of the world that Jesus -
will come to judge all men and pronounce their final
doom, and that each will then have his just portion as-
signed him, whether of reward or punishment.”’
His principal arguments are as follows :
‘ Death is commonly designated in the Bible by the
terms sleep, and asleep.’
‘The Apostles comfort Christians by thoughts of
the Resurrection, and not of ther friends being in
heaven.’
‘The warnings addressed to unbelievers refer to the
last day, and not to the intermediate state.’
‘ Proofs of immortality are drawn from the resurrec-
tion, not from the intermediate state.’
‘The day of judgment, and not the day of death, is
declared to be the time when the condition of all men is
to be unalterably fixed.’
His theory is that the first thing which we know
after death is, that the judgment day has come, that
it will be with the soul as in the case of a fainting fit,
when we do not perceive that there is any interval
between the accident and the’ restoration of conscious-
ness. He speaks of a woman who fell into a trance
80
850 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
state for several weeks, and revived asking for grapes,
which had been brought in just before she became insen-
sible. We are all familiar with cases of this description.
Hence, he says, there is no long, dreary interval per-
ceived by the soul, and of course no sense of weariness,
nor of delay or loss of enjoyment. .
If one were disposed to combat the opinions of this
writer, instead of wishing simply to know the truth, it
might be easy to allege that the Archbishop’s position
in Ireland, surrounded by Roman Catholic influences,
made it easy for him to fall into this theory as a short
method of disproving the doctrines of purgatory and the
adoration of saints.
While from our great respect for him we must be
specially careful not to give undue weight to this expla-
nation, we are, nevertheless, forced to receive his own
candid admissions as to the desirableness of his theory
in contending with Papal errors. For he tells us that
if the Scriptures were clear on the subject of an inter-
mediate state, a perfect knowledge that departed souls
are conscious, would lead us to offer up prayers for the
dead. This, however, he says, could not be the case, if
the Scriptures represented the separate state as unchange-
able. If one says that such prayers are at least harm-
less, Dr. Whately answers that they are not without
a bad effect upon men while they live, who are en-
couraged to sin with the expectation of being prayed
for after death. Moreover, he says that we should be
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. oon
tempted to pray to departed saints, who are with God,
and who, we might not be able to disbelieve, must
have power with God. Such things, he tells us, are the
melancholy fruit of believing in a state of conscious-
ness after death previously to the resurrection. Adopt
the theory of unconsciousness, and it shuts out this
error. .
In attempting a reply to these various considerations
in favor of his theory, we may begin with the one just
mentioned, and say, that to believe in the sleep of
souls between death and the resurrection for the pur-
pose of refuting the Popish doctrines of Purgatory and
praying to saints, is paying too dear even for so
conclusive an argument. On the same principle we
might be asked to forego the Lord’s Supper, and to
admit that it was intended only for the times of the
Apostles; because we should by this means help to
do away with the Romish abuses of this Sacrament.
It is difficult to conceive how such a man as Archbishop
Whately could bring himself to offer this supposed
advantage as having the least weight with those who
take the Scriptures for their infallible guide; because
the same inducement could be offered in connection
with every truth which has been perverted by the cun-
ning craftiness of men. We will yield our faith in the
immediate happiness of departed saints, if the Bible
does not warrant this precious faith so generally em-
braced; but we cannot turn to the right hand nor to
the left from the instructions of the Word of God to.
852 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
save the souls of the whole Papal world, nor to confute
their heresy. Had such concessions never been made,
for similar purposes, there had been no Papacy. And
if, in case of equilibrium in the argument, we must
choose between a theory which, it is said, will refute
the monstrous error of Purgatory, and, on the other
hand, a theory which represents the souls of the pious
dead as being still conscious, we are disposed to think
that the cause of truth and, consequently, of human
salvation, would lose most by the theory which eclipses
heaven and the souls of all the pious dead to the eye
of faith, We can hardly reason with composure against
this theory ; we feel toward it very much as we might
toward a serious proposition that the graves of all our
dead should be given up to the colleges of surgeons.
Such a proposition might proceed from distinguished
sources, be maintained with learning, and be argued
logically ; but in replying to it, learning and _ logic
would yield to expressions of horror, and to the out-
cries of natural affection. We are glad that Archbishop
Whately feels constrained to admit that the Scriptures
do by no means decide in favor of his theory. He can-
didly says (and our hearts thank him for it as they
do one who has forborne to rob us), that if the theory
be true it is well that the Scriptures are no more
explicit ; for many would be weary and discouraged
by the thought that the pious dead are literally asleep.
Though one moment and ten centuries are the same
to them that sleep, yet people could not so regard it.
*
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. tits:
He says that the Scriptures leave the subject so far
undecided that those whose feelings are biased either
way may innocently adopt either theory.— We would
none of us be behind him in charity, but we wonder
at any men who with the New Testament in their
hands, and even in the midst of Popery, can adopt such
a belief.
As to the well-known habit of the Apostles, in speak-
ing of future blessedness, to dwell upon the resurrection
and that which was to follow, more than upon the
happiness of an intermediate state, we may see in this
an illustration of their farsighted and comprehensive
faith. ‘Their happiness would not be complete till “the
adoption, to wit, the redemption of the body,” granting
that, as they say, this refers only to the resurrection.
The glories of that day and the bliss of having a com-
pleted nature, body and soul, outshone the intervening
blessedness of heaven; they believed in both, but they
speak chiefly of the greater, and of the more distant
consummation. This was their habit of mind. It is
the effect of powerful faith. So with regard to the
wicked, — the Apostles, for the same reason, dwell
chiefly on the consummation of .their woe at the end
of the world. It should be borne in mind that in the
Apostles’ day the thoughts of believers were full of the
Resurrection. We, probably, do not fully consider how
their minds were occupied with it. Christ had just -
risen from the dead and had become the first fruits
of them that slept. Christianity and the hopes of its
| 30 *
*
304 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
friends were all suspended on the question whether
Christ would rise from the dead. He rose, and such a
triumph never was known, and never can be known
” therefore, became the
in this world. ‘* Resurrection,
engrossing theme,— the resurrection of Christ, and so
the resurrection of his people. It is not strange, we
maintain, that in writing and speaking about a future
life, the souls of the Apostles should have leaped beyond
the intermediate state, and should be found dwelling
rapturously on the resurrection. It seemed deficient’ to
tell believers that their departed friends were with Jesus,
because the stronger and more exultant language was, —
“them that sleep in Jesus wall God bring -with Him.”
‘“ Who shall change our vile body that it may be fash-
ioned like unto his glorious body.” Paul says of
himself—that he counts “all things but loss — if by
any means I might attain unto the resurrection of the
dead.” But he needed to make no effort merely to
rise from the dead;—his meaning is that he strives to
make good his interest in Christ so that he might have
a completed glorified nature ;— not merely reach heaven,
but have a body at last like Christ’s. So in warning
the wicked, who rejected his Lord, it was natural to
remind them not merely of their punishment, but of
the certam coming of their imjured Saviour whom
Paul preached, — of his coming “ with his mighty angels
in flaming fire, taking vengeance on them that know
not God.” It is easy to see how intermediate things
dwindled before a mind raised to such heights of expec-
™
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 350
tation. So when Christ had ascended, the “two men
in white apparel” spake of his coming again, not of his
being in heaven. Was he not therefore in heaven?
We may cheerfully admit, in view of what has now
been said, that Paul and Peter dwell but little on the
happiness of the intermediate state compared with their
glowing anticipations of their Redeemer’s final triumph
and of our “gathering together unto him.”
This will help us to a reply when Archbishop Whately
says that it is an argument for the resurrection, not for
a separate state, which is based on the words to Moses
at the bush,—‘*‘I am the God of Abraham.” — But
the argument of Christ seems to contemplate the opposite
of annthilation, a future, or continued, state of existence,
not merely the resurrection. Resurrection is made use
of as the exponent, the impressive symbol, of a perpet-
uated existenee, which the death of the body seemingly
interrupts; and therefore ‘resurrection’ is the appro-
priate restorative, adding the link which had apparently
been broken by death. The argument of Christ may
be stated thus: Wow that there is a state of existence here-
after, even Moses showed at the bush when he called
God the God of Abraham, of Isaac, and of Jacob. God
would not have suffered himself to be called ‘the God”
of those who had ceased forever to exist. — This group-
ing of future life in all its stages, and using resurrection
as its title, its appellative, is copied by the Apostles, in
grouping rewards and punishments, death, the last day,
resurrection and final judgment, without drawing lines
356 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
of distinction between them, and making “ resurrection ”’
to stand for the whole.
An illustration of this, already mentioned, is given in
the brief narrative of the Saviour’s ascension. ‘* Why
stand ye gazing up into heaven?” said the “two men in
white apparel ;’’ --‘‘ this same Jesus which is taken up
from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye
have seen him go into heaven.” But why not dwell on
the intermediate period of his exaltation and reign? why
pass this by and speak of his second coming? And does
this prove that Christ had no consciousness between his
ascension and second coming? Evidently, the second
coming of Christ was seized upon as suited to strike
the minds of the disciples more powerfully than the
bare assurance that Christ still lived and reigned. That
was implied by the assurance of his second coming, so
that this, and resurrection, are like the first»person singu-
lar among a group of nouns, governing the syntax.
In depicting the terrors of a public execution, one
would not be likely to dwell much upon the previous im-
prisonment; though in itself it were sufficient to absorb
the thoughts. It would be the great catastrophe, the
irrevocable act of execution, which must seize and occupy
his mind. Apply this to the punishment of the wicked.
In offering some further positive proofs from Scripture
Gin addition to those cited to disprove materialism), show-
ing that the soul after death is not asleep but conscious,
we may appropriately begin with a case which we must
allow is. the strongest on the side of Dr. Whately,
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE: 307
and seemingly favoring his argument drawn from the
use of the terms sleep, and asleep, applied to death; but
which we think will be found to be against his theory.
Stephen said, ‘‘Behold I see heaven opened, and the
Son of Man standing on the right hand of God.”
“And they stoned Stephen, calling [upon God] and
saying, Lord Jesus, receive my spirit. And when he
had said this, he fell asleep.”
Here it is interesting to notice that Stephen sees Jesus
“standing”? at the right hand of God, as though the
Saviour’s intense interest in the dying martyr led Him to
stand looking on, in an attitude of waiting to welcome
Him to himself. But let us hasten to the close of the im-
pressive scene. ‘* And having said this, he fell asleep,”
that is, according to Archbishop Whately’s theory of
‘¢ unconsciousness,” he fell into a slumber, yet undis-
turbed, and continuing till the end of time! But what
are the words of the narrative? ‘And having said this,
he fell asleep.” What had he said? ‘ Lord Jesus, re-
ceive my spirit.” We are not willing to believe that
> nor that he was mis-
Stephen meant ‘“ at the last day ;’
taken in his expectation that Christ was waiting to receive
him that moment into glory. As to the use of the word
“‘ sleep”? here, it is a beautiful touch by the inspired pen.
The shower of stones is descending upon the martyr, and
yet his peaceful death is merely a falling asleep.
The use of this term as applied to death, is sufficiently
explained when we remember that the Bible describes ex-
ternal. things as they appear, not as they are. It is by
358 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
this means that divine wisdom has made the Bible con-
sistent, from age to age, with scientific disclosures. It
does not conflict with the modern theory of astronomy, and
for the reason that it uses the popular phraseology with
regard to the rising and setting of the heavenly bodies.
It does not conflict with geology, for similar reasons; and
the close resemblance of the dead body to one asleep
warrants the use of the term on the same principle. Dr.
Campbell, in one of his well-known Dissertations, relieves
this difficulty, and others with it, by showing that the term
sleep, applied to the state of the dead, is found in all Jan-
guages, whatever be the popular belief as to the condition
of the dead. ‘* The common doctrine of the Orientals,’
he says, ‘‘ favored the separate existence of the souls of
the deceased.” ‘* Christians have been the more ready to
adopt such expressions, as their doctrine of the resurrec-
tion presented to their minds an additional analogy be-
tween the bodies of the deceased and the bodies of those
asleep — that of being one day awakened.”
The words of Christ to the penitent thief make the
very general impression that ere the sun went down the
soul of the thief would be in the conscious enjoyment of
Paradise. To this Archbishop Whately replies, ‘ one
day is with the Lord as a thousand years, and a thousand
years as one day;”’ but this cannot mean that one day
and a thousand years are identical ; that men regard them
as such, or that God would promise a thing “this day”
which was not to occur for a thousand years. The mean-
ing we take to be, The lapse of time makes no difference
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 359
with God as to his plans and actions. A thousand years
do not make him forgetful ; the events of one day are not
more easily comprehended than those of ages; his prom-
ises and threatenings are sure, though delayed a thousand
years.
Perhaps those who believe that the soul is conscious
after death, wonder that, in view of the account of the
rich man and Lazarus, any one can believe the oppo-
site. Archbishop Whately disposes of the testimony
from that passage by saying that the only object is to
show that the conditions of men, hereafter, are not neces-
sarily parallel with their conditions here. All else in
the passage, he says, is mere costume, and is not to be
received as intentionally correct statement.
This is a dangerous principle of interpretation. The
assumption is easily disproved. For, to resume the
statement already made on this point, in no one para-
ble of Christ is any thing introduced by way of ma-
chinery or costume, which is at all fictitious. Let every
parable be examined, and we shall be interested to find
that this is literally so. Take the parable of the Good
Samaritan for an example. Every thing there narrated
has happened. So of the Prodigal Son, the wheat
and tares, the net, the treasure hid in .a field, the
lost sheep, and the lost piece of money. Every
thing in these parables happens continually. There is
not one touch of fictitious illustration in the whole.
We have no right to say that the parable of the rich
man and Lazarus, allowing it to be a ‘parable,’ is an -
360 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
exception. The importance of this will be recognized
in its connection with the doctrine of retribution after
death. The natural impression which the narrative
makes upon the reader is, that the soul survives the
death of the body, and does not sleep between death
and the resurrection.
The language of Paul respecting his own death seems
utterly inconsistent with the idea of his death being a
sleep. ‘For me to live is Christ, and to die is gain.”
Such a man never could have preferred ages of un-
consciousness and inactivity to laboring for Christ. What
prospect did death hold out to him? Surely not that
he was to sleep until the resurrection. ‘ Having a
desire to depart, and to be with Christ, which is far
better.”’? Will any one explain how death is a ‘ depart-
ure to be with Christ,’ if the soul at death becomes
unconscious ? — “ For we know that if this earthly house
of our tabernacle were dissolved, we have a_ building
of God, a house not made with hands, eternal in the
heavens.” What is it to be ‘‘ unclothed,” and “ clothed
upon,”’ if the soul be not separated from the body by death?
One cannot help thinking what seeming delusions
have been practised on dying Christians in all ages of
the world, and upon their surviving friends, if the antici-
pations of the dying, that they would at once be with
Christ, are not fulfilled. Open almost any Christian -
biography, and where do you find a dying saint antici-
pating non-existence during the interval of death and
the resurrection? Nowhere, but on the contrary —
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 361
“The world recedes, it disappears ;
Heaven opens on my eyes; my ears
With sounds seraphie ring.
Lend, lend your wings, I mount, I fly,
O grave! where is thy victory!
O death! where is thy sting!”
Here, for example, is a passage from David Brainerd’s
last days — ‘ Lord’s Day, September 27, 1747. I was
born on a Sabbath day, and I have reason to think I was
new born on a Sabbath day, and I hope I shall die on
this Sabbath day.—TI am almost in eternity; I long to
be there. —I long to be in heaven, praising and glori-
fying God with the holy angels.’’ — ‘+ October 6th, he ~
lay as if he were dying. He was heard to utter, in
broken whispers, such expressions as these: ‘ He will
come, he will not tarry; I shall soon be in glory. I
shall soon glorify God with the angels.’” But Arch-
bishop Whately thinks that for a hundred and thir-
teen years Brainerd has been utterly unconscious, and
that all these anticipations are not to be fulfilled for per-
haps several thousand years. All such books as, The
Memoirs of Dr. Payson, and the ‘Last Hours of the
Dying” should be suppressed, if heaven does not re-
ceive the departing spirit. Yea, many of us are found
false witnesses before God, if this be so. Alas! too,
for our Christian Hymns:
‘‘ Give me the wings of faith to rise
Within the veil, and see
The saints above, how great their joys,
How bright their glories be.
317~
362 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
“ Take comfort, Christians, when your friends
In Jesus fall asleep ;
Their better being never dies;
Then why dejected weep ?”
“Think, O ye who fondly languish
O’er the graves of those you love,
While your bosoms swell with anguish,
They are warbling songs above.
“‘ While our silent steps are straying
Lonely through night’s deep’ning shade,
Glory’s brightest beams are playing
Round the happy Christian’s head.”
“ Hark! they whisper! angels say
‘ Sister spirit! come away!’”
But no, Archbishop Whately would say, rather, Sister
spirit, fall asleep!
Not only are Christians, drawing near to death, often
filled with glowing anticipations of heaven, but in health
there are times when every child of God has such
anticipations of the heavenly world, and such concep-
tions of what it must be to dwell there, that death
and the grave are disarmed of terror. All these things
are in palpable contradiction of the theory of uncon-
sciousness after death. But Dr. Whately says it will ©
be the same as though we did awake in heaven, for
the long sleep will.be without any perception of delay
and natural tediousness. We demur to this. We shall
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 363
lose inconceivable good. We had hoped in heaven to
behold the growing empire of our King on earth; to see
Satan foiled; to share in the triumphs of the Gospel
when China receives Christ as her king, and Japan
comes into the family of Jesus, and India begins to
shine the brightest jewel in his crown. But though
life on earth may have been spent to promote these
things, and all our desires were lost in this, ‘Thy king-
dom come,’ it seems that we are to be put to sleep, like
infants, while the household is to be alive with joy.
Are we not the bride of Christ? But while our hus-
band and lord is making preparations for the nuptials,
we, it appears, are to be kept unconscious till every
thing is ready for the ceremony. We feel a righteous
indignation at all such intimations. They cheat us of
the expectation created by Him who said, “ And if
I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again
and receive you unto myself.”” The dying day is “the
day of Christ” to @ believer, as may be seen in several
places in the Epistles. It is at death, we believe, that
Christ comes to receive us to himself. Moréover, we
think of death, to a Christian, as rest and peace; but
Dr. Whately tells us that the next moment after we
fall asleep, we shall hear the voice of the archangel ;
the dead will be rising, the Judge’ will be descending,
the heavens will be departing, the earth will be on
fire, all kindreds of the earth will be wailing at the
sight of the Judge, and, apparently sooner than our
bodies could be placed in their coffins, we shall put on
364 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
new forms, and be among the splendors and ecstatic
visions of the second coming of Christ. Is this in
accordance with the representations of the Bible con-
cerning the rest and peace of death? Where is Arch-
bishop Whately’s “sleep,” if this be so?
The inconsistency, or superfiuousness, of two trials
and adjudications of the dead, which Archbishop W hate-
ly dwells upon sp much as an argument against the in-
termediate state, does not strike all as it appears to have
affected him; yet it is a consideration which, apart from
the subject in hand, is a perplexity in many minds.
Is there not both a propriety and a seeming necessity
for two adjudications, in the case of every soul? One
is necessary at death, if the soul survives the body, in
order that it may receive its award. But still its full
account is not then made up, and cannot be till time
shall be no longer. Voltaire and Paine will have a
greater account to be settled at the Yast day than when
they died; Paul will not be prepared for his full award
till there are no longer any to read his epistles. So of
every one who exerted any influence, as who does not?
Moreover, the assignment of each soul at death to its
place of happiness or woe, is a more private and per-
sonal transaction; in the great day the character and
doings of the Most High will be vindicated before all,
in the history of each. Hence, so far from its being
unnatural that there should be two judgment days for
each soul, we think there is a propriety and, indeed, a
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 365
necessity for them. Hence it does not constitute an ar-
gument against the intermediate state.
Have not the fallen angels already had that which is
equivalent to a trial and condemnation? We cannot
suppose that they were ‘thrust down to hell’ without
something of the kind, or that they would be detained
so long merely as prisoners waiting for their trial. They
are convicts already, and yet they are ‘ reserved — unto
the judgment of the great day.’ Their account, certainly,
will not be ready for its full adjustment till the end of
this world.
But, to conclude this part of the subject, — We have
no analogies to encourage a belief in this long sleep.
The phenomena of ‘sleep are all deficient, for this reason
among others,—that the bodily organization of one
asleep does not become decomposed. Could we see a
- body decay or change greatly, at night, and then revive
in the morning with all the powers of the mind in full
exercise as now is the case on waking from slumber,
we should be presented with an analogy to Dr. Whately’s
theory of unconsciousness in the grave. Because the —
mind recovers itself from sleep while here in the body,
one has no right to infer that it can remain unconscious
for ages while the body is wholly decayed, and still
return to consciousness. This argument is not against
the possibility of the theory as an act of divine power,
—for it is as possible as the resurrection of the dead.
The point is this: It is illogical to argue that when the
body has decayed in the grave, the soul can awake
: 31 *
366 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
from a sleep of ages, for the reason that the mind here
awakes from sleep; for here the body survives. The
two things, therefore, are not parallel.
Moreover, Where does the soul sleep, when the body
is mixed with the dust of the earth? It is not in
heaven; it is not in the grave, for it is not a material
substance; and the body which cradled its slumbers in
this world, is, perhaps, burned to ashes. This body,
we know, will, by the power of God, be raised; the
soul can be re-created; but what intelligent conception
has any one of its existence, when the body, which is
essential in this world even to its being asleep, is no
“more ? Lodged, perhaps, it may be, in that mysterious
germ of the new body which passes undestroyed through
earth, and fire, and water; we do not deny it; we only
say that our present power to sleep and awake affords
no ground for an argument in favor of a thing which, in
some of its conditions, is totally unlike that phenomenon.
Thus far, with regard to the theory that the soul
sleeps between death and the resurrection.
The reader must be willing to suffer awhile longer.
He must now pass into the swamps which lie around
purgatory, the dismal regions of ghosts, far this side
of the heavenly Jerusalem ;—to which, however, in
opposition to this next theory, Paul tells us, —not that
we are coming, but, “* Ye are come.”’
Tur Srconp THeEory, then, is, That souls at death
go neither to heaven nor to hell immediately, but remain
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 367
in a region called Hanes. We call this, for convenience,
The Hades theory.
The theory is, that there is, somewhere, a place which
is divided into two regions, one for the righteous, the
other for the wicked. It is called by some modern
writers, a ‘¢ subterranean ”’
region. ‘They say the upper
part is occupied by the good, while the lower part is an
abysmal place where the wicked are confined in misery.
The upper region is called Paradise, the lower Tartarus.
Wicked angels are said to be there, awaiting their final
doom, and their eternal prison-house. At the resur-
rection, the souls of the good will ascend where God
has his seat, and the wicked will be removed to another
place of punishment.
Hapxs, from the Greek, a (with an aspirate) having
the force of a negative,— and eido, to see,— hence,
INVISIBILITY, is used eleven times in the New ‘Testa-
ment, and is translated hell im every place but one,
where’ it is rendered by the word, grave. The old
English, or Saxon word, Hell, means, a place obscured,
covered, hidden. Dr. Doddridge refers to that meaning
of the word as retained in his day “in the eastern, and
especially in the western counties of England,” where
‘to hele over a thing” is, “ tocover it.’’! He says,
moreover, that the old meaning of the word exactly
answers to the Greek word Hades, and denotes a ‘ con-
cealed or unseen place.”’? Dr. Campbell says, “ But
though. our word, hell, in its original signification, was
1Fam. Expos., Rev. I. 18. b. 2 Thid.
368 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
more adapted to express the sense of Hades [covered,
obscure] than of Gehenna [valley of Hinnom, a place
of torment] it is not so now. When we speak as
Christians, we always express by it the place of the
punishment of the wicked after the general judgment,
as opposed to heaven, the place of the reward of the
righteous.” In a word, the meaning of Hades (trans-
lated Hell in the New Testament, as Gehenna also is)
means the state of separation from the body, irrespective
of character. Jacob says, “I shall go down into Sheol
[ Greek, Hades] unto my son mourning,” that is, I shall
leave the world, or, go into the world of spirits, I shall
end my days, mourning.
The ablest expounder of this theory (of Hades as a
place), perhaps, is Bishop Horsley. He builds his belief
of it chiefly on 1 Peter ii. 19, “by which also he
(Christ) went and preached to the spirits in prison.”
This is the * hell” (** Hades’’) mentioned in the Apostles’
“creed ’? — “he descended into hell.” Bishop Horsley is
much concerned to explain how the souls of the righteous
in Hades can be properly called “ spirits in prison ;”’ — for
it was to the good that he believes Christ went to preach
during the interval of his death and resurrection. He
says that the invisible mansion of departed spirits, though
certainly not a place of confinement to the good, is, never-
theless, in some respects, ‘‘a prison,” a place of seclusion,
a place of unfinished happiness, of rest, of security, of
hope, rather than of enjoyment. It would not have been
1 Prelim. Diss. VI. part 2.
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 369
necessary, were it not for sm. The deliverance of the
righteous frone this place and state is to be effected by
Christ. A place of confinement like this, to the good,
may well be called “a prison.””. He would translate the
passage in Peter, ‘He went and preached to the spirits
in safe-keeping.’ ‘ Now if Christ went and preached to
the spirits m prison, he went to their prison, and what is
this but the ‘hell’ of the Apostles’ Creed? I have not
met with the critic who could explain.” He gives to the
' Apostles’ Creed an authority which would control. our
interpretations; but it is by no means probable that the
Apostles ever saw the creed which bears their name.
No writer before the fifth century speaks of the Apostles
as having met to form a creed. Luke certainly makes no
record of such a meeting. Had it originated with the
Apostles, it would have been the same in all times, not
changed, as has been the case, by different early hands.
The same writer gives the creed of the Church in differ-
ent terms, which he would not do had there been one
authentic Apostles’ Creed. In its present form, it is,
indeed, very ancient, being recorded by Ambrose in the
third century. That it has no binding authority at the
present day is seen from its caption in the Episcopal
Prayer-Book: ‘¢*—— Any churches may omit the words,
He descended into hell, or may instead of them use the
words, He went into the place of departed spirits, which
are considered as words of the same meaning in the
ereed.”” We can make no objection to this, provided
“the place of departed spirits’? means, merely, a state of
370 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
separation from the body ;— and this is obviously a proper
meaning of Hades. But there are those who seem, with
Bishop Horsley, to feel that Hades is a place. We have
seen how Bishop Horsley labors painfully under his great
mistake that ‘spirits in prison”? means, ‘‘ souls in safe-
keeping,”’ who were the objects of a gracious visit in their
‘‘ prison,” (not heaven), from their Redeemer within the
thirty-six hours between his death and_ resurrection.
Neither the Bible, nor the conceptions of Christian faith
and hope, warrant the belief that an ante-chamber to
heaven, or a provincial region away from the metropolis,
detains the righteous dead, while heaven, and its angels,
sit solitary, with, perhaps, the scanty satisfaction of pos-
sessing two redeemed souls, Enoch and Elijah, who
providentially leaped the « prison” of Bishop Horsley.
Moses, when he appeared on Tabor, we take it, must
have gained a brief respite from that “ prison,” to accom-
pany Elijah on his visit to the Saviour at his transfigura-
tion, after which he must have returned, alas! and is yet
in “prison.” We believe no such thing. This is not
the faith of the Church,— we mean “the Church which
is His body.”
As an illustration of the way in which the simple,
unsuspecting writers of the New Testament can be drawn
to the support of almost any theory by quoting words
from them apart from their connection, we may refer to
these words in Acts: “For David is not ascended into
the heavens.’ This is a great proof-text with Romish
writers, and with the advocates of Hades as a place.
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 371
They use it to show that righteous souls do not go imme-
diately to heaven, but to an intermediate place. Hence
they argue in favor of Purgatory. But the speaker’s
object is merely to show that David, in the Psalms, is
speaking of the resurrection and exaltation of Christ, not
of himself. ‘* Ascended into the heavens,” as the whole
context shows, means, Exaltation, such as the words
which follow the quotation describe: ‘For David is
not ascended into the heavens; but he saith himself,
The Lord said unto my Lord, sit thou on my right hand
until I make thy foes thy footstool.”? The word ascended
is not the emphatic word; but David and his Lord are
contrasted, and exaltation to the right hand of God, not
the state of the body, or soul, is the subject in hand.
As the passage in Peter makes the impression that
the souls to whom they say Christ preached, were
those of the wicked, Bishop Horsley would interpret
the words, ‘“‘ went and preached to those who were
formerly disobedient, but were now recovered.” Another
difficulty still more formidable lies in his path. These
souls, it is said, “‘ were sometime disobedient when once
the long-suffering of God waited in the days of Noah.”
They were ante-diluvians, therefore, it would seem, to
whom Christ preached; and are they not, many of
them, victims of the deluge? ‘ To this,’’ Bishop Hors-
ley says, “‘the only answer that can be given is, that
the Scriptures are manifestly anxious to speak so as
to convey a distinct intimation that the ante-diluvian
race were not uninterested in redemption. Perhaps
Siz EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
the souls of those who died in the deluge have pecul-
jar apprehensions of themselves as marked victims of
divine vengeance, and might have “peculiar need of
consolation, which the preaching of our Lord in those
subterranean regions afforded these prisoners of hope.”
Here we perceive his belief in the doctrine of the
final restoration of the wicked, of which he was an
advocate.
A writer on this subject in this country (the author
of “ Lenten Fast’), dislikes the interpretation, and says,
‘* Might not Christ have proclaimed to those, who, hay-
ing died in penitence, had. been thus waiting and watch-
ing for ages, that at length — He had finished the work
of redemption, and was now going to plead as their
Intercessor ?’’! He advocates the Hades theory with
much earnestness. “The just,’ he says, “do not at
once enter into heaven, nor do the lost descend imme-
diately to their eternal prison.” ?
Dr. Bloomfield, commenting on the words of Christ
to the Penitent Thief, says, “‘He could not mean a
paradise of sensual delights. Nor must we suppose that
by Paradise is meant heaven. ‘The term came to denote,
among the later Jews, that pleasant abode in Hades
appointed for the reception of the pious dead until they
should, after the day of judgment, be again united to
their bodies in a future state.””—It was “a secure and
quiet retreat for the time which should intervene between
death and the resurrection.’’
1“ Yenten Fast,” p. 198. 2 Tbid. p. 175.
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. Sto
Dr. Dwight says,! ‘Several expressions, found in
both Testaments, seem to intimate an intermediate place,
as well as an intermediate state of existence, between
this world and the final scenes of rétribution.”? “I am
obliged to confess myself not altogether satisfied. I
have found difficulties on both sides.’”? ‘* The soul of
Christ was not left in Hades. The thief, therefore,
went to the state which is denoted by this word, and
not to that which is denoted by heaven, unless this
word is supposed to include heaven.” We _ suppose
that it does include heaven, and also hell. ‘ Para-
dise”’ is heaven, as will be made to appear. The rich
man was in Hades as truly as Lazarus, that is, both were
in a state of separation from the body. Christ says,
‘Thou wilt not leave my soul in Hades.’”’ He evidently
means, ‘Thou wilt not suffer me to remain a disem-
bodied soul”; which is confirmed by what is said of
his body in the next clause —that it would not remain
long enough in the grave for decay to commence its
work upon it. But Dr. Dwight, and other good and
able men, seem to be embarrassed with the idea so com-
mon in the early times, that Hades must be a place.
The word “eave,” seems to favor the idea of being
left behind in some place. A. good argument could be
made for a far different interpretation than any which
has yet been generally received. The Greek word for
leave, is used by Christ on the cross, according to Mat-
thew and Mark, and it is there rendered “forsaken.”
1 Theology, Sermon 144.
32
374 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
Hence, the passage in Acts, quoted from the Psalms
might mean, When I am a separate spirit, thou wilt
not forsake me; as though he said, ‘ Yea though I walk
through the valley* of the shadow of death, — thou art
with me.’ — But the meaning evidently is, Thou wilt
not suffer me to remain long separate from the body,
—referring, of course, to immediate resurrection.
As the most convenient mode of considering and
answering the arguments in favor of this theory, of
Hades as a place, we will now attend to the more com-
monly received doctrine of the Intermediate State.
We come, therefore, to the Tutrp THrory, which
is, The doctrine of the Westminster Assembly’s Cate-
chism. 7
“Q. What benefits do believers receive from Christ
at their death ?”
“A. The souls of believers are at their death made
perfect in holiness, and do immediately pass into glory ;
their bodies, being still united to Christ, do rest in their
graves until the resurrection.”
Some of the direct proofs for this theory will first be
considered, and then the arguments of those who main-
tain that there is an intermediate place for souls between
death and their final abodes. Let it be borne in mind
that we do not suppose the righteous or the wicked to
be, respectively, as happy or as miserable as they will
be after the resurrection. This we shall show hereafter.
In proof of the entrance of righteous souls at once
into heaven, we may mention the evident identity, in
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 375
the account of Paul’s visit to the invisible world, between
‘“‘the third heaven’’ and “ Paradise.”’ ‘I knew a man
in Christ —caught up to the third heaven.” “And I
knew such an one caught up into “Paradise.” Here,
Paradise, and the third heaven, which all admit is the
“heaven of heavens,” are identical. — To break the
force of this argument, some say that Paul is speaking
of two revelations, one referring to heaven, and the
other to a lower place. But, that one vision, or trans-
lation, is meant, is obvious from this, that we should
have an inverted climax if two are intended: ‘I knew
aman caught up to the third heaven, the very presence
of God, yea, even to the place where the righteous are
‘kept in seclusion.” ’ This is not admissible. — But if
Paradise and ‘third heaven” are identical, the thief
went with Christ to the heaven of heavens.
Stephen’s vision, which we have already considered,
was a vision of ‘* heaven opened,” ‘and the-Son of man
standing on the right hand of God.” The vision was,
no doubt, as truly for the strengthening of believers as
of Stephen. ‘The impression made by the vision is,
that the souls of martyrs go at once to the right hand
of God, not that they depart into a “ place of seclusion.”
‘¢ Having a desire,” says Paul, “to depart and to be
with Christ, which is far better.’ Where is Christ ?
We none of us doubt that he is in the heaven of heavens,
‘and that this is his seat. If it be said that Christ could
be with Paul in a place called Hades, we reply, Christ
was with Paul in this world. He did not need “to
376 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
depart,”’ in order to be, in this sense, with Christ. His
words of ‘desire’ seem to intimate not merely that
Christ would be with him, but that he should go where
Christ resides, where He has his throne, ‘‘is set down,”
‘at the right hand of the Majesty on high.”
There is something incongruous in the thought of
the Saviour’s soul departing from the scenes of cruci-
fixion on a mission. Within the thirty-six hours which
comprised the whole period between his death and res-
urrection, we do not feel that such occupation could
be agreeable to the condition and laws of his human
mind. In the wilderness when the devil had finished
his temptation, ‘behold, angels came and ministered
unto him.’ When He was in Gethsemane ‘there ap-
peared unto him an angel strengthening him. We
cannot deny that on leaving his body on the cross
his human soul may have received strength and vigor
unknown before; hence we can make no assertion with
regard to his probable employment after he gave up
the ghost; but we are free to confess that when He
said, ‘ Father, into thy hands I commend my spirit,”
we do not willingly think of that spirit as being sent
away to “preach to the spirits in prison;” we seem
to require for Him peaceful and peace-giving ministra-
tions ; we do not feel prepared to think of his soul as
having at once assumed that giant strength, or that
instant oblivion of the cross, that selfpossession, or even
that perfect calmness, which is implied in his going on
such an errand; it does violence to our conceptions of
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. STE
Him to whose human soul the scenes within the veil
would be as strange as they will be to any of us, “ his
brethren.” ‘The State of seclusion,’’ and the ‘ prison,”
which Bishop Horsley is obliged to confess represent
Hades, were not, to our view, most appropriate to the
departing spirit which had just commended itself to the
Father’s hands. Hades as separate from heaven, ac-
cording to Bishop Horsley and others, is not the abode
of the Father; but we seem to require that the be-
loved Son be taken instantly from amidst+the pains of
death to the home of his God, and when He said “It
is finished,” we prefer to think that He was not disap-
pointed by finding another labor awaiting Him, namely,
to visit ‘“‘ Hades” and preach to “ spirits in prison.” _
Some of the writers already quoted, who resist.the
idea that the Saviour spent the interval between death
and the resurrection elsewhere than in a place called
Hades, argue that he did not go to heaven, from the
fact that he told Mary Magdalene He had not ascended
to his Father.— The exact words should here be borne
in mind: *“* Touch me not, for I am not yet ascended
.to my Father.”
But we fail to make any good sense of the passage
with this interpretation. ‘Touch me not,” said He, “for
I am not yet ascended to my Father.” Why is this a
reason for not touching Him? It would rather seem to
be a reason for allowing it, seeing that the sanctity of a
glorified state had not yet supervened. The common
interpretation is more natural: ‘Do not stay now for
32 *
378 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
these acts of love. I am not ascending at present to
heaven; there will be time to meet with me again; go,
tell my brethren that I am risen, arid that I am to: as-
cend, no more a man of sorrows, but to reign.’ ‘Touch
me not,’ — the expression intimates earnestness, and
the manner of one who is speeding another on an
errand. The rapturous tidings of which Mary was
to be the bearer must not be kept one instant from
the brethren.
We come now to the passage which is the source of
all this error as to the alleged descent of Christ into a
place called ‘Hades ;’ and we maintain the common
opinion of those who declare that the passage does not
give the slightest countenance to the idea of Christ's
personal preaching to the “spirits in prison,” at his
death, nor at any other time. What reason there is
for supposing that Christ performed this service just
after his death, rather than at any other period, does not
appear. Purgatory alone makes it important that it
should have been at that time. But we have no belief
that he ever did it, nor that there ever were any right-
eous souls who needed it.
John Howe furnishes us with the interpretation of
this passage most commonly received by Protestants.
The passage is this: “For Christ also hath once suf
fered for sins, the just for the unjust, that he might
bring us to God; being put to death in the flesh, but
quickened in the spirit; by which also he went and
preached unto the spirits in prison, when once the long
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 3719
suffering of God waited in the days of Noah, while the
ark was a preparing.”
Mr. Howe says, ‘While Noah, that preacher of
righteousness, was doing it externally, Christ was by
his Spirit, inwardly, preaching to the generation who
were now secure in the infernal prison; not while they
were 50, that is in prison, which the text says not, but
in their former days of disobedience on earth.’ !
There are few passages which contain so many ideas,
crowded so closely together. Here it is difficult to see
the chain of association which connects them. The
following paraphrase may throw light upon the passage,
with its context:
I have been exhorting you to suffer for righteousness’
sake, if men persecute you, and not to be afraid of their
terror, neither be troubled. But honor the Lord God,
by keeping the fear of Him uppermost in your hearts,
and be ready to explain and maintain the truth. To
encourage you in suffering for the truth’s sake, and in
meeting with great opposition, and with ill success, I
present you with these considerations: 1. ‘ Christ
suffered for us,’ to “bring us to God;”
be willing to
suffer, that you may win others. 2. Christ was, indeed,
“put to death” by wicked men; but did not the Holy
Spirit raise Him to life, and endue Him afresh with
power? Be not afraid, then, even to die for the truth.
3. Christ will be with you when you plead with men.
Remember Noah. While he preached, Christ by his
1 Living Temple, II. 10.
380 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
spirit helped him. He will help you. 4. Think of
those lost souls to whom Noah thus preached, now in
prison. Have compassion; be not afraid of the wicked ;
understand their end. 5. Few and feeble as you are,
God will save you. He remembered Noah and saved
him and seven others only, in that universal deluge.
He remembers and saves his people, even if they be
but few. 6. Your Christian profession, if sincere, will
save you as really as the ark saved Noah. ‘To be bap-
tized in the name of the Father, Son, and Holy Ghost,
is, to one who lives conformably to that glorious coye-
nant, an ark of salvation. Ido not mean that the rite
will save you; yet the rite, with all its conditions ful-
filled, is as truly an exponent of salvation, as the ark was
of deliverance to Noah and his house, 7. This salva-
tion is sure. Christ is risen, nay, ‘gone into heaven,
at the right hand of God, angels, authorities and powers
being made subject unto him.’
If there be any thing utterly foreign from this whole
passage, and from the writer’s mind, we are disposed
to think it was, a place, ‘ Hades,’ and the Saviour’s
visit to any such place. |
But where do Bishop Horsley and others place
‘* Hades?” They speak of it as a ‘subterranean
region,” a place “under the earth.” The expression
‘‘under the earth’? was well enough in the days of
the Ptolemaic System of Astronomy. ‘The Bible falls
in with the popular mode of speaking; but we ask
those who would render its astronomical and geological
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. : 381
id
phrases literally, as the believers in the place Hades
must necessarily do, what is meant by the expression,
under the earth, in connection with a planet which turns
wholly round upon its axis every twenty-four hours ?
We maintain, therefore, that ‘the idea of the Saviour’s
going to a_ place called Hades, and preaching to the
souls of the dead, has no countenance from this passage,
> mentioned here, are the
but that the “ spirits in prison,’
souls of the wicked who perished in the flood, to whom
Christ through the Spirit preached by Noah; and that
they, and their faithful minister of righteousness, and
the divine aid afforded him, and his safety and deliv-
erance in the flood, and the sure destruction of the
ungodly, are used to encourage Christians now to be
faithful and zealous, and to maintain their Christian
profession ; — all which if they do, their salvation is as
sure as was that of Noah, while the destruction of their
wicked opposers is as certain as that of sinners in Noah’s
time who are now in the prison of hell.
But now, What is the true meaning of Hades in the
Bible? Is it a place, or merely a state ?
We find no evidence of its being a place. Its mean-
ing, we have already shown, is, invisibility, the unseen
state. — But are not men said in the Bible to go to
Hades? Yes, and in the same sense that they are
now said to go into obscurity, or matrimony, or insol-
vency. Suppose, now, that one should speak of insol-
vency as a place, havig two compartments, one for
honest debtors, and the other for the dishonest ? — or
382 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
represent obscurity, or notoriety, as a place, with upper
and lower regions ;—he would do very much the same
as those who speak of Hades as a place. It was the
universal practice of the Jews, and of other nations, to
speak of the dead as having gone into the unseen state,
just as we, without distinguishing between good and
bad, speak of the dying as going into the world of spirits,
the separate state, the land of silence, the region of the
dead. Such is “ Hades.” It is the «invisible state.
God is there; Christ is there; all souls are there; it
is invisibility to us the living. The Oriental mind
pictured this invisible state as a local habitation ; it is
generally spoken of as such; but we are constantly
in the habit of doing the same thing. In our phrase-
ology, we place the body and the soul together in the
crave. We speak of a friend as ‘sleepmg in Mount
Auburn Cemetery.’ Mrs. Hemans, in her ‘Graves of
a Household,’ says:
“The sea, the blue, lone sea, hath one;
He les where pearls lie deep.” —
We are led, therefore, by our views of the Scripture
in its direct and indirect allusions to this subject, to the
belief that, at death, the souls of the righteous enter
heaven, and the souls of the wicked depart to their final
abode. But neither are we to suppose that the right-
eous are in the complete possession of all the means of
happiness, nor that the wicked receive the full measure
of their punishment, till the resurrection and last judg-
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 383
ment. The glorified body will, of course, add to the
means of enjoyment in the spiritual world, that body
being like that of Christ, connecting the soul more
immediately and intimately with the material universe,
and bestowing upon it a consciousness of redoubled excel-
lence in the scale of creation. Moreover, to those who
followed their Lord and Master here, the final results
of their good influence will be to their praise, and honor,
and glory, at the appearing of Jesus Christ. As to
the wicked (for “there shall be a resurrection both
of the just and of the unjust’’), the addition of the body
which was the instrument of sin, will be an instrument
of retribution; ‘‘that every one may receive the things
done in his body, according to that he hath done,
whether it be good or bad.” President Edwards says,
— ‘Union with a body is the most rational state of
perfection of the human soul.— This was the condition
in which the human soul was created at first ;— its
separation from the body was an alteration brought on
by sin;— whence we must conclude that the former
state of union to the body was a better state than disu-
nion, which was threatened. It introduced that death
that Consists in the separation of body and soul. The
-state of innocency was embodied, the state of guilt was
disembodied.” !_ Hence the Apostle does not regard
our condition as complete till after the resurrection.
‘¢ We ourselves,” he says, “which have the first fruits
of the spirit, — groan within ourselves, waiting for
1 Vol. VII. p. 240.
384 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
the adoption,—to wit, the redemption of our body.”
“Which,” says John Howe, “ though it ultimately
refer to the resurrection, may be allowed to have an
incomplete meaning in reference to death too, for I see
not but, ‘redemption of our body,’ may admit such a con-
struction as redemption of the transgressions, Heb. ix. 15;
that is, that ‘redemption of the body’ may mean redemp-
tion from it, wherein it is burdensome, a grievance and
penalty, here, as well as there. — Our blessedness is not
perfect till mortality be swallowed up of life.” 4
The thought of heaven as now destitute of redeemed
souls, except Enoch and Elijah, is not in accordance
with our general Christian faith and hope; it does vio-
lence to the ordinary conceptions which good people
have respecting departed Christian friends; it falsifies
their use of the word “heaven” in connection with
them. The wonder is, if the place- Hades theory be
true, that we have not learned to speak of our dying
Christian friends as ‘‘ going to Hades,” nay as going to
“hell;”’ for according to “the Apostles’ Creed,” Christ
‘descended into hell,” and (as Bishop Horsley and
others say), to carry good news to the pious dead.
The Christian use of the word heaven, rather than any
substitute, in connection with departed saints, points to
the deep-seated belief which the Bible has wrought in
the hearts of men that ‘the souls of believers are at
their death made perfect in holiness and do immediately
1 Sermon: ‘“ Desire of being absent from the body, and present
with the Lord.” I. 1028.
THE INTERMEDIATE STATE. 385
pass into glory.” With the respect which is due to
distinguished names in the Christian church, let us be
grateful if we find ourselves free from those views of
Scripture which indicate the lingering influence of Ro-
man Catholic superstition, to which we perceive good
men are subject who nevertheless abjure all affinity
with Rome. True, our sympathies, and our longings,
with reference to a future state, are not our guide; but
we repose in the full assurance that the Bible, inter-
preted on principles untainted by Romish inventions,
establishes the belief, in which we are joined by a
goodly fellowship in the Episcopal communion (from
some of whose excellent men, and from others in our
own denomination, we are obliged to differ on this
subject), that the thanksgiving in the burial service of
the Episcopal Church is, with some exceptions, the se-
cret voice of all souls who take the word of God for
their infallible guide. Therefore, in the language of
that act of adoration, as a sign of love and concord, in
the prospect of heaven, nearer every day, and in com-
munion with our pious dead, we will join in thanks-
giving to ‘* ALMigHTy GoD, WITH WHOM DO LIVE THE
SPIRITS OF THOSE WHO DEPART HENCE IN THE Lorp,
AND WITH WHOM THE SOULS OF THE FAITHFUL, AFTER
THEY ARE DELIVERED FROM THE BURDEN OF THE FLESH,
ARE IN JOY AND FELICITY.” |
83
Utoy,® ue
PO ie bee Pritt
-
OS ; we
1
Baia,
« . f ’
Vif Ver hake L
7. «
F ihe OL if 7
vel 4 =
i7S4 ¢ «
A!
ro
7vtnt ee
mags ite Ahi
f
eE an re 2
XVII.
RETRIBUTION.
a >
a 4
« s ma 4 ¢
“ *
iat 4
7 7 r é
4 ‘ ,
a i ~ ; i‘
= 7 _ |
> rf . ;
' eS 7?
i e t \
— : ie
o ,
= a ‘
j +
: 4 2 ~
|
‘ ' “ ‘
j p e4! ri a
; ; ei a Ci ae .
- > “
4 fi
” = at aD > € : { Cae
q ets 43058) @ doakd
:
FI
\
ro
wp vak .. he i as a
.
*
4 >a
= . 1 I ¢
‘
y eer LS § pees RN is rt ie . iL eh: te ee aes ‘ hy
i'l id ig
RETRIBUTION.
HE doctrine’ of Endless Retribution, if stated in the
identical language of Christ and the Apostles, is
liable to no greater objections than we would all proba-
bly have made against the present constitution of things,
had it been submitted beforehand for our approval.
Ages of woe by reason of crimes, death in its unnum-
bered forms, successive generations of evil doers unre-
claimed by the history of their predecessors, the appalling
number of divine judgments with which it would be
needful to punish sinners, the history of wars, famines,
pestilences, of public and private mourning, and the
sum total of sorrow in all its forms, under the govern-
ment of One who could prevent it if He chose, and who
would, one day, cause it to cease, not because the sys-
tem had worn itself out, but because it will have accom-
plished his purposes, constitute a dispensation such as we
would all have declared beforehand a benevolent God
would never permit. But we might be told that, how-
ever long and fearful this reign of terror, the result
would justify all that suffermg. We should still doubt
33 *
390 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
the benevolence, or the wisdom, or the power of God,
who could not, or would not, accomplish his purposes
except by the groans and blood of his children. There
is nothing in the endless punishment of a portion of the
race more truly liable to objection than such a system
would be to a benevolent being, who should have been
consulted with regard to its antecedent probability.
Nor can we find in our hearts any objections to the
endless punishment of the wicked as inconsistent with
the paternal character of God, which might not lie
against the treatment which our first parents received
from God upon their first transgression. ‘This has been
suggested already, under another doctrine. But let us
again suppose that children have flagrantly disobeyed a
father, that the father pronounces his curse upon them;
that he turns them out of the dwelling which they had
received from him at their marriage; armed guards are
stationed to prevent their return ; he follows them with
his curse, imposing hard labor upon them, causing the
very soil which they till to be a plague to them, visiting
them with sickness, greatly multiplying their sorrows in
the birth of their offspring, and finally causing them
to die. And all this for their first offence! He does
not give them a second trial; they sinned but once;
they had before been perfect in their obedience, but for
one transgression they are visited with inexorable dis-
pleasure. ‘But it is for their ultimate happiness; and
the welfare of the majority of those who are to descend —
from them will be promoted by it.’ The apology would
RETRIBUTION. 391
not be regarded. The ‘paternal character’ of such a
man would be a by-word.
Worse things, if possible, have been spoken and writ-
ten against the atonement by Christ, than against the
doctrine of the endless punishment of the wicked. The
thought that those who may be punished forever might
have chosen a different course, allays the natural feel-
ings of some who would otherwise persistently oppose
the doctrine. But for a God of infinite love to put his
own Son to death on the cross before He can forgive
sin, presents the Most High before the minds of some
in a light so revolting, that no pictures of future woe
inflicted by Him on transgressors can go beyond it.
When men come to feel the guilt of sin as committed
by themselves against such a Being as God, and then
receive his testimony respecting the appointed way of
pardon, we find them as enthusiastic in their love and
praise as before they were bitter in their denunciations.
With an increase of spiritual knowledge, darkness is
turned to light, the crooked is made straight, and the
rough places in the divine administration become plain.
So when we look at the apostasy, and the history of sin
in our world, in connection with the history of redemp-
tion, we are very far from impugning the wisdom or
the benevolence of God. Hence, let it be declared
that God will punish the wicked forever, inflicting
upon them all which the terrible language of the
Bible, literally interpreted, conveys, and it will come
to pass that when we know more of God, and of the
392 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
interests of the divine government, we shall have feel-
ings not unlike those which are excited when, in view
of the cross of Christ and the history of sin and redemp-
tion thus far, we cry, “*O the depth of the riches both of
the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable
are his judgments,:and his ways past finding out!”
Using the arguments commonly employed to disprove
the doctrine of the endless punishment of the wicked,
I propose to show that the men of Noah’s time could,
with equal conclusiveness, have proved that there would
be no deluge. Indeed, it can, in the same way and
with equal conclusiveness be shown, that there was no
such deluge.
We will, first of all, quote the language by which it
was attempted to show that there would be a deluge.
The following will suffice for this purpose. Though
familiar to the reader, it may be well for him to note
some of the strong expressions in these verses:
‘¢ And God said unto Noah, The -end of all flesh is
come before me,—and behold I will destroy them with
the earth. — Make thee an ark. And behold I, even I,
do bring a flood of waters upon the earth to destroy
all flesh wherein is the breath of life from under heaven,
and every thing that is on the earth shall die. But
with thee will I establish my covenant, and thou shalt
come into the ark, thou, and thy sons, and thy wife,
and thy sons’ wives with thee.”
“And the flood was forty days upon the earth ;—
and the waters prevailed exceedingly upon the earth,
RETRIBUTION. 393
and all the high hills that were under the whole heaven
were covered. — And all flesh died that moved upon
the earth,—and all in whose nostrils was the breath
of life, of all that was in the dry land died. — And
every living substance was destroyed which was upon
the face of the ground, both man,#nd cattle, and the
creeping things, and the fowl of the heaven; and they
were destroyed from the earth; .and Noah only re-
mained alive, and they that were with him in the ark.”
The following passages, among others, are thought to
be confirmatory of the foregoing:
‘“¢ For as in the days that were before the flood, they
were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in mar-
riage, until the day that Noe entered into the ark,
and knew not till the flood came and took them all
away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.”’
$6 The spirits in prison, which some time were disobe-
- dient when once the long suffering of God waited in
the days of Noah, while the ark was a preparing, wherein
few, that is, eight souls* were saved by water.” “ For
this they willingly are ignorant of, that by the word of
God the heavens were of old, and the earth standing
out of the water and in the water: whereby the world
that then was, being overflowed with water, perished.”
We may surely apply to these passages the words
of John Foster, when he had quoted the terrific lan-
guage of the New Testament respecting endless pun- |
ishment: “It must be admitted that’ these passages are
formidably strong; so strong that it must be an argu-
394 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
ment of extreme cogency that would authorize a lim-
ited interpretation.”
But if the common arguments against endless pun-
ishment have any weight, it will be easy to raise ob-
jections to the common belief that there was a deluge
such as these paS8ages, literally interpreted, seem to
describe. We admit their authenticity, but they are
capable, we will assume, of a different interpretation.
For, we might say, First, The paternal character of
God makes it impossible that he should destroy the
whole human family (except eight) by a deluge.
Think of pictures in the windows of the shops, and
on the walls of parlors, representing a father destroy-
ing his whole large family except a small remnant.
People would not endure the sight.
Consider what the population of the earth must
have been in those days. We can form some esti-
mate with regard to it when we recollect that the —
population of the United States in £850, two hundred
and thirty. years after the landing at Plymouth, was
twenty-three millions. Leaving out of view the increase
here, by immigration, we see that, in sixteen hundred
years from Adam to Noah, and taking into view the
great length of life.in those days, the population must
have been exceedingly great. If the increase were
only the same as that of the Israelites in Egypt, six
hundred thousand footmen, besides women and children,
in four hundred years, from seventy souls, or if it were
such as the multiplication of the Israelites must have
RETRIBUTION. 395
been in the wilderness and in Canaan, judging from
the number of their warriors, the habitable parts of
the earth must have been filled with people in Noah’s
day. 7
But of this vast family “a few,” that is, eight souls
only, are said to have been saved.
We may allude to the indiscriminateness of the de-
struction, no allowance being made for shades of character
and degrees of guilt. The youth and the hoary trans-
gressor die side by side. No imagination can picture
such a catastrophe. Yet it is said God was the author
of this destruction. He not only looked on, but He
himself did it. Is He a Father? } |
Secondly, It might be alleged, The disproportionateness
of the sin to the punishment is an argument against
the flood.
A youth, and even a child (not to speak of the in-
fants), who might have lived to the age of Methuselah,
is, for sins committed in his most thoughtless moments,
deprived of his eight or nine hundred years of life on
earth. Where is the justice of this? John Foster says
that if we could divide infinite duration by the number
of sins committed by one individual, it would give mil-
lions of ages for each sin. We have an amount of
punishment in the loss of life and happiness by the flood
for each sin committed in childhood, which is as really
disproportioned, if one chooses to think so, as are the
punishments of eternity. If you say the suffering in one
case is infinite, and in the other finite, the reply is,
396 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
excessive damages need not be infinite to create a revul-
sion of feeling in favor of the defendant, nor to consti-
tute injustice.
Thirdly, We might argue, Fair warning could not
justify the infliction.
It is said that the ante-diluvians had full notice of
their approaching destruction.—But some may reply, ‘if
the threatening was contrary to common sense, they
could not believe, and they were not to blame. The
only effect of Noah’s preaching was to harden the heart,
in the same way that the obnoxious doctrines of evan-
gelical religion are now said to make men infidels. Noah
convinced only his own house, and them, probably,
through his influence as a father, or by the partiality of
God, who withheld saving grace from all but them.
Even the carpenters employed upon the ark were not
convinced ;—a solemn warning to all who preach terror.
Men cannot be frightened into religion. Love is the
only appeal which can be successfully addressed to the
human heart.’
Fourthly, It could be urged, The goodness of God
experienced by the people of Noah’s time confuted the
idea of a flood. Seasons and fruits, the early and the
latter rain, spoke of the Maker’s goodness. The bow
in the cloud, it is argued, must, by the laws of light,
have existed as soon as there were falling drops of
water, and therefore that it was seen from the begin-
ning — not created as a sign, but adopted, for the purpose.
So that this meteor, born of water, must have made all
RETRIBUTION. 397
men feel that the God who painted that beautiful object
upon water, and most commonly upon the receding
storm, never could use the element of water to destroy
all the human family but eight. As birds and flowers
are now a conclusive argument with some against endless
retributions, the bow in the cloud was no doubt a
demonstration that God would not destroy birds, and
beasts, and men, with a cruel, vindictive infliction.
Noah must have seemed a most melancholy, pitiable
character. The paternal character of God must have
perished from his thoughts. Surely he could not say,
much less teach mankind to say, ‘ Our Father which art
in heaven.’ — But it could also be said here, as it has
been said with respect to future retribution, —
Fifthly, Noah himself could not have believed his own
doctrine, or he would have been insane.
John Foster tells us that the professed believers in
endless punishment do not and cannot really believe it.
If they did, he says they would be continually uttering
cries of entreaty in the ears of men; they would not
eat nor sleep, by reason of their solicitude for their fellow
creatures, and many would lose their reason on account
of it.
Now as Noah did not become a maniac under the in-
fluence of the impending judgment which he preached,
he could not have believed it. If belief of future retri-
butions in another world must make believers in them
beside themselves, much more the sure coming of a
deluge with all its visible horrors, must, if fully antici-
34
398 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
pated by Noah, have rendered him utterly incapable of
long-continued intelligent acts. It is said that he
preached for a hundred and twenty years upon this
subject, and without success. His failure from year to
year to win souls from destruction, must have destroyed
the balance of his mind, and therefore the narration is
inadmissible.
Sixthly, The doctrine of the deluge could easily have
been shown to be inconsistent with other divine teach-
ings.
God had mercy even upon our first parents, treated
them with clemency in some things, and promised them
a Redeemer. Witness, too, his treatment of Cain. He
shelters the murderer of a brother against the instinc-
tive desire of men for retributive justice. Lamech, the
manslayer, takes courage from this, and tells his wives
that if God showed this sevenfold goodness to Cain,
Lamech should experience it seventy and seven fold.
The ante-diluvians might have said, We are surely no
worse than Cain.
Seventhly, The plain declarations of God concerning
the deluge are easily explained, on the Universalist
principles of interpretation, to signify exactly the oppo-
site of that which is commonly held to be their mean-
ing.
It may be said, Look below the surface of language.
Make great allowance for Oriental exaggeration. Do
we suppose that a whole system of theology was intended
to be conveyed by the first seven chapters of Genesis?
RETRIBUTION. 399
Are they not “ wordepictures ?” Is not the whole nar-
rative a mere ‘pictorial epic,’ to convey some moral
truth by flaming colors? Take the words literally, and,
of course, they prove the deluge. But let us examine
them philosophically. Doing this, it is easy to show
that the deluge means, A great moral reformation in
the time of Noah.
All men, it seems, were to “die.” «And all flesh
died.” Yes, They “died unto sin and lived unto right-
eousness.”” Paul says, “‘ Sin revived, and I died.” He
means that he gave up his self-righteousness and became
a Christian. Thus, all sin died, for a time; “all flesh
died;”’ flesh means sin; ‘that which is born of the
flesh is flesh,” i. e. sinful. ‘If ye live after the flesh, ye
shall die.” This cannot be gainsayed. Now the flood
was undoubtedly a flood of tears, godly sorrow, a uni-
versal weeping on account of sin. This was produced
by the sight of God’s goodness in providing the ark.
For what is the meaning of “ark”? Read in Moses ;
an ark, there, is a depository of sacred emblems. Noah’s
ark was a chapel, a sanctuary for him and his family ;
and connected with it was a place for the representa-
tions of the innocent «animal creation, a menagerie, by
means of which, in that sacred place, God would teach
man his wisdom and benevolence. This touching act
of divine goodness in showing his regard for virtue
by bestowing favor on Noah and his house, and by
calling on men to look upon the creatures which God
had made, had an immediate effect upon man. A
400 ‘EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
flood of tears was the consequeffte. “The highest
mountains were covered,” that is, mountains of trans-
gression; for our sins are said to reach up to heaven.
Thus, in the bold, oriental style, there was a deluge
of repentance, flooding the great wickedness of men.
But “every thing in whose nostrils was the breath of
life, died.” That is, The animals experienced a great
change in their dispositions, in sympathy with the change
in man, who would now treat the brute creatures with
kindness, and so win their love. As to the rest of the
story about the ‘ dove,” and the “ olive-leaf,” are they
any thing more than “scenic pictures,” to finish out the
tale? We find similar things in the “ Arabian Nights,”
the Koran, Ossian, Hafiz, and in Origen.
If one should think that these arguments are carica-
tures, let him peruse the following piece of biblical
interpretation, written and published not long since, by a
clerical editor, under his own name:
‘“‘ Judas uttered the strongest dving testimony of the
purity of Jesus, and gave practical proof of the sincerity
of his repentance, by throwing down the price of his
perfidy at the feet of his seducers; and either they or
he purchased with it a field, in the midst of which he
‘fell asunder and all his bowels gushed out’—or, his
heart broke, as the word bowels is sometimes used in
Scripture. With this agrees a fair rendering of Mat-
thew xxvii: 5, reading, instead of ‘ hanged himself,’
choked with anguish—both implying the death of Judas
5
oe
s
» RETRIBUTION. | 401
by internal rupture from excessive anguish on account
of his sin. His repentance was as real as that of the
thief on the cross. —‘ Good were it for that man if he
had not been born’? —i. e. living to manhood would
hardly be desirable.” |
Had Judas been the subject of this lecture instead
of the deluge, and its imterpretations had been used to
illustrate the testimony of Scripture concerning Judas,
they would have struck the reader as an attempt at
caricaturing the opinions and arguments of others.
That the Bible makes the impression on the world
at large that the punishment of the wicked after death
will be endless, is manifest from this, that, notwithstand-
ing it is repulsive to the natural feelings, and that, in
cases of bereavement, there is the strongest possible
inducement to interpret the Bible favorably to their
wishes, the great majority of the devout everywhere
accept the doctrine; they preach it, they hear it, they
admit that the Bible teaches it, while every private feel-
ing and motive would incline them to believe otherwise.
They have no unworthy reasons for believing it; they
are not credulous, superstitious, priest-ridden ; they are
biblical scholars; they are men in whom the community
confide, they are kind, benevolent, gentle ; they are as jeal-
ous for the character of God as others, and as able’ to
appreciate the reflections which some think the doctrine
seems to cast upon his goodness. But they have adopted
the principle of implicit faith in the teachings of the
Bible when fairly interpreted. They reject the prin-
| 34 * .
402 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
ciple that we are to believe no further than we can
understand, or that our moral sentiments and our
instincts are the supreme test of truth. 3
The belief that the Bible teaches this doctrine has
received valuable aid of late in the unequivocal testi-
mony of Rev. Theodore Parker, which, though pub-
lished before, will be quoted yghere for the imformation
of any who have not seen it, and who might, for some
reasons, be interested in it. In a note to the writer,
kindly replying to an inquiry, he says (Dec. 1, 1858 —
the italics are his) :
“To me it is quite clear that Jesus taught the doctrine
of eternal damnation, if the Evangelists —the first three
I mean — are to be treated as inspired. I can under-
stand his language in no other way. But as the Prot-
estant sects start with the notion — which to me is
a monstrous one— that the words of the New Testa-
ment are all miraculously inspired of God, and so infal-
libly true; and as the doctrine of eternal damnation is
so revolting to all the humane and moral feelings of our
nature, men said the words must be interpreted in
another way. So as the Unitarians have misinter-
preted the New Testament to prove that the Christos
of the fourth Gospel had no preéxistence, the Univer-
salists misinterpreted passages of the ‘Gospels to show
that Jesus of Nazareth never taught eternal damnation.
So the geologists misinterpret Genesis to-day — to save
the infallible character of the text.”
An expedient to remove the insupportable burden
RETRIBUTION. ~*' 403
with which the doctrine of endless retribution frequently
weighs upon*the human heart, has been revived of late
in the theory of the ‘ Annihilation of the Wicked.’
One great error of interpretation lies at the founda-
tion of that theory, and extends its influence into all
the reasoning of its advocates. They say that, in the
Bible, “life” is everywhere declared to be the inherit-
ance of the good, alone; while “death” is, with the
same uniformity, pronounced to be the fate of the wicked.
‘‘ Life” and ‘death ”’ they hold to mean, respectively,
existence, and non-existence. Grant them this, and
their conclusions are plausible.
But in the Scriptures, “life,” as a promise to the
good, does not mean eaistence, but that which makes
existence a blessing. Nor does ‘death,’ as a threat-
ening, mean the loss of being, but of that which makes
it desirable to exist. Hence when it is said, ** To them
who, by patient continuance in well doing, seek for
glory, honor, and immortality, eternal life,” we hold
the meaning to be, that their existence shall find its
great design in perfect, endless felicity ; and when it is
said, “*‘ The wages of sin is death,’’ the meaning is, exist-
ence shall be a perpetual loss of every thing which
makes it good to live, the soul surviving to endure this
loss and to feel its bitter consequences, forever. The
advocate of annihilation denies this, and insists upon
the mere literal, popular meaning of the words “life”
and ‘ death.”
We must insist, in turn, that the extent of meaning,
404 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
in the two cases, be made the same; but this would at
once destroy the theory of annihilation, by making the
happiness of the blessed to consist only in bare existence,
which is unscriptural and absurd. For, does ‘“ death”
mean ceasing to be, and that only? Then “life” means
continuing to be, and that only. Who will assert this ?
Existence of itself is not a blessing. But is this all that
the glowing language of the Bible, with its accumula-
tion of metaphors, means, when it promises “ eternal
life”? to the good? It surely must be interpreted so as
to mean nothing but existence, if the second ‘death ”
means only non-existence.
What does Christ mean when he ne ‘“* A man’s life
consisteth not in the abundance of the things which he
possesses ’’ ? Not eaistence, surely, but that which makes
existence happy. “It is for thy life,” says the wise
man with regard to instruction. ‘The way of life,”
“the fountain of life,” ‘findeth life,” ‘‘ wisdom giveth
life,’ and many such passages, do not mean bare exist-
ence; no one supposes this to be their signification.
The word Zoe (life), among the Greeks, was synony-
mous with possessions, one’s entire sources of prosperity
and enjoyment. ‘The hearers of Christ did not need to
be told that a man’s eaistence (Zoe) consisteth not in
the abundance of the things which he possesseth; but
they, like others, were prone to feel that the end of life
is to be rich, and they needed admonition.
The way in which immortality is referred to in the
Scriptures will illustrate our position. It is represented
RETRIBUTION. 405
as something which we do not yet possess; for the good
are said to “seek for immortality.” And _ besides, it is
not living forever which Christians now seek for. But
they possess immortality now, if ever; hence the “ im-
mortality,”’
in this passage, does not signify merely
continued existence. Notice the antithesis to ‘ immor-
tality’ in this verse: — ‘indignation and wrath, tribu-
lation and anguish.” Mere existence, then, is not the
main idea in this promised immortality.
The Greek word immortality (aphtharsia) is some-
times, and in other connections, rendered sincerity, incor-
ruption, — which gives us a fine idea of the inherent
beauty and power of the word when applied to the
future existence of the good, and it wonderfully con-
firms the position that, in the Bible, existence in itself
is not regarded as the primary blessing, but the moral
state which makes it a good thing.
In the lecture on the ‘‘ Intermediate State” it was
observed that Dr. Priestley declared materialism and
Socinianism to be inseparable. Great use is made of
the signification which believers in annihilation give to
death in the Bible, to destroy the ‘doctrine of our Sav-
iour’s Godhead. Foreif when Christ died, He became
unconscious, and remained so while in the tomb, there
could be no divine nature in his person, else, they say,
He could not have died. The inference is plain. All
annihilationists are not Socinians; but their theory
would lead them, logically, to that error.
It is interesting to notice how the Scriptures strictly
‘\
406 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
observe the rule of describing things according to ap-
pearance, and in the use of popular language, even in
speaking of the righteous and the wicked. By this
mode of expression, it has already been observed, the
language of the Scriptures never conflicts with discoy-
eries in astronomy and geology; but the advocates of
annihilation, forgetting this law of language, make great
use of certain declarations respecting the wicked. One
illustration will suffice: ‘* Yet a little while and the
wicked shall not be.” This is triumphantly used to
prove that the wicked are annihilated when they
die. But similar expressions are used concerning the
good: “ And Eno¢h walked with God, and he was not,
for God took him.’ More exactly corresponding to the
expression first quoted, we hear even Job say: ‘ Thou
shalt seek me in the morning, and I shall not be.”
It will not be necessary, nor is there room here, to
follow the annihilationist in all his extremely literal
interpretations of words and phrases relating to life,
death, and a future state. The foregoing exposition of
the principles on which he interprets the word of God
is sufficient. He tells us, in reply to our correction of
his error, as we consider it, that*the Bible is unintelli-
gible to the common people on the theory of interpreta-
tion which we hold. We reply that the Bible follows
the ordinary laws of human speech, in every land and
tongue ; but if men interpreted the language of ordinary
life as the annihilationist renders the Bible, conversa-
tion would soon become a Babel, and human affairs
RETRIBUTION. 407
would be hopelessly perplexed. Take the two words
which we have now considered, as used with reference
to this world. We speak of the ‘pious dead,’ ‘the
sainted dead.’ Do we mean, The unconscious? When
a community is said to be ‘* dead,” or when active Chris-
tians are said to be “alive,” common people know that
death and life are symbols of certain conditions. So in
the Bible.
In arguing with the annihilationist, we do not gain
much by insisting on the indestructibleness of the soul.
For surely God can destroy that which His hands have
made. The proofs of endless retribution are better drawn
from other sources. Unanswerable proofs of the exist-
ence of spiritual beings, are far better than all the ar-
guments against materialism.
The use which the advocate of annihilation makes
of the prominence given in the Scriptures to the res-
urrection, as the date of perfected reward and punish-
ment, has been noticed in the previous lecture, when
replying to Bishop Horsley’s arguments. The inter-
mediate state, let us never forget, much less deny, is a
state of expectation, and, compared with the scenes and
experiences of the last day, no doubt it is such that
to speak of that last day as a waking from sleep,
coming to life, and other bold metaphors, are surely as
correct as it is for a man who has been recovered from a
mistake, or who meets with a wonderful discovery, to say
that he ‘awoke from a dream,’ that he was ‘in a new
world.’ Without dwelling on this point, already dis-
408 EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES.
cussed, we pass to another line of argument against
the doctrine of annihilation.
An effective consideration against this doctrine of
annihilation is, that it is utterly inconsistent with the
sublime plan which is evidently implied in the atone-
ment. That scheme implies the great principle of
human accountability ; it appears to be made for the
twofold purpose of maintaining the interests of law,
and as the greatest possible motive to influence the
human will. The atonement consists in the most stu-
pendous acts of which the divine nature is capable,
namely, The union of the Divine Word with the
body and soul of the Redeemer, in connection with the
accursed death of the cross. The impression thus made
is, that the peril of man is infinite, the price at which
he is to be redeemed, infinite; and the consequences
infinite, if the atonement be refused. God was willing
to offer up his only begotten and well-beloved Son; it
was a sacrifice, In every sense; it was equivalent to the
penalty incurred by all men, else it was not an adequate
atonement. This, God has done to save men; and now,
if upon their rejection of his efforts in their behalf, He
feels compelled to blot them out of existence, — He
abandons the great principle of human _ responsibility,
which it cost so much to vindicate, and He substitutes for
it the extinction of being. ‘This is a confession of weak-
ness; the great plan is not carried out; it began with
infinite majesty, deriving its greatness very much from
the principle of human responsibility which it main-
RETRIBUTION. 409
tained, inasmuch as it declared that no sinner should be
saved except through his acceptance of the atonement
made by his incarnate God. We need something
at the end of the scheme to balance the amazing great-
ness of its beginning. ‘To put persons out of existence
is not correlative to the Son of God becoming incarnate
and dying for them. As much as the human mind
dreads the idea of endless misery, let it be considered
whether the atonement does not seem to make it neces-
sary, so that the consequences of rejecting it may readily
be seen to be as great as the effort to save. ae ' +)
4 Re, +5 4 ‘ . 4
a PVE rey bs ye? gle INERT ORS: Rie Se ee eee
¢ 4 f ; é —— : c =~
: -
‘ ea * a dae eee | , f nd Lia a
NR a Jos Ree Doo Hf eth WT ee Pe Na Do) nati ig
rove r + oh } rd rf P . ga ‘ >
¥ > Dace ; ' x y o ae ari a Pye + nas a 4 tt i: hag =a
oti Sige Sve. tee i ; sti y aft
Finke oe SATA ED q , -
ua state if Vane i nf aff ; rn 5 Ahi aki. A
oS , si LU 4 . ‘ate A ery
e ® "’ « ,
m3 ort r4 : : re" % :< oh , irs? ‘aly
7S PWa 3 , og Pag aw! Ae om —
i Ma co Se : ae : mi. § ~ z +e
‘ 2, ‘ ‘ ‘ .
¥ “ar le iva’, eeca CT
Ka .% f ene 5 ge S
- 7 " iy ; “ » %
i tty) E2 J bs 7
Al 5 i aa &
\ ‘ a :
— yeRes Vv") Woe ee
7 t U », a a : a
} * au r ( t- Rove ny A. ‘3? at Ve (y.
* v
7 r - ao =
> - P i *
: .
] S +s ek |
3 | _—— ¥ <1) 1 ee ioe UB
oboe Mae Se fei > Sale
> b « 7 = af he hy —“~ »| a
—- eo se a hie ot fog ae
. 7 > ' : 2s
phi teeters tgs ts ain } P es sF-
Ase ety “s ‘o Dees} de ab, odes
=r rt | } 4
/ is 7 : ye ‘ > * - ite i
eee 0 AS one ih mike (ea
aD of q ¢
,
é *
; a ee ov
To why Warm oie ake mT Pua eRe Z
: ma
‘ i d A 4 yd - fad y bs
FL ohn Fn Alea NRE
a ae ‘an. ay
} My A + ‘ ie -.
q : ; te | a Uh re $< Pi
eo
i wake Soa: pecidl
HW aluable ddlorks,
UE Bra. be, eH De Bae
PaO se La AeN ID) Ta LN ©..© TiN,
59 WASHINGTON STREET, BOSTON.
punters
CHRISTIANS DAILY TREASURY: a Religious Exercise for every day
in the year. By Rev. H: TEMPLE. 12mo, cloth. $1.00.
WREATH AROUND THE CROSS; or, Scripture Truths Illustrated. By
Rey. A. Morton Brown, D.D. 16mo, cloth. 60 cents.
SCHOOL OF CHRIST; or, Christianity Viewed in its Leading Aspects. By
Rev A. R. L. Foote. 16mo, cloth. 50 cents.
THE CHRISTIAN LIFE, Social and Individual. By Peter Bayne, M. A.
12mo, cloth. $1.25.
THE PURITANS; or, The Church, Court, and Parliament of England. By
Rev. SAMUEL HopxKins. In 3 vols., octavo. Vol. I., cloth, ready. $2.50.
MODERN ATHEISM; under its various forms. By JAMES BUCHANAN, D.D.
12mo, cloth. $1.25.
THE MISSION OF THE COMFORTER; with copious Notes. By JuLius
CHARLES HarE. American edition; Notes translated. 12mo, cloth. $1.25.
GOD REVEALED IN NATURE AND IN CHRIST. By Rev. JAMES
B. WALKER. 12mo, cloth $1.00.
PHILOSOPHY OF THE PLAN OF SALVATION. New, improved,
and enlarged edition. 12mo, cloth. 75 cents.
YAHVEH CHRIST; or, The Memorial Name. By ALEX’R MACWHORTER.
Introductory Letter by NatTH’L W.TAytor, D.D. 12mo, cloth. 60 cents.
SALVATION BY CHRIST: Discourses on some of the most importani
Doctrines of the Gospel. By FRANCIS WAYLAND, D.D. 12mo,cloth. $1.00.
THE SUFFERING SAVIOUR; or, Meditations on the Last Days of Christ.
By FREDERICK W. KRUMMACHER, D. D. 12mo, cloth. $1.25.
THE GREAT DAY OF ATONEMENT; or, Meditations and Prayers on
the Sufferings and Death of our Lord. 75 cents.
EXTENT OF THE ATONEMENT IN ITS RELATION TO GOD
AND THE UNIVERSE. By THoMAS W.JENKYN, D.D. 12mo, cloth. $1.00.
THE IMITATION OF CHRIST. By Tuomas A Kemrpis. With a Life
of 4 Kempis, by Dr. C. ULLMANN. 12mo, cloth. 85 cents.
THE HARVEST AND THE REAPERS, Home Work for all, and how
to doit. By Rey. HARVEY NEwcoms,. 16mo, cloth. 68 cents.
(41)
Gould and Hincol’s Publications.
(RELIGIOUVS.)
LIMITS OF RELIGIOUS THOUGHT EXAMINED, By Henry L .
MANSEL, B.D. Notes translated for American ed. 12mo,cl. $.100.
THE CRUCIBLE; or,Tests of a Regenerate State. By Rey. J. A. GOODHUE.
Introduction by Dr. Kirk. 12mo, cloth. $1.00.
LEADERS OF THE REFORMATION. Luther— Calvin — Latimer —
Knox. By Joun Tuttocn, D.D. 12mo, cloth. $1.00.
BARON STOW. CHRISTIAN BROTHERHOOD. 16mo, cloth. 50 cents.
—_—_—_—_— —— First THINGS; or, the Development of Church Life.
16mo, cloth. 60 cents.
JOHN ANGELL JAMES. CHuRCH MEMBER'S GUIDE. Cloth. 38 cts.
CHURCH IN EARNEST. 18mo, cloth. 40 cts.
CHRISTIAN PROGRESS. Sequel to the Anxi-
ous Inquirer. 18mo, cloth. 31 cents.
THE GREAT CONCERN. By N. ApAms,D.D. 12mo, cloth. 85 cents.
JOHN HARRIS’S WORKS. THE GreAT TEACHER. With an Intro-
ductory Essay by H. HuMpHrReEy, D. D. 12mo, cloth. 85 cents.
THE GREAT COMMISSION. With an Intro-
ductory Essay by WILLIAM R. WiLLiAMs, D. D. 12mo, cloth. $1.00.
Ss THE PRE-ADAMITE EARTH. Contributions
to Theological Science. 12mo, cloth. $1.00.
Man PRIMEVAL: Constitution and Prim-
itive Condition of the Human Being. Portrait of Author. 12mo, cloth. $1.25.
PATRIARCHY; or, The Family, its Constitu-
tion and Probation. 12mo, cloth. $1.25.
SERMONS, CHARGES, ADDRESSES, §c. Two
volumes, octavo, cloth. $1.00 each.
WILLIAM R. WILLIAMS. ReExiciovs PROGRESS. 12mo, cloth. 85 cts.
LECTURES ON THE LORD'S PRAYER. 12mo,
cloth. 85 cents.
THE BETTER LAND, By Rey. A.C. THompson. 12mo, cloth. 85 cents
EVENING OF LIFE; or, Light and Comfort amid the Shadows of Declin-
ing Years. By JEREMIAH CHAPLIN, D.D. 12mo, cloth. $1.00.
HEAVEN, By James WitL1AM KIMBALL. 12mo, cloth. $1.00.
THE SAINT’S E VERLASTING REST, Baxter. 16mo, cl. 50 ets.
(42)
Gould wd Hincoln’s Dublications.
(LITERARY.)
THE PURITANS; or, the Court, Church, and Parliament of England By
SAMUEL HopxKins. 3 vols., 8vo, cloth. $2.00 per volume.
HISTORICAL EVIDENCES OF THE TRUTH OF THE SCRIPTURE
RECORDS, STATED ANEW, with Special Reference to the Doubts and
Discoveries of Modern Times. Bampton Lecture for 1859. By GrorGeE
RAWLINSON. 12mo, cloth. $1.00.
CHRIST IN HISTORY. By Roserr Turnseuxz, D. D. A New and En-
larged Edition. 12mo, cloth. $1.25.
THE CHRISTIAN LIFE; Social and Individual. By Peter Bayne.
12mo, cloth. $1.25.
ESSAYS IN BIOGRAPHY AND CRITICISM. By PreTER Bayne. Ar-
ranged in two series, or parts. 2 vols., 12mo, cloth. $1.25 each.
THE GREYSON LETTERS. By Henry Rogers, Author of the “ Eclipse
of Faith.” 12mo, cloth. $1.25.
CHAMBERS’ WORKS. CYCLOPZDIA OF ENGLISH LITERATURE. Se
lections from English Authors, from the earliest to the present time. 2 vols.,
8vo, cloth. 5.00.
MISCELLANY OF USEFUL AND ENTERTAINING
KNOWLEDGE, 10 vols.,16mo, cloth. $7.50.
HomME BOOK; or, Pocket Miscellany. 6 vols.,
16mo, cloth. $3.00
THE PREACHER AND THE KING; or, Bourdaloue in the Court of
Louis XIV. By L. F. BUNGENER. 12mo, cloth. $1.25.
THE PRIEST AND THE HUGUENOT; or, Persecution in the age of
Louis XV. By L. FE. BUNGENER, 2 vols, 12mo, cloth. $2.25.
MISCELLANIES. By WiLiiaAmM R. WiLLiAMsS, D. D. 12mo, cloth. $1.25.
ANCIENT LITERATURE AND ART. Essays and Letters from Eminent
Philologists. By Profs. SEARS, EDWARDS, and FELTON. 12mo, cloth. $1.25.
MODERN FRENCH LITERATURE. By L. Raymonp DE VERICOUR.
Revised, with Notes by W.S. CHasE. 12mo, cloth. $1.25.
BRITISH NOVELISTS AND THEIR STYLES. By Davip Masson,
M. A., Author of Life of Milton. 16mo, cloth. 75 cents.
REPUBLICAN CHRISTIANITY;,or, True Liberty, exhibited in the Life,
Precepts, and early Disciples of the Redeemer. By E. L. Macoon. 12mo,
cloth. 1.25.
THE HALLIG; or, the Sheepfold in the Waters. Translated from the Ger-
man of BIERNATSKI, by Mrs. GEorGE P. MarsH, 12mo, cloth. $1.00.
MANSEL’S MISCELLANIES; including ‘“ Prolegomina Logica,” ‘“ Meta-
physics,” “ Limits of Demonstrative Evidence,” ‘*Philosophy of Kant,” etc
12mo. In press.
(46)
Gould and Lincolr’s Publications.
(RELIGIOUS.)
GOTTHOLD S EMBLEMS ; or, Invisible Things Understood by Things that
are Made. By CHRISTIAN ScriveR. Tr. from the 28th German Ed. by
Rev. RoBERT MENziES. 8yo, cloth, $1.00 Fine Edition, Tinted Paper,
royal 8vo, cloth, $1.50.
THE STILL HOUR; or, Communion with God. By Prof. Austin PHELPS,
D. D., of Andover Theological Seminary. 16mo, cloth. 38 cents.
LESSONS AT THE CROSS; or, Spiritual Truths Familiarly Exhibited in
their Relations to Christ. By SAmuEL Horxrns, author of “ TWe Puritans,”
etc. Introduction by GEorGE W. BLaGpeEN, D. D. 16mo, cloth. 75 cents.
NEW ENGLAND THEOCRACY. From the German of Uhden’s History
of the Congregationalists of New England. Introduction by NEANDER.
By Mrs..H. C. Conant. 12mo, cloth. $1.00.
EVENINGS WITH THE DOCTRINES. By Rev. NEHEMIAH ADAMS,
D. D. 12mo, cloth.
THE STATE OF THE IMPENITENT DEAD. By Atvan Hovey,
D. D., Prof. of Christian Theology in Newton Theol. Inst. 16mo, cloth.
50 cents.
FOOTSTEPS OF OUR FOREFATHERS; what they Suffered and what
they Sought. Describing Localities, Personages, and Events, in the Struggles
for Religious Liberty. By JAMES G. MIALL. Illustrations. 12mo, cloth.
$1.00.
MEMORIALS OF EARLY CHRISTIANITY. Presenting, in a graphic
form, Memorable Events of Early Ecclesiastical History, etc. By Rey. J.
G. MIALL. With Illustrations. 12mo, cloth. $1.00.
THE MISSIONARY ENTERPRISE. The most important Discourses in
the language on Christian Missions, by distinguished American Authors.
Edited by Baron Stow, D. D. 12mo, cloth. 85 cents.
THE RELIGIONS OF THE WORLD, and their Relations to Christianity.
By FREDERICK DENISON MAURICE, Prof. of Divinity in King’s Coll., Lon-
don. 16mo, cloth. 60 cents.
THE CHRISTIAN WORLD UNMASKED. By Joun Berrines, A. M.,
Vicar of Everton, Bedfordshire. With a Life of the Author, by Rey.
THOMAS GUTHRIE, D. D. 16mo, cloth. 50 cents.
THE EXCELLENT WOMAN, as described in the Book of Proverbs. With
an Introduction by W. B. SPRAGUE, D. D. Twenty-four splendid Illustra-
tions. 12mo, cloth. $1.00.
MOTHERS OF THE WISE AND GOOD. By Jazxz Burns, D.D. 16mo,
cloth. 75 cents.
THE SIGNET-RING, and its Heayenly Motto. From the German. Tllus-
trated. 16mo, cloth, gilt. 31 cents.
THE MARRIAGE-RING ; or, Wow to Make Home Happy. From the writ-
ings of JoHN ANGELL JAMES. Beautifully Ulustrated edition. 16mo,
cloth, gilt. 75 cents.
(52)
a
aT
y A 4
he i, ry + ahs e.
arta ae) %
i > |
ai ae
" reyes iy
; ah Lakin oe
. =:
nee
eat
ra
4
¢
i SEAS baigre tA Ropes} :
LTR tbe to Ue DRA LAL eek b)
vee oh Sea
al Seminary-Speer Librar
| | II |
012 04
HOt a SEE
last
Licht if
Sid
cnet
whee
vel
ine
Neh bs eh TV ‘y rt t
¥,
it by
HTS HEY RE
eh
I» rey"
Ett ries
ARES TE
BEDE Byaa 4
Ubiniannite suannng a
BEAU Metis) benim dif Hi
a4? 22% 4 4 ay 4 ;
ADIN Hiee } AY, cheesy Sobb
aa
be FAS i)
\ TPRE SAGAR Oya an in
yew ny
vw
wr ote
2 Senerises ier pai = :
ae:
Sere
ee
USHee
phere seed
}
sarnissst soe
on aetna
Sel a tal epee med apes oie AE
FARE
7
A SEN SEES
Amana Cente t
PTET ES Cp yee ag
Ae astth geht ee
LACHER ARK Ge SAAC E Ed
Bho tiga EY 5
iinekg
Sheen dee